diff options
author | Norbert Preining <norbert@preining.info> | 2021-06-26 03:00:56 +0000 |
---|---|---|
committer | Norbert Preining <norbert@preining.info> | 2021-06-26 03:00:56 +0000 |
commit | 3d1055e1e00548f29b9d4ba0a79c717b9b6b2ae3 (patch) | |
tree | 81d89c6859163c396aa9344ddb05c271e9ab760c /macros/latex | |
parent | 644c44d0c55a2960e53623b0c19448c1b8015d1e (diff) |
CTAN sync 202106260300
Diffstat (limited to 'macros/latex')
39 files changed, 60 insertions, 12101 deletions
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.dtx index 57707bba37..769e0b6abe 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.dtx +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.dtx @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ % % \title{\sffamily easybook 文档类手册} % \author{瞿毅} -% \date{2021/06/23\hskip\ccwd\relax v1.26h\thanks{\url{https://gitee.com/texl3/easybook}}} +% \date{2021/06/25\hskip\ccwd\relax v1.26j\thanks{\url{https://gitee.com/texl3/easybook}}} % % \maketitle % \begin{abstract} @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ % floatpage = <true|(false)> % \end{syntax} % 开启这个选项后浮动环境 \env{table} 和 \env{figure} 的比例参数会使用默认值,关闭它则尽可能避免出现浮动页,使图表环境与正文段落更加紧凑,减少多余的空白版面。 -% \changes{v1.26h}{2021/06/15}{增加浮动环境比例参数选项 \opt{floatpage}。} +% \changes{v1.26j}{2021/06/15}{增加浮动环境比例参数选项 \opt{floatpage}。} % \end{function} % % \subsection{article 模式} @@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ % \tn{EBeforeAddBitoc*}\marg{加入目录英文标题前的代码} % \end{syntax} % \tn{appendix} 命令后的章节标题变为附录形式。英文目录中附录标题的格式用可选参数修改,英文附录目录前名字默认为 Appendix\tn{space},后名字默认为空,名字之间用一个半角逗号分开,也可以只有一部分,表示英文附录目录前名字。英文附录目录数字输出命令默认为 \tn{Alph}\{chapter\}。 -% \changes{v1.26h}{2021/06/13}{增加调整英文目录格式的钩子 \tn{EBeforeAddBitoc}。} +% \changes{v1.26j}{2021/06/13}{增加调整英文目录格式的钩子 \tn{EBeforeAddBitoc}。} % \end{function} % % \tn{EBeforeAddBitoc} 是一个作用于局部范围的英文目录钩子,可以插入标题或目录设置的命令改变英文目录中标题的显示格式,也可以覆盖上述的目录前后名字和编号等设置,带有星号的命令会重置之前的代码,放置在导言区或 \tn{bichapter} 等命令前生效。 @@ -387,11 +387,11 @@ % \end{function} % % \begin{optdesc} -% \item[table-cap] 表格标题的字体设置,包括字体族、字体系列和字体形状命令。 -% \item[figure-cap] 图片标题的字体设置,包括字体族、字体系列和字体形状命令。 -% \item[listing-cap] 代码标题的字体设置,包括字体族、字体系列和字体形状命令。 -% \item[footnote] 设置脚注标记与内容的字体,包括字体族、字体系列和字体形状命令。 -% \item[marginpar] 边注的字体设置,包括字体族、字体系列和字体形状命令。 +% \item[table-cap] 表格标题的字体设置,包括字体族、字体系列、字体尺寸和字体形状命令。 +% \item[figure-cap] 图片标题的字体设置,包括字体族、字体系列、字体尺寸和字体形状命令。 +% \item[listing-cap] 代码标题的字体设置,包括字体族、字体系列、字体尺寸和字体形状命令。 +% \item[footnote] 设置脚注标记与内容的字体,包括字体族、字体系列、字体尺寸和字体形状命令。 +% \item[marginpar] 边注的字体设置,包括字体族、字体系列、字体尺寸和字体形状命令。 % \item[math] 选择合适的数学字体,将会加载 \pkg{newtxmath} 和 \pkg{bm} 宏包。使用选项 \opt{none} 时可以使用 \pkg{unicode-math} 等其它数学字体宏包定义字体。 % \end{optdesc} % @@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ % \item[backend] 参考文献处理后端,默认用传统的 \hologo{BibTeX} 处理参考文献。 % \item[bib-style] 参考文献格式为中国的参考文献推荐标准GB/T 7714-2015,有顺序编码制和著者-出版年制两种风格,理工科类一般使用顺序编码制,文科类一般使用著者-出版年制。若使用其它格式,使用 \hologo{BibTeX} 处理时需确保正确的 \opt{bst} 文件,使用 \hologo{biber} 处理可使用 \pkg{biblatex} 宏包支持的参考文献风格名称。 % \item[cite-style] 标注参考文献的风格,\opt{backend = bibtex} 选项下可使用 \opt{super}(数字上标标注,默认)或 \opt{numbers}(数字标注)等 \pkg{natbib} 宏包带有的标注风格,\opt{backend = biblatex} 选项下可使用 \pkg{biblatex} 宏包支持的标注风格名称。 -% \item[datafile] 参考文献数据库的文件名,可以是单个文件也可以是以括号包裹并以英文逗号分隔的文件列表,使用 \hologo{biber} 处理时要带有 \opt{bib} 后缀,若不在当前文件夹名称需要包含路径。只有设置数据库的文件名才会载入 \pkg{natbib} 或 \pkg{biblatex} 宏包,之后才可使用相关配置命令,否则需要自行配置参考文献。 +% \item[datafile] 参考文献数据库的文件名,可以是单个文件也可以是以括号包裹并以英文逗号分隔的文件列表,使用 \hologo{biber} 处理时要带有 \opt{bib} 后缀,若不在当前文件夹名称需要包含路径。只有设置数据库的文件名才会载入 \pkg{natbib} 或 \pkg{biblatex} 宏包,之后才可使用相关配置命令,否则需要手动载入相关宏包配置参考文献。 % \end{optdesc} % % \begin{function}[added = 2021-01-11,updated = 2021-04-09]{\printbibliography,\EBibtexSet,\EBiblatexPreset,\EBiblatexPostset} @@ -482,7 +482,7 @@ % 文档类已预置8个定理环境,环境名及对应的定理标题名见小节 \ref{subsec:theorem},如果需要新的定理标题名或定理样式可使用这两个命令,由 \pkg{thmtools} 提供支持,用法与它的同名命令一致。 % \changes{v1.23}{2021/03/12}{重新定义了新定理环境命令 \tn{newtheorem}。} % \changes{v1.24}{2021/04/25}{增加定义定理环境命令 \tn{EBNewTheorem}。} -% \changes{v1.26h}{2021/06/15}{定义新定理环境的命令调整为 \tn{declaretheorem}。} +% \changes{v1.26j}{2021/06/15}{定义新定理环境的命令调整为 \tn{declaretheorem}。} % \end{function} % % \begin{optdesc} @@ -588,7 +588,7 @@ % \tn{markrule}\oarg{长度|(\tn{textwidth})}\parg{颜色名}\marg{线宽|(0.75pt)}[<上间距>+<下间距>] % \end{syntax} % 命令 \tn{easyhead} 和 \tn{easyfoot} 的使用方法与 \tn{fancyhead} 和 \tn{fancyfoot} 完全相同,它们需要在 \opt{head-foot} 选项中使用,设置的是一个名为 \opt{fancy} 的页面风格。\pkg{fancyhdr} 将页眉页脚分成了左中右和奇数页(odd)、偶数页(even)共12个部分,可选参数中E、O代表偶数、奇数,L、C、R代表左、中、右部分。单面打印时,含有偶数的选项无效。 -% \changes{v1.26h}{2021/06/14}{增加页眉页脚的横线绘制命令 \tn{markrule}。} +% \changes{v1.26j}{2021/06/14}{增加页眉页脚的横线绘制命令 \tn{markrule}。} % \end{function} % % 命令 \tn{markrule} 用于绘制页眉页脚横线,长度默认为页面文本区的宽度,上下间距为横线与上下方部件的间距,带有长度单位,间距长度之间用+号分开,若只有一部分则表示上间距,这个命令也可以在正文中绘制横线。下面举一个设置页眉内容的例子: @@ -928,12 +928,12 @@ % \end{function} % % \subsubsection{索引} -% \begin{function}[added = 2021-05-01]{\index,\printindex} +% \begin{function}[added = 2021-05-01,updated = 2021-06-25]{\index,\printindex} % \begin{syntax} -% \tn{index}\marg{标签} -% \tn{printindex*+}\parg{索引名}\oarg{键值列表} +% \tn{index}\oarg{索引名}\marg{标签} +% \tn{printindex*+}\oarg{键值列表}\parg{索引名} % \end{syntax} -% \pkg{imakeidx} 宏包可使用索引的功能,重新定义了它的 \tn{printindex} 命令用于生成索引目录,\meta{键值列表} 及选项与小节 \ref{subsec:document command} 相同,但 \opt{multoc} 选项和 \pkg{imakeidx} 原本的接口命令 \tn{indexsetup} 部分选项失效。仅做了简单的设置如将索引设为双栏并加入目录,其他选项可另外配置。 +% \pkg{imakeidx} 宏包可使用索引的功能,重新定义了它的 \tn{printindex} 命令用于生成索引目录,\meta{键值列表} 及选项与小节 \ref{subsec:document command} 相同,但 \opt{multoc} 选项和 \pkg{imakeidx} 原本的接口命令 \tn{indexsetup} 部分选项失效。输出不同的索引目录时使用 \meta{索引名} 选项。 % \changes{v1.24}{2021/05/01}{重新定义 \tn{printindex} 命令与文档适配。} % \end{function} % @@ -1081,7 +1081,7 @@ %<*class> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[2020/10/01] \RequirePackage{l3keys2e} -\ProvidesExplClass{easybook}{2021/06/23}{1.26h}{beta} +\ProvidesExplClass{easybook}{2021/06/25}{1.26j}{beta} \bool_set_false:N \l__eb_compile_draft_bool \bool_set_false:N \l__eb_title_newline_bool @@ -1328,7 +1328,7 @@ %<*package> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[2020/10/01] \RequirePackage{etoolbox} -\ProvidesExplPackage{easybase}{2021/06/23}{1.26h}{beta} +\ProvidesExplPackage{easybase}{2021/06/25}{1.26j}{beta} \cs_generate_variant:Nn \eb_ctex_define:nn { nx } \cs_generate_variant:Nn \int_to_arabic:n { v } @@ -1612,8 +1612,8 @@ \cs_new:cpn { eb_mark_#1_number_bool:n } ##1 { \tl_if_in:nnTF {##1} { [ } - { \use:c { eb@mark@#1@label@layout } ##1 } - { \use:c { eb@mark@#1@label@layout } {##1} } + { \use:c { eb@mark@#1@label@layout }##1 } + { \use:c { eb@mark@#1@label@layout }{##1} } } } @@ -1918,10 +1918,13 @@ { lolskip .skip_set:N = \l__eb_toc_lolskip_skip, lolskip .initial:n = 0.8pc, - belowoffset .dim_set:N = \l__eb_toc_offset_dim, belowoffset .initial:n = { \bool_if:NTF \l__eb_class_book_bool { -1pc } { -0.35pc } }, + line-align .bool_set:N = \l__eb_toc_line_align_bool, + line-align .default:n = true, + line-align .initial:n = true, + tocline-fig .cs_set:Np = \eb@labelname@lof #1, tocline-fig .initial:n = { @@ -1943,12 +1946,9 @@ \notbool{eb@titletoc@hang@fix} {\hspace{\eb@toc@lstlisting@numsep}}{} }, - line-align .bool_set:N = \l__eb_toc_line_align_bool, - line-align .default:n = true, - line-align .initial:n = true, hang .choice:, - hang/true .code:n = + hang/true .code:n = { \booltrue{eb@titletoc@hang@fix} \ctex_set:n @@ -1958,7 +1958,7 @@ subsection/tocline = \CTEXnumberline{##1}##2 } }, - hang/false .code:n = + hang/false .code:n = { \ctex_set:n { @@ -1967,8 +1967,8 @@ subsection/tocline = \EBNumberLine{##1}##2 } }, - hang .default:n = true, - hang .initial:n = false, + hang .default:n = true, + hang .initial:n = false, numsep-all .meta:n = { @@ -2013,18 +2013,18 @@ } \ctex_set:nn { tocset } { - part/format = \addvspace{1pc}\sffamily\large, - part/indent = 0\ccwd, - part/rule = \tocrule{}[\bfseries], + part/format = \addvspace{1pc}\sffamily\large, + part/indent = 0\ccwd, + part/rule = \tocrule{}[\bfseries], - chapter/format = \addvspace{1pc}\sffamily\large, - chapter/indent = 0\ccwd, - chapter/rule = \tocrule{$\cdot$}[\bfseries], + chapter/format = \addvspace{1pc}\sffamily\large, + chapter/indent = 0\ccwd, + chapter/rule = \tocrule{$\cdot$}[\bfseries], - section/format = \addvspace{0.35pc}, - section/indent = + section/format = \addvspace{0.35pc}, + section/indent = { \bool_if:NTF \l__eb_class_book_bool { 1.5\ccwd } { 0\ccwd } }, - section/rule = \tocrule{$\cdot$}, + section/rule = \tocrule{$\cdot$}, subsection/format = \addvspace{0.35pc}, subsection/indent = @@ -2290,20 +2290,20 @@ columns = 2, columnsep = 2\ccwd ] - \RenewDocumentCommand{\printindex}{st+D(){\imki@jobname}o} + \RenewDocumentCommand{\printindex}{st+oD(){\imki@jobname}} { \group_begin: \tl_set_eq:NN \eb@toc@title \indexname \cs_set_eq:NN \imki@indexlevel \use_none:n \setkeys{imkiindex}{noclearpage} - \IfValueT{#4}{\keys_set:nn { eb/listoc } {#4}} + \IfValueT{#3}{\keys_set:nn { eb/listoc } {#3}} \tl_set:Nn \imki@indexheaders { \eb_title_number_intoc_bool:nn {#2} {#1} \cs_set_eq:NN \thispagestyle \use_none:n \cs_undefine:N \imki@firstpagestyle } - \imki@putindex{#3} + \imki@putindex{#4} \group_end: } } diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.pdf Binary files differindex 32f553a6bb..cdf7ede0d4 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/isodoc/README.md b/macros/latex/contrib/isodoc/README.md index ce849baec3..693bed0958 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/isodoc/README.md +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/isodoc/README.md @@ -2,8 +2,8 @@ | key | description | ---:|:--- | isodoc | LaTeX class used for typesetting of letters and invoices -|version | 1.13 -| date | 2021-06-22 +|version | 1.14 +| date | 2021-06-25 | author | Wybo Dekker | email | wybo@dekkerdocumenten.nl |license | Released under the LaTeX Project Public License v1.3c or later diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/isodoc/isodoc.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/isodoc/isodoc.dtx index 25a0034ed8..436d693057 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/isodoc/isodoc.dtx +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/isodoc/isodoc.dtx @@ -2,13 +2,15 @@ % % This is file `isodoc.dtx' % -% Copyright (C) 2015 by Wybo Dekker <wybo@dekkerdocumenten.nl> +% Copyright (C) 2005-2021 by Wybo Dekker <wybo@dekkerdocumenten.nl> % % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the -% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c % of this license or (at your option) any later version. % The latest version of this license is in +% % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX % version 2005/12/01 or later. % @@ -24,10 +26,10 @@ %<*driver> \ProvidesFile{isodoc.dtx} %</driver> -%<class>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1999/12/01] +%<class>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[2005/12/01] %<class>\ProvidesClass{isodoc}% %<*class> - [2021/06/22 v1.13 isodoc class for letters and invoices] + [2021/06/25 v1.14 isodoc class for letters and invoices] %</class> %<*driver> \documentclass{ltxdoc} @@ -308,6 +310,9 @@ % - Check validity of language option argument % - Adapted to changes in new LaTeX version (headers disappeared) % } +% \changes{v1.14}{2021/06/25}{ +% - Use memoir with article option (got lost in version 1.13!) +% } % \DoNotIndex{% % \,\",\',\@auxout,\AtBeginDocument,\AtEndDocument,\AtEndOfClass,\ClassError, % \ClassWarning,\CurrentOption,\DeclareOption,\DescribeMacro,\ForEachX, @@ -403,7 +408,7 @@ % ready to experiment with. % % \section{Class options} -% The isodoc class is based on the |article| class and you can use the same +% The isodoc class is based on the |memoir| class and you can use its % class options. Note, however, that if you change the font size from its % default (10pt) to an other value (11pt, 12pt) this applies to all text, % including headings, address label, et cetera. This is normally not what @@ -1086,7 +1091,7 @@ %} % \clearpage % \section{Implementation} -% The basis is the |article| class with all options: +% The basis is the |memoir| class with all options: % % \begin{macrocode} %<*class> @@ -1097,7 +1102,7 @@ \fi \DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{memoir}} \ProcessOptions -\LoadClass{memoir} +\LoadClass[article]{memoir} % \end{macrocode} % We use |\ctable| floats here, and we need |ctable|'s commands for decent % spacing in tables and more. |ctable| also brings us |array|, |tabularx|, @@ -2915,7 +2920,7 @@ accountname;payref;vatno;chamber} \end{document} %</accepttex> %<*acceptsty> -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1999/12/01] +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{accept} [2010/08/21 v1.1 NTG style file for isodoc] \RequirePackage[english,dutch]{babel} @@ -2993,7 +2998,7 @@ cityzip \end{document} %</invoicetex> %<*invoicesty> -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1999/12/01] +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{invoice} [2010/08/21 v1.1 example style for isodoc] \RequirePackage[english,dutch]{babel} @@ -3046,7 +3051,7 @@ cityzip \end{document} %</lettertex> %<*lettersty> -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1999/12/01] +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{letter} [2010/08/21 v1.1 Letter Company style file for isodoc] \RequirePackage{pxfonts} @@ -3125,7 +3130,7 @@ cityzip \end{document} %</logolettertex> %<*logolettersty> -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1999/12/01] +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{logoletter} [2010/08/21 v1.1 logoletter style file for isodoc] \usepackage{fontspec,polyglossia} @@ -3200,7 +3205,7 @@ Kost 60 cent per week extra. \end{document} %</ntglettertex> %<*ntglettersty> -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1999/12/01] +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{ntgletter} [2010/08/21 v1.1 NTG style file for isodoc] \RequirePackage[english,dutch]{babel} @@ -12736,8 +12741,8 @@ AAAADwAPAOMEAADkZAYAAAA= | key | description | ---:|:--- | isodoc | LaTeX class used for typesetting of letters and invoices -|version | 1.13 -| date | 2021-06-22 +|version | 1.14 +| date | 2021-06-25 | author | Wybo Dekker | email | wybo@dekkerdocumenten.nl |license | Released under the LaTeX Project Public License v1.3c or later diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/isodoc/isodoc.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/isodoc/isodoc.pdf Binary files differindex 7c300cab73..f322d3c5b0 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/isodoc/isodoc.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/isodoc/isodoc.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/Changes b/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/Changes deleted file mode 100644 index 6481141060..0000000000 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/Changes +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ ------ seminar.tex -1.62 2014-05-12 - moved code into pst-ovl -1.61 2014-01-17 - added missing file seminar.con - - added ed one more example - - added script for creating example -1.6 2012-12-27 - use the macros from package pst-ovl (hv) - - diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/README b/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/README deleted file mode 100644 index 7785db63a4..0000000000 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/README +++ /dev/null @@ -1,378 +0,0 @@ -------------------------------------------------------- -IMPORTANT NOTE - -With the agreement of Timothy Van Zandt (now Timothy.VAN-ZANDT@insead.edu), -the distributions conditions on seminar are now relaxed to: -%% -%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 of this license -%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this -%% license is in: -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version -%% 1999/12/01 or later. -%% - -June 3rd 1999 (last updated September 2005) -Sebastian Rahtz <sebastian.rahtz@oucs.ox.ac.uk> -Denis Girou <denis.girou@idris.fr> -Herbert Voß <hvoss@tug.org> - -(Tim's helpers on earth) -------------------------------------------------------- - -%% BEGIN sem-read.me -*********************************************************************** -**** "readme" file for seminar.cls package, v1.0, 93/04/01 **** -*********************************************************************** - -COPYRIGHT 1993, by Timothy Van Zandt - -DESCRIPTION: - - seminar.sty is a LaTeX document style for typesetting slides or - transparencies, and accompanying notes. It has many advantages over - SliTeX. Here are some of the style's special features: - * It is a LaTeX style, rather than another format. - * It is compatible with AmS-LaTeX. - * You can use any fonts that work with LaTeX, including PostScript - fonts and AmSFonts. - * Slides can be landscape and portrait within the same file. - * Color is supported through PostScript. - * The slides can have a frame and a colored background. - * The magnification can be changed with a single command. - * Overlays can be produced from a single slide environment. - * Accompanying notes, such as the text of a presentation, can be put - outside the slide environments. The slides, notes or both together - can then be typeset in a variety of formats. - Some of these features require a PostScript output device. - -FILES: - - LaTeX: - seminar.cls : The main class file. - seminar.sty : The main style file. - seminar.con : The main config file. - sem-page.sty : Page parameters. - semlayer.sty : The semlayer style option (overlays and color layers). - semhelv.sty : The semhelv style option . - semlcmss.sty : The semlcmss style option. - semcolor.sty : The semcolor style option. - semrot.sty : THe semrot style option. - slidesec.sty : The slidesec style option. - sem-a4.sty : The sem-a4 style option. - xcomment.sty : The macros for omitting notes. - 2up.tex : Macros for printing documents two-up. - 2up.sty : The same as 2up.tex, but with .sty extension. - npsfont.sty : Macros for defining new PostScript fonts with the NFSS. - fancybox.sty : Box tips and tricks for LaTeX. - - Documentation: - sem-user.tex : User's guide for seminar.sty. - sem-user.ind : Index for sem-user.tex. - semsamp1.tex : A sample document for seminar.sty. - semsamp2.tex : Another sample document for seminar.sty. - 2up.doc : Documentation for 2up.tex. - fancybox.doc : Documentation for fancybox.sty. - tvz-hax.sty : For typesetting sem-user.tex and sem-code.tex. - tvz-code.sty : For typesetting sem-code.tex. - tvz-user.sty : For typesetting sem-user.tex. - sem-read.me : This file. - read-me.pst : The read-me file for the PSTricks package. - - Sources: - seminar.doc : Documented code for seminar.sty. - semlayer.doc : Documented code for semlayer.sty. - xcomment.doc : Documented code for xcomment.sty. - sem-make.tex : For extracting code from seminar.doc and semlayer.doc. - sem-code.tex : For typesetting seminar.doc and semlayer.doc. - xc-make.tex : For extracting code from xcomment.doc. - xcomment.tex : For typesetting xcomment.doc. - -GETTING STARTED: - - 1. Put the input files in a directory where your TeX looks for inputs. - - 2. Typeset and print sem-user.tex. - - 3. Read the preface "Getting Started", and then the appendices. - - 4. Typeset semsamp1.tex and semsamp2.tex. - - 5 If upgrading from v0.92, see the changes listed at the end of this - file. If upgrading from v0.91 or earlier, good luck. - -HACKERS: - - The files seminar.doc, semlayer.doc and xcomment.doc contain the - documented code, using Frank Mittelbach's doc system. - See sem-code.tex and xcomment.tex for instructions on typesetting - these files. - See sem-make.tex and xc-make.tex for instruction on extracting - stripped input (.sty) files from these .doc files. - -MORE ABOUT THE SUPPLEMENTAL STYLES AND MACROS: - - The following styles and macros are not specifically for use - with seminar.sty, and hence are not described in detail in - the seminar.sty User's Guide. You do not need to read the - documentation of these files in order to use seminar.sty. - If you have versions on your system that are older than the - ones distributed with seminar.sty, be sure to replace these. - - FANCYBOX.STY: - fancybox.sty is a LaTeX style option with tips and tricks for LR-box - commands. The documentation, fancybox.doc, is extensive. - - 2UP.TEX: - 2up.tex/2up.sty contains macros for typesetting documents in a - two-up format. seminar.sty's \twoup command provides an interface. - 2up.doc is the documentation for 2up.tex. - - NPSFONT.STY: - npsfont.sty contains macros for defining new PostScript fonts - with the New Font Selection Scheme. The documentation is in - npsfont.sty itself. - - XCOMMENT.STY: - xcomment.sty, a LaTeX style option, permits one to typeset only - selected environments, omitting input outside these environments. - See xcomment.tex if you want to typeset the documentation. - - SLIDESEC.STY - slidesec.sty is an experimental file contains sectioning commands - for slide type documents. The documentation is in slidesec.sty - itself. - - -SEMINAR.STY AND PSTRICKS.TEX: - - pstricks.tex is a collection of PostScript macros that is compatible - with most TeX macro packages, including Plain TeX and LaTeX. Included are - macros for color, graphics, rotation, overlays, nodes and much more. - - seminar.sty, combined with the semcolor option, the PSTricks package, - and your favorite macros for including EPS files, make a complete - TeX presentation software package. - - You can probably obtain the PSTricks package from wherever you got - the Seminar package, or try - Princeton.EDU:/pub or Princeton.EDU:/pub/tvz - - You must install the PSTricks package before using the semcolor option. - - seminar.sty will work with pstricks.tex v0.92, and maybe later - versions. - - -ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS: - - The author is thankful to Frank Mittelbach for his documentation system. - - Thanks to Sebastian Rahtz for bits of advice, and many users for - comments and bug reports. - -BUGS: - - Too many to list, and who knows what they are anyway. These files are all - preliminary and unstable. Not responsible for neck injuries. - - - Thanks. - -CHANGES: - - v1.0: Included sem-a4.sty file, as a way to let the default papersize - be A4 (The a4 option still works). Added \epsfslidesize to make - it easier to set the slide of eps files with epsf.sty. Fixed bug - which caused the width of second pages of a multi-page slide to - end up too small if the page only contained a quote or similar - environment with reduced margins. - - v0.93a: Fixed bugs so that slides would come out properly with the - 2-up,article and portrait options (together), and so that - slides would be positioned correctly with the portrait style - option. - - v0.93: - - INCOMPATIBLE CHANGES: - - ! Use the a4 option instead of sem-a4. There is not longer a - separate file for a4. - - ! No more \fewnotes, \nonotes. Use \slideplacement instead. - - ! No more \layerstyle, \overlaystyle. - - ! Slide styles are now "left" and "bottom". - - ! No more \ifslides. Use \ifarticle\else. - - ! You must now use the semlayer option to use overlays (in addition - to the semcolor option). - - ! No "down" slide rotation (only "none", "left" and "right". - - ! portrait option is no longer a separate file. - - ! \paperwidth and \paperheight are now ordinary commands, to be set - with \renewcommand. - - ! \slidefonts is now always invoked in slide environments, and never in - the preamble. (But semhelv.sty and semlcmss.sty have changed to - reflect this.) - - ! Method for customizing the slide frames has changed. - \slideframecolor, \slideframearc, \slidefillcolor and - \slideshadowcolor are obsolete. - - ! \landscape command replaced by \printlandscape to avoid conflict with - other style files. (E.g., \def\printlandscape{\special{landscape}}). - - NEW FEATURES: - - + A slide environment can have multiple `pages'. \extraslideheight{len} - controls page cutting. See user's guide for details. - - + \centerslidestrue (default) causes the contents of partially full - slides to be vertically centered in the slide. \centerslidesfalse - causes it to be flush top. - - + New \raggedslides[len] command, for setting - whether right margin in slides is ragged or justified. Default is - \raggedslides. \raggedslides[0pt] gives justified slides. - - + \slideplacement - - + \onlynotestoo - - + \slideskip and \slideshrink for added control over interline space. - - - + New: \slideleftmargini, \slideleftmarginii, \slideleftmarginiii, - \slidelabelsep, \slideitemsep, \slidepartopsep, - \slideparskip, \slideparindent, \slidefootins, \slidefootnotesep, - \slidedisplayskips, \theslidefootnote - - + \input and \endinput now supported for the slidesonly selection. - - + New conditional: \ifportrait - - + \newslideframe - - + \leftsliderotation, \rightsliderotation. - - + New \slidetopmargin, \slidebottommargin, \slideleftmargin, - \sliderightmargin. - - + New notesonly* selection. - - + New \slidesclearpagetrue - - + New \semcm and \semin. - - + New note environment and \noxcomment command, as an alternative - to treating everything outside slide environments as notes. - - - BACKWARDS-COMPATIBLE CHANGES: - - * \maketitle now uses LaTeX's default from article.sty in notes. - - * Bug in article option with the \twoup command fixed. - - * \topmargin in sem-a4 changed from -.75in to 1in. - - * \slidefontsizes is obsolete (but still works). Use \ptsize instead. - - * Page parameters are now in a separate file sem-page.sty. sem-a4.sty - has been changed to reflect this. - - v0.92: - Mostly bug fixes, plus some extra options. The PSTricks package - is no longer distributed with seminar.sty. - - Pre v0.91: - Entirely rewritten. Too many changes to list. Note especially - that system of formats and selections has changed. - -%% END sem-read.me - - - -THIS IS A SUPPLEMENTARY READ-ME FOR V1.0e OF THE SEMINAR PACKAGE - -*********************************************************************** -**** "readme" file for the Seminar package, v1.0e, 94/09/12 **** -*********************************************************************** - -COPYRIGHT 1993, 1994 by Timothy Van Zandt, Timothy.VAN-ZANDT@insead.edu -%% -%% These files may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 of this license -%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this -%% license is in: -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version -%% 1999/12/01 or later. -%% - -BUGS: If you have problems using this seminar package with LaTeX2e, - report them to Timothy.VAN-ZANDT@insead.edu. The problem probably lies - with seminar.cls. You can probably continue to use the seminar - package with LaTeX2e in compatibility mode, while waiting for a bug - fix, by renaming seminar.cls to something else. - -ABOUT V1.0e: - - The V1.0e distribution is identical to v1.0 of 93/04/01, - except for a few changes so that Seminar can work with - NFSS2 and LaTeX2e: - - - semhelv.sty and semlcmss.sty have been modified to work - with NFSS2 and LaTeX2e (but they still work with NFSS). - - - seminar.cls has been added. This is a LaTeX2e document class, - derived from seminar.sty v1.0 by Sebastian Rahtz. - - If you already have have seminar.sty v1.0e, then all you need - are this read-me file plus these files from the inputs - directory: - - seminar.cls semhelv.sty semlcmss.sty - -USING SEMINAR WITH LATEX2E: - - !!! YOU MUST BE USING A LATEX2E RELEASED AFTER 19 FEBRUARY 1994 - - You can either use seminar.sty in compatibility mode: - \documentstyle{seminar} - Or use the seminar.cls document class: - \documentclass{seminar} - - Unless you are using other macros that only work in - compatibility mode, you might as well use the document class. - - You can use the following options with \documentclass{seminar}: - - article slidesonly notes notesonly notesonly* - noxcomment portrait a4 (or a4paper) semhelv semlcmss - semlayer semrot semcolor slidesec - - plus appropriate options for the article document class - (e.g., 11pt) - - NOTE: Use `a4' or `a4paper', not `sem-a4'. - - `seminar.cls' is a minimal modification of seminar.sty. The - next release will take advantage of more of LaTeX2e's special - capabilities. - - -Tim Van Zandt -August 24, 1994 diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/run.sh b/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/run.sh deleted file mode 100755 index 0ca093e020..0000000000 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/run.sh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/bash -#latex semsamp1 && dvips -T 297mm,210mm semsamp1 && ps2pdf semsamp1.ps -latex semsamp1 && dvips semsamp1 && ps2pdf semsamp1.ps -latex semsamp2 && dvips -T 297mm,210mm semsamp2 && ps2pdf semsamp2.ps -latex semsamp3 && dvips -T 297mm,210mm semsamp3 && ps2pdf semsamp3.ps -rm *.log *.aux *.dvi *.ps *.tmp *.out *.los - - diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/seminar-doc.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/seminar-doc.pdf Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 2227746eae..0000000000 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/seminar-doc.pdf +++ /dev/null diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/seminar-doc.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/seminar-doc.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 94aef0b7f0..0000000000 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/seminar-doc.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1932 +0,0 @@ -%% BEGIN sem-user.tex -\def\FileDate{93/04/01} -\def\FileVersion{1.0} -%% -%% COPYRIGHT 1993, by Timothy Van Zandt, Timothy.VAN-ZANDT@insead.edu -%% -%% -%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 of this license -%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this -%% license is in: -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version -%% 1999/12/01 or later. -%% -%% -%% -%% This LaTeX file prints the User's Guide for seminar.sty. -%% You must have my tvz-hax.sty, tvz-user.sty, and fancybox.sty, -%% which are distributed with seminar.sty. -%% -%% This is distributed with the index file sem-user.ind. -%% To make an new index, run, e.g.: -%% makeindex sem-user.idx -%% -%% STYLE OPTIONS: -%% `a4' : For A4 paper. -%% `twoside' : For two-sided printing. -%% `2up' : For two-up printing. (Uses non-standard font magnifications. -%% See 2up.doc for details.) -%% - -\documentstyle[12pt]{tvz-user} - -\makeindex - -% Used with twoside option: -\def\theheadertitle{seminar.sty: User's Guide} - -% No headers, 1in top margin -\setlength{\topmargin}{0pt} -\setlength{\headheight}{0pt} -\setlength{\headsep}{0pt} -\setlength{\textheight}{8.75in} -\setlength{\footskip}{.625in} -\papersizeadjust - -% Change part environment: -\renewcommand{\part}[1]{% - \clearpage - \refstepcounter{part} - \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{\protect\numberline{\thepart}#1}% - \hrule height 1pt\relax - \vskip 1ex - \hbox to\columnwidth{\strut\huge\bf\thepart\hfil#1}% - \vskip 1ex - \hrule height 1pt\relax - \vskip 3ex} - -\def\MainFont{\tt} % For macro definitions. - -\ShortVerb -\ShortMeta - -\let\filedate\FileDate - -\begin{document} - -\thispagestyle{empty} - -\null -\vfill - -\begin{center} - {\huge\bf seminar.sty}\\[9pt] - {\LARGE\bf A \bLaTeX\ style for slides and notes}\\[14pt] - {\LARGE\bf User's Guide}\par - \vskip 1.5em - \large - \renewcommand{\thefootnote}{\fnsymbol{footnote}} - Timothy Van Zandt\\ - {\normalsize\tt Timothy.VAN-ZANDT@insead.edu} - \vskip 1em - \thefiledate\\ Version \FileVersion\par -\end{center} -\par -\setlength{\unitlength}{1cm} -\thicklines -\centerline{\lower.8in\hbox{% -\begin{picture}(0,0) -\put(2,-11){\framebox(4,2){}} -\put(2,-11){\line(-2,3){1}} -\put(2,-9){\line(-2,3){1}} -\put(6,-9){\line(-2,3){1}} -\put(1,-9.5){\line(0,1){2}} -\put(1,-7.5){\line(1,0){4}} -\put(5.8,-8.7){\line(0,1){2}} -\put(5.0,-6.7){\oval(1.6,1.6)[tr]} -\put(5.0,-5.9){\line(-1,0){.7}} -\put(3.1,-6.4){\framebox(1.2,1){}} -\put(3.1,-6.4){\line(-1,2){.3}} -\put(3.1,-5.4){\line(-1,3){.3}} -\put(4.3,-5.4){\line(-1,3){.3}} -\put(2.8,-5.8){\line(0,1){1.3}} -\put(2.8,-4.5){\line(1,0){1.2}} -\put(0,6.2){\oval(14,10)} -\put(.02,6.18){\oval(14,10)} -\thinlines -\put(2.8,-5.8){\line(-4,3){9.6}} -\put(2.8,-4.5){\line(-3,5){9.35}} -\put(4,-4.5){\line(1,6){2.6}} -\put(6.8,1.4){\line(-1,-3){2.5}} -\end{picture}}} -\par -\bigskip -\rightskip=0pt plus 2em\relax -\parshape=20 -0cm 2.3cm -0cm 2.9cm -0cm 3.5cm -0cm 4.1cm -0cm 4.7cm -0cm 5.3cm -0cm 5.9cm -0cm 6.5cm -0cm 7.1cm -0cm 7.7cm -0cm 8.3cm -0cm 8.3cm -0cm 8.3cm -0cm 7.3cm -0cm 7.3cm -0cm 7.3cm -0cm 7.3cm -0cm 7.3cm -0cm 7.3cm -0cm 7.3cm -seminar.sty is a \LaTeX\ style for typesetting slides or -transparencies, and accompanying notes. Here are some of its special features: -It is compatible with \AmS-\LaTeX, and you can use PostScript and \AmS{} -fonts. Slides can be landscape and portrait. There is support for color and -frames. The magnification can be changed easily. -Overlays can be produced from a single slide environment. Accompanying notes, -such as the text of a presentation, can be put - outside the slide environments. The slides, notes or both together - can then be typeset in a variety of formats. - -\vfill - -\twosideclearpage -\pagenumbering{roman} -\tableofcontents - -\twosideclearpage - -\section*{Getting Started} -\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{Getting Started} -\markboth{Getting Started}{Getting Started} - -"seminar.sty" is a \LaTeX{} document style for typesetting slides, and more. - -You should know how to use \LaTeX, as described in Leslie Lamport's \LaTeX: -{\em User's Guide and Reference Manual}. - -Let's get started: -\begin{enumerate} -\item If you are installing "seminar.sty", read the the accompanying read-me -file, and put the input files where your \TeX\ looks for inputs. - -\item Typeset the sample file, "semsamp1.tex", to see that everything is -working. You can use \LaTeX\ or \AmS-\LaTeX. - -\item Read Appendix \ref{short-fonts}, on page \pageref{short-fonts}. - -\item To start making landscape slides, use -\begin{LVerbatim} - \documentstyle{seminar} - \begin{document} - \begin{slide} - foo - \end{slide} - \end{document} -\end{LVerbatim} -and print out your document in landscape mode. - -\item To start making portrait slides, include the \o{portrait} style option, -and use the \e{slide*} environment instead of \e{slide}: -\begin{LVerbatim} - \documentstyle[portrait]{seminar} - \begin{document} - \begin{slide*} - foo - \end{slide*} - \end{document} -\end{LVerbatim} - -\item If you have used \SliTeX, see Section \ref{slitex}. - -\item For A4 paper, use the "a4" style option. - -\item When you are ready to explore "seminar.sty"'s special features, skim the -{\em User's Guide}, including the appendices. - -\item Play around with the sample file "semsamp2.tex" to try out some of -"seminar.sty"'s special features. - -\item When you run into problems, look for help in Part \ref{Help}. - -\end{enumerate} - -\twosideclearpage - -\pagenumbering{arabic} - -\part{Just slides} - -\section{Landscape and portrait slides} - -"seminar.sty" is a \LaTeX\ (or \AmS-\LaTeX) document style. Thus, begin your -document with -\begin{LVerbatim} - \documentstyle{seminar} -\end{LVerbatim} - -The slide environments are\MainEnvIndex{slide}\MainEnvIndex{slide*}% -\begin{LVerbatim} - \begin{slide} ... \end{slide} - \begin{slide*} ... \end{slide*} -\end{LVerbatim} -\e{slide} is for landscape slides and \e{slide*} is for portrait slides. - -By default, the document is typeset in landscape mode, but if you include the -\O{portrait} style option, the document is typeset in portrait mode. -Typesetting the document in landscape mode is different from printing it in -landscape mode; you may have to take care of the latter when printing with -your dvi driver (see Appendix \ref{S-landscape}). - -If you have both landscape and portrait slides in your file, there are two -ways to print the slides: -\begin{itemize} - \item If you dvi driver supports rotation, then you can print all the slides -at once. See Appendix \ref{S-landscape} for details. - \item You can first print your landscape slides by putting the command -\begin{MD} - \landscapeonly -\end{MD} -in the preamble, and then print the portrait slides by inserting instead the -command -\begin{MD} - \portraitonly -\end{MD} -and including the \o{portrait} style option. -\end{itemize} - -\section{The height and width of slides\label{slidedim}} - -The dimensions of the slides are set by the lengths -\begin{MD} - \slidewidth\\ - \slideheight -\end{MD} -The ``width'' refers to the width of a slide when looking at it in landscape -orientation, whether it is a landscape or portrait slide (and the same goes -for ``height''). The default width is 8.5 inches and the default height is 6.3 -inches. - -The slide environments have an optional argument that lets you change the -dimensions of a single slide, as in -\begin{LVerbatim} - \begin{slide*}[7.5in,6in] -\end{LVerbatim} -The first dimension is the slide's ``width'', and the second dimension is the -slides ``height''. If you remember what we said about what ``width'' and -``height'' mean, you will see that the above example begins a portrait slide -that is 7.5 inches high and 6 inches wide. - - -\section{Margins within a slide} - -When a slide is not full, the material is vertically centered within the -slide. The command -\begin{MD} - \centerslidesfalse -\end{MD} -cause the material to be flush to the top, instead. The command -\begin{MD} - \centerslidestrue -\end{MD} -switches back to vertical centering. - -The right margin in slides is ragged by default. You can change this with the -command -\begin{MD} - \raggedslides[len] -\end{MD} -<len> should be the maximum space between the end of the line and the right -margin. The argument is optional; \n\raggedslides\ is equivalent to -\begin{LVerbatim} - \raggedslides[1fil] -\end{LVerbatim} -which gives a ragged right margin, as in \LaTeX's "flushleft" environment (the -default). On the other hand, -\begin{LVerbatim} - \raggedslides[0pt] -\end{LVerbatim} -gives a justified margin, and -\begin{LVerbatim} - \raggedslides[2em] -\end{LVerbatim} -gives a semi-ragged margin. Note that as a margin becomes less ragged, -hyphenation becomes more likely and more material fits on a slide. - -\section{Page breaking within a slide environment\label{S-pagebreak}} - -A slide environment can contain more than one ``page'' of slides; \TeX\ will -break slides into pages automatically. - -If the mere idea disturbs you, put the command -\begin{LVerbatim} - \extraslideheight{10in} -\end{LVerbatim} -in your document. You can then divide slides into pages yourself by starting -new slide environments or using the -\begin{MD} - \newslide -\end{MD} -command within a slide environment. And you need read this section no further. - -If instead you use the command -\begin{LVerbatim} - \extraslideheight{0pt} -\end{LVerbatim} -then \TeX\ will break pages the way you would expect. This is a quick and -dirty way to break a whole paper or a long proof into slides. - -However, dividing material into slides is usually too delicate a matter to be -left up to \TeX, and ultimately you will make all the page breaks yourself. On -the other hand, automatic page breaking can still be helpful at the early -stages, letting \TeX\ find preliminary page breaks for you. - -Setting the "\extraslideheight" to "0pt" doesn't give you much flexibility -about where to put the page breaks. Of course, you can always put a page break -earlier than the one found by \TeX, but occasionally you will prefer to let a -slide overflow by a small amount rather than rewrite the whole slide. - -Therefore, by default, "seminar.sty" uses\MainIndex{\extraslideheight}% -\begin{LVerbatim} - \extraslideheight{10pt} -\end{LVerbatim} -This adds on an extra "10pt" to the target slide height (as determined by -"\slideheight" for landscape slides and "\slidewidth" for portrait slides) -{\em for the purpose of page-breaking only}. - -If the resulting slide exceeds the slide height, you will get a message like -\begin{LVerbatim} - LaTeX Error: Slide 3 overfull by 9pt. -\end{LVerbatim} -"seminar.sty" then tries to reduce the slide to its maximum height by -squeezing out rubber vertical space (e.g., tightening up the interline -spacing). If the slide is still too full, you will get another warning like: -\begin{LVerbatim} - Overfull \vbox by 4.4pt while output was active. -\end{LVerbatim} -You can go back and look for a way to make the slide shorter, or you can -insert a "\newslide" command to change the page-break, or you can just ignore -these warnings. - -The recommended value to give in the argument of "\extraslideheight" is the -largest length by which you might be willing to let a slide overflow. - -After you have decided on the page breaks, you can shut up the warnings about -overfull slides and "\vbox"'s with -\begin{LVerbatim} - \renewcommand{\slidefuzz}{1in} -\end{LVerbatim} -The value of \n\slidefuzz\ (which should be length, even though \n\slidefuzz\ -is an ordinary command sequence) is the threshold above which "seminar.sty" -gives a warning about an overfull slide. The default definition is "2pt". - - -\section{Margins on the page\label{S-slidemargins}} - -After "seminar.sty" makes a slide (or a slide page) as described above, it -(optionally) frames the slide. This is described in Section \ref{S-frames}. -For making and framing the slide, "seminar.sty" does not need to know anything -about the paper you are printing on, or the margins you want. Hence, none of -\LaTeX's standard page parameters are relevant within a slide environment. -(However, for the sake of consistency, "seminar.sty" sets "\textwidth" to the -width of the slide and "\textheight" to the height of the slide within a slide -environment.) - -Now "seminar.sty" has to do something with the finished slide. As you read -this User's Guide, you will find that there are various options. However, -right now we are making slides for printing on transparencies, and so we have -to position the slide on the transparency and add headers and footers. -"seminar.sty" does not use \LaTeX's page parameters for this either. Instead, -it uses the following parameters: -\begin{center} - \begin{tabular}{lc} - {\em Parameter:} & \em Default:\\ - \N\slideleftmargin & .5in\\ - \N\sliderightmargin & .5in\\ - \N\slidetopmargin & .5in\\ - \N\slidebottommargin & .5in - \end{tabular} -\end{center} -There are commands, to be set with "\renewcommand".\footnote{The only true -length parameters (meaning that thay should be set with "\setlength") in -"seminar.sty" are \n\slidewidth, \n\slideheight, \n\slideframewidth, -\n\slideframesep, \n\semin, and \n\semcm.} - -\begin{figure} -\hrule height 1pt\relax -\begin{center} -\setlength\unitlength{.7cm} -\begin{picture}(13,11.5)(-1,-1.5) -\thicklines -\put(0,0){\framebox(11,8.5){\Huge My slide}} -\put(5.5,4.25){\fancyoval(8.5,6){}} - -\thinlines -\put(0,8.65){\line(0,1){.3}} -\put(.75,8.65){\line(0,1){.3}} -\put(.5,8.8){\vector(1,0){.25}} -\put(.5,8.8){\vector(-1,0){.5}} -\put(.375,9.1){\makebox(0,0)[b]{\n\slideleftmargin}} - -\put(10.25,8.65){\line(0,1){.3}} -\put(11,8.65){\line(0,1){.3}} -\put(10.75,8.8){\vector(1,0){.25}} -\put(10.75,8.8){\vector(-1,0){.5}} -\put(10.625,9.1){\makebox(0,0)[b]{\n\sliderightmargin}} - -\put(0,-.15){\line(0,-1){.3}} -\put(11,-.15){\line(0,-1){.3}} -\put(5.5,-.3){\vector(1,0){5.5}} -\put(5.5,-.3){\vector(-1,0){5.5}} -\put(5.5,-.6){\makebox(0,0)[t]{\n\paperheight}} - -\put(-.15,0){\line(-1,0){.3}} -\put(-.15,.75){\line(-1,0){.3}} -\put(-.3,.5){\vector(0,1){.25}} -\put(-.3,.5){\vector(0,-1){.5}} -\put(-.6,.375){\makebox(0,0)[r]{\n\slidebottommargin}} - -\put(-.15,8.5){\line(-1,0){.3}} -\put(-.15,7.75){\line(-1,0){.3}} -\put(-.3,8){\vector(0,1){.5}} -\put(-.3,8){\vector(0,-1){.25}} -\put(-.6,8.125){\makebox(0,0)[r]{\n\slidetopmargin}} - -\put(11.15,0){\line(1,0){.3}} -\put(11.15,8.5){\line(1,0){.3}} -\put(11.3,4.25){\vector(0,1){4.25}} -\put(11.3,4.25){\vector(0,-1){4.25}} -\put(11.6,4.25){\makebox(0,0)[l]{\n\paperwidth}} - -\put(.75,7.75){\makebox(0,0)[bl]{Here is my header}} -\put(10.25,7.75){\makebox(0,0)[br]{9/30/99}} -\put(.75,.75){\makebox(0,0)[tl]{Here is my footer}} -\put(10.25,.75){\makebox(0,0)[tr]{7-9}} -\end{picture} - -\caption{Slide margins.\label{SlideMargins}} -\end{center} -\hrule height 1pt\relax -\end{figure} - -Look at Figure \ref{SlideMargins}. Note that the headers and footers lie {\em -inside} the top and bottom margins, respectively. The slide is then centered -horizontally and vertically between the margins. - - -\section{Magnification and lengths} - -"seminar.sty" changes \TeX's magnification so that the output is larger than -when typesetting an article. This means, for example, that if you paste some -input from a paper you are writing with \LaTeX\ into a slide, it will look -pretty much the same in the slide, except that it is magnified. For example, -"\vspace{.5in}" produces a space that gets bigger along with the fonts and -everything else. Of course, it won't look identical, since "seminar.sty" uses -its own spacing parameters and margins. - -\TeX's standard magnifications are in magsteps. $n$ magsteps means a -magnification of $1.2^n$. "seminar.sty"'s default magnification is 4 magsteps, -but you can change this with the command -\begin{MD} - \slidesmag{n} -\end{MD} -<n> should be an integer between $-5$ and 9. - -As noted above, lengths grow with the magnification. For spacing, like the -parameter "\parindent" or using "\\[2pt]" to add a little extra space between -lines, this is great, because it is easier to think in unmagnified dimensions. -Setting "\parindent" to ".5cm" will look the same (relative to everything -else) whatever the magnification. - -However, if you want to set the unit in a "picture" environment to 1cm, {\em -as it appears on the slide}, use -\begin{LVerbatim} - \setslidelength{\unitlength}{1cm} -\end{LVerbatim} -"\setslidelength" is like \LaTeX's "\setlength", but it scales the size down -so that the resulting size after magnification is, in this example, 1cm (in -the process, it removes any stretch from rubber lengths).% -\footnote{If you know what {\tt true} dimensions are, you may be wondering why -they haven't been mentioned. These are not recommended because you will not be -able to print the slides two-up or use the {\tt article} format.} -There is also a -\begin{MD} - \addtoslidelength{cmd}{len} -\end{MD} -command. - -"seminar.sty" also provides the lengths -\begin{MD} - \semin\\ - \semcm -\end{MD} -which are equal to an inch and a centimeter, scaled down to ``before -magnification'' size. For example, -\begin{LVerbatim} - \rule{1pt}{4\semcm} -\end{LVerbatim} -makes a line 4 centimeters long on the transparency,.\footnote{Suppose you -want to use another unit, such as millimeters, instead of centimeters. Then -try this: -\begin{LVerbatim} - \newcommand{\semmm}{\semcm} - \renewcommand{\semcmlength}{1mm} - \setslidelength{\semmm}{1mm} -\end{LVerbatim}} - -"\textwidth", "\textheight", "\columnwidth" and "\linewidth" all have the -expected values in slides. (But "\slidewidth" and "\slideheight" do not.) -Thus, this would -\begin{LVerbatim} - \rule{1pt}{.5\textwidth} -\end{LVerbatim} -make a line that is 1/2 the width of the slide. - -For help getting an EPS file to be the right size, see page \pageref{EPS}. - -Finally, there are some parameters that "seminar.sty" scales for you, and -hence you can (and should) set them at their magnified values (the actual size -on transparencies): -\begin{itemize} - \item "\slidewidth" and "\slideheight" - \item "\slideframewidth" and "\slideframesep" (see Section \ref{S-frames}). - \item The slide margin parameters (see Section \ref{S-slidemargins}). - \item The \LaTeX\ page parameters, {\em when they are set in the -preamble}.\footnote{The \LaTeX\ page parameters are listed on page 163 of -Lamport's {\em \LaTeX\ User's Guide and Reference Manual}. They are used for -notes (see Section \ref{S-notes}) and the \o{article} option (see Sections -\ref{S-twoup} and \ref{S-article}), but not for printing slides onto -transparencies. Lamport warns that resetting page parameters in the middle of -the document is tricky; here it is more so, because you do have to worry about -scaling them. But you can use "\setslidelength" for this.} -\end{itemize} - -Note that the warnings about overfull slides (see Section \ref{S-pagebreak}) -report unmagnified dimensions. - - -\section{Font sizes} - -The "\slidesmag" command lets you change the magnification of your document. -You can effectively fine tune the magnification by using the "11pt" and "12pt" -style options. For example, instead of increasing the magnification from 4 to -5, you can switch to the "12pt" style option. There are differences---e.g., -magnification affects the space you get from "\hspace{1in}"---but the fonts -will at least be roughly the same size either way. The "11pt" option gives a -half-step, somewhat like "\slidesmag{4.5}", if the latter were permitted. - -Sometimes you want to use smaller font sizes for a single slide, in order to -fit in that little bit of extra material, or to use larger font sizes, so that -the few things you have to say on a slide don't look too lonely. You can't -changing the magnification in the middle of the document, but you can change -the size of the fonts with the command -\begin{MD} - \ptsize{n} -\end{MD} -This switches to the font sizes that are in effect when you use the "<n>pt" -option. Actually, <n> can be 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14 or 17, whether you have -"art<n>.sty" or not. - - -\section{Spacing parameters\label{S-spacing}} - -\begin{figure} -\hrule height 1pt -\begin{center} -\begin{tabular}{llc} -{\em Command:} & {\em Initializes:} & {\em Default} \\[2pt] -\N\slideparskip & "\parskip" & "1ex minus .2ex"\\ -\N\slideparindent & "\parindent" & "0pt"\\ -\N\slidefootnotesep & "\footnotesep" & "1.2ex"\\ -\N\slideleftmargini & "\leftmargini" & "1.8em" \\ -\N\slideleftmarginii & "\leftmarginii" & "1.4em" \\ -\N\slideleftmarginiii & "\leftmarginiii" & "1em" \\ -\N\slidelabelsep & "\labelsep" & ".5em" \\ -\N\slideitemsep & "\itemsep" & ".8ex minus .2ex" \\ -\N\slidepartopsep & "\partopsep" & "1ex minus .2ex" \\ -\N\slidestretch & "\baselinestretch" & "1.2"\\ -\N\slidearraystretch & "\arraystretch" & "1.2" -\end{tabular} - -\caption{Slide spacing parameters.\label{SpacingDefaults}} -\end{center} -\hrule height 1pt -\end{figure} - -The commands in Figure \ref{SpacingDefaults} are used to initialize some of -the spacing parameters at the beginning of each slide environment and when -"\ptsize" is used in a slide environment. These are spacing parameters that -should depend on the size of fonts and that in \LaTeX's "article" style would -be set in "art10.sty", etc. These commands should all be changed with -"\renewcommand", even though, except for the "stretch" parameters, their -values should be lengths. -Note that "ex" and "em" units are used because these are the units that depend -of font sizes. - -Outside a slide environment, redefine the commands on the left if you want to -change these spacing parameters. Within a slide environment, reset the -parameters directly, or redefine the commands on the left and then use the -"\ptsize" command. - -In other \LaTeX\ styles, the extra distance between lines that is inserted -when "\baselinestretch" exceeds 1 is eaten up by tall or deep lines. E.g., if -the line contains a table or a large math operator, there is probably no -extra space at all. The advantage of this system is that the distance between -baselines does not fluctuate with every tilde. The disadvantage is that lines -can end up too close. - -In "seminar.sty", on the other hand, fraction -\begin{MD} - \slideskip -\end{MD} -of the extra space cannot be eaten, but up to fraction -\begin{MD} - \slideshrink -\end{MD} -of this extra space that cannot be eaten can be removed if there is too much -material on the slide. This gives you added flexibility about how much -material to include on a slide. Both \n\slideskip\ and \n\slideshrink\ can be -set with "\renewcommand" to a number between 0 and 1. The default value of -\n\slideskip\ is ".75" and the default value of \n\slideshrink\ is ".25". Set -\n\slideskip\ to "0" to revert to \LaTeX's usual behavior, as described above. - -For example, suppose you are using a 10pt font, \n\slidestretch\ is "1.2", -\n\slideskip\ is ".75", and \n\slideshrink\ is ".25". The "\baselineskip" for -a 10pt font is normally 12pt, leaving a little space between the lines. Then -"\baselineskip" is set to -\begin{center} - "\slidestretch" $\times$ "12pt" $=$ 1.2$\times$12pt $=$ 14.4pt -\end{center} -The extra space between lines that is inserted is thus 2.4pt, and -\begin{center} - "\slideskip" $\times$ 2.4pt $=$ .75$\times$2.4pt $=$ 1.8pt -\end{center} -of this cannot be eaten by tall or deep lines. However, the space between -lines can be reduced by up to -\begin{center} - "\slideshrink" $\times$ 1.8pt $=$ .25$\times$1.8pt $=$ .45pt -\end{center} -if the slide would otherwise be too long. - - -\section{Slide frames\label{S-frames}} - -Slides can be framed. The command -\begin{MD} - \slideframe[commands]{style} -\end{MD} -specifies the frame style to use. Valid frame styles are "none" and "plain", -unless you use macros that define additional styles. For example, the -\o{fancybox} style option defines the frames "shadow", "double", "oval" and -"Oval" (corresponding to the "\shadowbox", "\doublebox", "\ovalbox" and -"\Ovalbox" commands defined in that style option). The \o{semcolor} - option defines the styles "scplain", "scdouble", and "scshadow". - -All the frame styles use the lengths -\begin{MD} - \slideframewidth\\ - \slideframesep -\end{MD} -which are the (magnified) width of the line (default 4pt) and the distance -between the slide and the frame (default .4in), respectively. - -\n\slideframe's optional argument is for commands that you want to use to -customize the slide frame style. For example: -\begin{LVerbatim} - \slideframe[\setlength{shadowsize}{12pt}]{shadow}\\ - \slideframe[\psset{fillstyle=gradient}]{scplain} -\end{LVerbatim} - -If you want to build your own custom slide frame, use the command -\begin{MD} - \newslideframe{style}[commands]{frame command} -\end{MD} -<style> is the name of the frame, "[<commands>]", which is optional, will be -inserted before the frame command and before the <commands> given by -"\slideframe"'s optional argument. These commands can be used to set some -default parameter values. Then the final argument should frame "#1". - -For example, if "\myframe{foo}" frames "foo", and if "\myframe" uses the -length "\baldness" as a parameter, then you might write -\begin{LVerbatim} - \newslideframe{wildframe}[\setlength{\baldness}{.2cm}]% - {\myframe{#1}} -\end{LVerbatim} -You can still override the default value of "\baldness", as in -\begin{LVerbatim} - \slideframe[\setlength{\baldness}{.1cm}]{wildframe} -\end{LVerbatim} - -There is a starred version of \n\slideframe\ that adds the frame to previously -specified frames.\footnote{If using color or PostScript images, note that each -frame gets added to the background.} This can be used for special tricks. For -example, if you are using the \o{fancybox} and \o{semcolor} options, then -\begin{LVerbatim} - \newslideframe{draft}% - {\boxput{\rput{30}{\Huge\gray DRAFT}}{#1}} - \slideframe{draft} - \slideframe*{scdouble} -\end{LVerbatim} -puts the word ``DRAFT'' in the background of each slide, gray and rotated 30 -degrees, and then adds a double frame.\footnote{Use "\boxput*" to put "DRAFT" -in the foreground. See "fancybox.doc" for details.} - - -\part{Advanced Features} - -\section{Counters} - -The counter for slides is \C{slide}. The default definition of \N\theslide\ is -"\arabic{slide}". You can use "\label" and "\ref" to cross-reference slides, -and the page number in slide environments is set to -\n\theslide.\footnote{However, these page or slide cross-references are not -always accurate when you let \TeX\ break pages for you within a slide.} Thus, -you can write, for example, -\begin{LVerbatim} - See equation (\ref{foo}) on Slide \pageref{foo}. -\end{LVerbatim} - -You may want some counters, such as equation counters, to be reset with each -new slide environment or \n\newslide\ command. By default, only the "footnote" -counter is reset this way, but you can specify your own (comma-separated) list -of counters to be reset with the command -\begin{MD} - \slidereset{list} -\end{MD} -If you want to reset additional counters, rather than replace the list -entirely, use -\begin{MD} - \addtoslidereset{list} -\end{MD} - -There is another way in which the footnote counter gets special treatment. The -command -\begin{MD} - \theslidefootnote -\end{MD} -is used for the counter text instead of "\thefootnote". The default definition -is -\begin{LVerbatim} - \alph{footnote} -\end{LVerbatim} - -\section{Selectively including or excluding slides} - -The commands -\begin{MD} - \onlyslides{list}\\ - \notslides{list} -\end{MD} -can be used to include or exclude only those slides in the given list. The -argument should expand to a comma-separated list of numbers or ranges. The -numbers do not need to be in order, the list can contain numbers that do not -correspond to any slide, and there can be duplicate numbers. Negative numbers -should be enclosed in curly braces. Since the argument is first expanded, you -can use the "\ref" command in the argument. For example, -\begin{LVerbatim} - \onlyslides{{-2},\ref{dp}-10,\ref{chart},0,17-999} -\end{LVerbatim} -is legal. If "\label{dp}" appears in slide 5 and "\label{chart}" appears in -slide 12, this is equivalent to: -\begin{LVerbatim} - \onlyslides{{-2},5-10,12,0,17-999} -\end{LVerbatim} - -\section{Printing your slides two-up\label{S-twoup}} - -Printing your slides two-up is useful both for previewing slides and for -making hard copies to distribute or for proofreading. - -One way to print your slides two-up is to include the \O{article} style -option. This is described further below. - -Another way is to include the command -\begin{MD} - \twoup[n] -\end{MD} -in the preamble. This inputs "2up.tex", which contains generic macros for -two-up printing, and sets the parameters to values that are likely to work. -Including the optional argument "[<n>]" increases the two-up magnification by -$n$ magsteps. $n$ can be a positive or negative integer. If you are not able -to get the right layout, then include the \O{2up} style option, read the -documentation of "2up.tex", and set the parameters yourself, rather than using -the \n\twoup\ command. - -The \o{article} style option is also called the article {\em format} (as -opposed to the slides format). In the article format without the \o{portrait} -option, the slides are centered horizontally and vertically, two to a page (if -they fit---landscape slides do fit by default). With the portrait option, the -slides are printed side-by-side, two to a page. In the \o{article} format, you -can mix landscape and portrait slides with different orientations, but this -does not work well with the \o{portrait} option. - -You can change the article format's magnification with -\begin{MD} - \articlemag{n} -\end{MD} -This command works like the "\slidesmag" command (page \pageref{+slidesmag}). -The default is -\begin{LVerbatim} - \articlemag{0} -\end{LVerbatim} -Increase the article magnification if the slides look too lonely; decrease it -if they are not coming out two-up. - -The size of the slides depends on the {\em difference} between the -magnifications in the slides and article format. E.g., since the default -slides magnification is 4 magsteps, the slides are scaled down in the article -format by 4 magsteps. When you change the slides magnification with -\n\slidesmag, you also have to change the article magnification with -\n\articlemag\ by the same amount if you want the size of the slides in the -article format to remain the same. However, when the article magnification in -magsteps is negative , you will be using non-standard font magnifications -(which will produce terrible results if you cannot generate the needed -fonts---see Appendix \ref{bitmaps} for advice). - -Whether or not landscape slides (or rotated portrait slides) come out two-up -in the article format without the \o{portrait} option depends on (i) the -difference between the slides and article magnification, (ii) the values of -\n\slidewidth\ and \n\slideheight\, (iii) the size of the slide frame, and -(iv) the article format's page parameters. With the default values of -(ii)--(iv), the slides will still come out two-up if you change the difference -between the slides and article magnification to 3 (e.g., increase the value of -\n\articlemag\ by 1). Try this if you want the slides to be larger. - -If you use the \o{article} option {\em and} the \n\twoup\ command, then your -slides should be printed four-up! - -You will notice labels on the side or bottom of each slide in the \o{article} -format. The command -\begin{MD} - \slidestyle{style} -\end{MD} -determines where these labels go. There are three predefined slide styles: -\begin{description} -\item[\tt empty] No captions or labels are used. -\item[\tt left] The labels go on the left of each slide (the default when the -\o{portrait} option is not used). -\item[\tt bottom] The labels go on the bottom (the default with the -\o{portrait} option). -\end{description} -The label you get is the value of \N\slidelabel. The default definition of -\n\slidelabel\ is -\begin{LVerbatim} - \bf Slide \theslide -\end{LVerbatim} - -\section{Notes\label{S-notes}} - -In addition to slides, you can include a few comments following each slide to -remind you of what to say, or even the entire text of your presentation for -your own benefit or to be distributed to others. These comments or text, -referred to in this documentation as ``notes'', do not go inside any special -environment. However, a slide cannot go in the middle of a paragraph of notes. - -To include notes this way, you have to use one of the following style options, -which determine what is printed: -\begin{quote} - \begin{tabular}{ll} - \O{slidesonly} & Only the slides are printed.\\ - \O{notes} & Both notes and slides are printed.\\ - \O{notesonly} & Only the notes are printed.\\ - \end{tabular} -\end{quote} -These style options are referred to as {\em selections} in this documentation. - -The pages of notes following slide 5 are numbered 5.1, 5.2, etc. - -You can use the "portrait" option to print out your notes, even if you don't -use this option when printing the slides. - -With the "notesonly" selection, the slides are not printed, but they are -processed. This means that one can still refer in the notes to slides or to -equations in slides. - -The fact that various spacing parameters are initialized at the beginning of -each slide (see Section \ref{S-spacing}) means that when you reset these -parameters outside a slide environment, only the notes are affected. This lets -you use different values for notes and slides. The command \N\slidefonts\ can -be used for any special font commands that should apply only to slides. Also, -the command \N\everyslide\ is executed at the beginning of every slide, and -you can use this for any other customizations you want to include. - -You can also use the "11pt" or "12pt" style option for your notes, without -changing the size of the fonts in the slides, by using the "\ptsize" command -to set the font sizes for slides. For example, suppose that the "12pt" -document style option is used, but the preamble contains the command -\begin{LVerbatim} - \ptsize{11} -\end{LVerbatim} -and the second slide begins with the command -\begin{LVerbatim} - \ptsize{9} -\end{LVerbatim} -Then the notes use the "12pt" font size declarations, all the slides but the -second one use the "11pt" font size declarations, and the second slide uses -the "9pt" font size declarations. - -Notes are typeset using \LaTeX's standard output routines, and \LaTeX's -standard page parameters. - - Finally, it is even possible to use a different page style for notes and -slides. The page style for notes is set by the "\pagestyle" and -"\thispagestyle" commands. The command -\begin{MD} - \slidepagestyle{style} -\end{MD} -sets a different page style for the slides. If the argument is empty, then the -page style for slides reverts to the one for notes.\footnote{There is no -"\thisslidepagestyle" command.} - -With the command -\begin{MD} - \onlynotestoo -\end{MD} -the "\onlyslides" and "\notslides" commands apply to the notes as well. - - -\section{How notes are omitted\label{omit}} - -In the previous section, it was stated that notes are not enclosed in a -special environment. "seminar.sty" omits notes using special -macros\footnote{Defined in {\tt xcomment.sty}} that comment out everything -{\em outside} the slide environments (and a few other environments mentioned -below). Global declarations that should be processed even when slides are -omitted go in \e{allversions*} environments, described below. - -"seminar.sty" also let you use a more conventional approach to notes. If you -put the command -\begin{MD} - \noxcomment -\end{MD} -in the preamble, then the notes go inside \E{note} environments, and you can -put all the global declarations outside any environment. "xcomment.sty" is -used to make \e{note} a comment environment when note should be omitted, and -otherwise the \e{note} environment does nothing. This mode of operation is -more robust than omitting everything outside the slide environments, but -remembering to insert the -\begin{LVerbatim} - \begin{note} ... \end{note} -\end{LVerbatim} -is more tedious. - -Here are a few technicalities that have to do with "xcomment.sty" and that -apply whether or not you use \n\noxcomment. -\begin{enumerate} -\item The text that follows the beginning of a slide environment (when not -using \n\noxcomment) or the end of a \e{note} environment {\em must have -balanced curly braces}. -\item "\input" and "\include" commands are followed, even when found in -omitted notes, but you must use the \LaTeX\ syntax "\input{<file>}" (as -opposed to \verb*+\input <file> +), and the inputted file must end with -"\endinput" (this is a good practice anyway). -\item In omitted text, "%" is still a comment character (hence it is possible -to comment out a slide or note environment). -\item A temporary file, "\jobname.tmp", is created (this is of no -consequence---just in case you wanted to know where it comes from). -\end{enumerate} - -The rest of this section deals with special considerations when omitting -everything outside the slide environments. - -If you might want to make a global change to one of the slide parameters after -the document preamble, you cannot include it in a slide environment because -the change will be local, and you cannot include it in the notes because the -change won't be processed when the notes are omitted. - -To get around this problem, an environment \E{allversions*} is provided. It is -processed even when notes are omitted, and any parameter changes or command -definitions made within the environment are global. Don't generate any output -within this environment. - -On a rare occasion you might want to include some text that should be typeset -even when the other notes are omitted (e.g., a list of the slides, or a cover -page). The \E{allversions} environment is provided for this purpose. - -If you do any serious hacking, you might want to add to the list of -environments that should be included with the "slidesonly" selection. Do this -with the command -\begin{MD} - \addtoslidelist{list} -\end{MD} -where <list> is a comma separated list of environments, without spaces. - -\section{The article format\label{S-article}} - -The \o{article} style option was described in Section \ref{S-twoup} as a way -to print your slides two-up. This option is also a good way to print your -notes. - -The \o{article} option gets its name because your document is typeset somewhat -like it would be with \LaTeX's "article" style. (It uses \LaTeX's standard -page parameters, but some of the default values are different.) It is also -called the article {\em format}; the slides format is what you get without the -\o{article} option. - -You probably don't want to use the \o{portrait} style option with the -\o{article} format except when you are only printing portrait slides. But you -are welcome to experiment. - -With the \o{notesonly} selection, you can make the notes as big as you want -using the \n\articlemag\ command (e.g., for easy reading while giving a -presentation). Just as in the \o{slides} format, the page parameters are -scaled at the beginning of the document so that they can be set with their -true dimensions in the preamble. - -The commands -\begin{MD} - \setartlength{cmd}{len}\\ - \addtoartlength{cmd}{len} -\end{MD} -are analogous to "\setslidelength" and "\addtoslidelength", but they scale the -lengths so that they end up at the specified size after magnification in the -"article" format. You never would use such a command in slide environments or -to set slide parameters, but you might use these in the notes if you were -planning on typesetting your notes with the "article" format rather than the -"slides" format. - -You can change the placement of slides in the \o{article} format using the -\begin{MD} - \slideplacement{name} -\end{MD} -command. Here are the valid placement names: -\begin{description} - \item[float] The slides are floated. This is the default with the \o{notes} -selection and the \o{portrait} option. - \item[float*] Like "float", but if the notes are printed in a two-column -format the slides extend across both columns (e.g., like "table" versus -"table*"). This is the default with the \o{notes} selection without the -\o{portrait} option. - \item[onepercol] Each slide is centered horizontally and vertically within a -single column. This is the default when only slides are printed and the -\o{portrait} option is used. - \item[twopercol] Each slide is centered horizontally, two or one per column, -depending on how many fit. This is the default when only slides are printed -and the \o{portrait} option is not used. - \item[here] Each slide is centered horizontally, separated from adjoining -text or other slides by the rubber length \N\slidesep. The default value of -\n\slidesep\ is "\intextskip". This is useful with the \o{notes} selection -when you want the slides to precede accompanying comments and when you do not -mind large spaces at the bottom of pages. - \item[here*] This is like "here*", but with "here*" the length \n\slidesep\ -is not lost when it falls at the beginning of a page or after a slide. -\end{description} - -If you want each slide environment to begin a new page (with any of the -selections), put the command -\begin{MD} - \slideclearpagetrue -\end{MD} -in the preamble. - -The \o{notesonly} selection has a starred version, \O{notesonly*}, which -produces a slide marker for each slide environment, like this one: -\begin{center} -\leavevmode -\vbox{% -\hrule height 1pt -\kern 8pt -\hbox to \linewidth{\hss \LARGE\bf Slide 4 \hss}% -\kern 8pt -\hrule height 1pt} -\end{center} - - -Commands that are irrelevant in the "article" format are simply ignored. The -idea is that it should be possible to switch back and forth between the two -formats without making any other changes in the document. However, this is not -entirely possible. Changing "\parindent" or "\textwidth" in the preamble -affects both formats. You can get around this using the \n\ifarticle\ -conditional. For example, -\begin{LVerbatim} - \ifarticle - blah blah - \else - blee blee - \fi -\end{LVerbatim} -The "\else" part is optional. - - -\section{Page styles} - -The page styles "empty", "plain", "headings" and "myheadings" work like in -\LaTeX's article style. There is also a page style "align" which puts "+" -signs in the corners, like in \SliTeX.\footnote{See question \ref{Pagestyle} -in Section \ref{tips} for suggestions on defining new page styles.} You can -change the size of the fonts used in headers and footers in the slides format -by setting the commands -\begin{MD} - \slideheadfont\\ - \slidefootfont -\end{MD} -to the desired size, using "\renewcommand" (but any explicit font declarations -in a page style override these commands). The default definition of these -commands is "\scriptsize". - - -\section{Other style options\label{options}} - -The style options described so far, "portrait", "article", "slidesonly", -"notes", and "notesonly", were designed specifically for "seminar.sty". There -are other such style options described elsewhere in this documentation: -"semrot" (page \pageref{o+semrot}), \o{semlayer} (page \pageref{o+semlayer}). -\o{semcolor} (page \pageref{o+semcolor}), "semhelv" (page -\pageref{o+semhelv}), "semlcmss" (page \pageref{o+semlcmss}), and "a4" (page -\pageref{o+a4}). - -Here are two more style options that are part of the "seminar.sty" package, -but that can be used with other document styles: -\begin{description} -\item[fancybox] "fancybox.sty" is specific to slides, but it contains commands -and documentation that are useful for making slides. - -\item[slidesec] This sets up some sectioning/heading commands for slides, and -lets you print a list of slides or a table of contents. See the file -"slidesec.sty" for details. -\end{description} - -It is impossible to predict, much less describe, the consequences of using all -the other available \LaTeX{} style option with each selection and format. -Since this document style is an extension of \LaTeX's "article" style, style -options and commands that do not work with \SliTeX{} may well work here. Just -about any style option that works with \LaTeX's "article" style will work with -the "article" format. When unsure of the effect of an option, just try it and -see for yourself what happens. - -\section{Overlays\label{S-overlays}} - -For overlays, you must use both the \O{semlayer} and \o{semcolor} style -options (see page \pageref{o+semcolor}). - -Overlays have two purposes. First, you can use overlays to gradually add -layers of information on a slide during a presentation. Second, you can use -overlays to make color layers; each layer is printed in black-on-white on -paper, and then you use some kind of color copying service to put each layer -on a transparency in a different color. This is not nearly as nice as having a -color printer or using a color printing service, but it's the next best thing. - -"seminar.sty" lets you make both types of overlays (and the main slide) from a -single slide environment. The command\footnote{You can also write -\begin{Ex} - "\begin{overlay}{<n>}" $\ldots$ "\end{overlay}" -\end{Ex}} -\begin{MD} - \overlay{n} -\end{MD} -puts whatever is in its scope (\TeX\ group) on overlay $n$, where -$n=0,\ldots,9$. Actually, overlay 0 refers to the main slide, but you might -use "\overlay{0}" because overlay commands can be nested. As implemented by -the "semcolor" style option, these overlay commands can be used just about -anywhere, including in math mode, tables, and around an included graphics file -(if it is a conforming EPS file, at least). Also, it is all right to use -non-consecutive overlay numbers. - -For color layers, you have to start by defining some colors using the command -\begin{MD} - \colorlayers{colors} -\end{MD} -<colors> should be a comma separated list of color names, without spaces, as -in -\begin{LVerbatim} - \colorlayers{red,green,blue} -\end{LVerbatim} -Then you can use the command "\red" just like the command \n\overlay"{<n>}"; -everything in its scope goes on a red color layer. - -The "\colorlayers" command obeys the usual rules on scope. You can use this -command any time, including in a slide environment. The command is cumulative, -meaning that previously defined color layers continue to exist. The command -was purposely defined so that it does not complain when a color name is -already defined; this makes it easier to switch from some other color system -to a layer system. However, you should be careful not to inadvertently -redefine some command that you need. Fortunately, there are no \TeX{} -primitives whose names are the names of colors. - -When you print out the slides, the main slide is printed, followed by each of -the color layers (if any) for the main slide. Then each of the overlays is -printed, together with each of its color layers. Only overlays or color layers -that are actually used (i.e., that are not empty) are printed. - -You can turn overlays and color layers on and off with the commands -\begin{MD} - \overlaystrue\\ - \overlaysfalse\\ - \layerstrue\\ - \layersfalse -\end{MD} -These commands can be used at any time, and they obey the usual scoping rules. -The default is for overlays to be active in the "slides" format and suppressed -in the "article" format. - -The counter \C{overlay} keeps track of the overlays. The default definition of -\N\theoverlay\ is: -\begin{LVerbatim} - \theslide-\alph{overlay} -\end{LVerbatim} -Overlays can be cross-referenced. - -The command \N\currlayer\ is set to the name of the current color layer. -\N\thelayer\ makes a label for layers; its default definition is: -\begin{LVerbatim} - \theoverlay-\currlayer -\end{LVerbatim} -Color layers cannot be cross-referenced. - -For example, if slide 7 has overlays 1 and 2 and colors "red" and "green", -then the main slide is numbered 7, followed by layers 7-red and 7-green, -followed by overlay 7-a, followed by layers 7-a-red and 7-a-green, followed by -overlay 7-b, followed by layers 7-b-red and 7-b-green. - -The caption used in the slide styles is \n\overlaylabel\ for overlays and -\N\layerlabel\ for layers. The defaults are, respectively, -\begin{LVerbatim} - \bf Overlay \theoverlay - \bf Layer \thelayer -\end{LVerbatim} - -By default the overlays and layers use the same page styles in the "slides" -format as their ``owner.'' You can specify special page styles with the -commands: -\begin{MD} - \overlaypagestyle{style}\\ - \layerpagestyle{style} -\end{MD} - -Finally, by default the overlays and layers use the same frame style as their -``owner.'' You can specify special frame styles with the commands: -\begin{MD} - \overlayframe[commands]{style}\\ - \layerframe[commands]{style} -\end{MD} - - -\part{Help\label{Help}} - -Road map: -\begin{itemize} - \item If you just want to figure out how to do something, check Section -\ref{tips}, ``Tips and tricks.'' - \item If you are trying to decipher an error message, check Section -\ref{errors}, ``Errors.'' - \item If you are trying to solve some system-dependent problem that has -arisen, check Section \ref{trouble}, ``Troubleshooting.'' - \item To convert \SliTeX\ files, see Section \ref{slitex}, ``Converting -\SliTeX\ files''. -\end{itemize} - -\section{Tips and tricks\label{tips}} - -\faq{How can I fit more material in the slides?} - -Or alternatively, make the little material you have fill up the slide. - -Let us count the ways: -\begin{enumerate} -\item Change the magnification with \n\slidesmag"{<n>}" (affects all the -slides). -\item Change the height and/or width of one or all the slides. -\item Use "\ptsize{<n>}". -\item Change \n\slidestretch. -\item Use the \n\raggedslides\ command, which changes the propensity to -hyphenate. -\end{enumerate} - -\faq{How do I include an Encapsulated PostScript figure?\label{EPS}} - -The only thing tricky about including EPS files is getting the size right. For -example, suppose the you want to include a postscript file in a slide using -the "epsf.sty" macros, and you want it to be 6 inches wide. Then this will do -the trick: -\begin{LVerbatim} - \setslidelength{\epsfxsize}{6in} - \epsffile{mypic.eps} -\end{LVerbatim} - -If you include the command -\begin{MD} - \espfslidesize -\end{MD} -(e.g., in the preamble), then "epsf.sty" will take care of scaling the size -for you, and so you can just set "\epsfxsize" and "\epsfysize" to their -magnified sizes (using "\setlength" rather than "\setslidelength"). Or you can -not set these parameters at all, and then the eps file appears at its natural -size on the slide. - -Either way, this will have the expected effect: -\begin{LVerbatim} - \setlength{\epsfysize}{.8\textheight} - \epsffile{mypic.eps} -\end{LVerbatim} - -"psfig.tex" does not handle magnification properly. By using magnified -dimensions, without "\setslidelength", as in -\begin{LVerbatim} - \psfig{file=mypic.eps,width=6in} -\end{LVerbatim} -the picture should appear correctly within a slide, but then it will not scale -properly if you try to use the \o{article} option or the \n\twoup\ command. -The solution, if using Rokicki's "dvips", is to use "epsf.sty" (written by the -man himself). - -\faq{How can I print just selected overlays, layers or pages of notes in the -{\tt slides} format?} - -The "\onlyslides" and "\notslides" commands affect only slides. If a slide is -omitted, so are all its overlays and color layers. To be more selective, you -have to use your dvi driver to select the pages to be printed. - -In the "slides" format, the page numbers recognized by dvi drivers correspond -to the numbers of the slides. This means that a slide and all the overlays, -layers and notes that correspond to that slide have the same page number. Some -drivers allow one to select occurrence $n$ of a page number. E.g., with -"dvips", -\begin{LVerbatim} - dvips -p2.1 -l2.4 myslides -\end{LVerbatim} -will print the first through fourth page of overlays or notes that follow -slide 2. - -If your dvi driver does not support such selection, and you would prefer that -the driver recognize physical page numbers, then put the command -\N\truepagenumbers\ in the preamble. - - -\faq{How do I define custom page styles?} -\label{Pagestyle} - -There is nothing special about defining new page styles in "seminar.sty". -However, to make it easier to do this in the preamble, the commands -\begin{MD} - \newpagestyle{style}{header}{footer}\\ - \renewpagestyle{style}{header}{footer} -\end{MD} -are provided.\footnote{% - You can also use the macros in "fancyheadings.sty", which is available from -various archives. However, you have to set the pagestyle {\em after} -"\begin{document}". -Otherwise, the dimensions get screwed up. If using the \o{slidesonly} -selection, then you also need to enclose the "\pagestyle" command in -an \e{allversions*} environment. E.g., -\begin{LVerbatim} - \begin{allversions*} - \pagestyle{fancy} - \end{allversions*} -\end{LVerbatim}} - -<style> is the name of the page style, and <header> is the header, and -<footer> is the footer. These can only be used for simple page styles that are -the same for odd and even pages, and that do not do anything special with -section marks. - -Headers and footers are set in an "\hbox" the width of the page -("\textwidth"). You can use stretchable space such as "\hspace*{\fill}" or -"\hfil" to center some information or put it flush against the margins. See -the definitions of page styles in "latex.tex" and "article.sty" for examples. - -Here is an example: Professor Starr wants lots of information in the headers -and footers for the slides, and so she defines the page style -"mypagestyle":\footnote{{\tt\string\thedate} is set with the {\tt\string\date} -command.} -\begin{LVerbatim} - \newpagestyle{mypagestyle}% - {\sl Big U \hfil \thedate \hfil \thepage}% - {\hfil File \jobname.tex; printed \today\hfil} -\end{LVerbatim} -Prof.\ Starr wants to use the standard "headings" page style for notes and the -"mypagestyle" page style for slides, and she wants overlays to just have the -overlay number. Therefore, she defines another page style for the overlays: -\begin{LVerbatim} - \newpagestyle{myoverlays}{\hfil \thepage}{} -\end{LVerbatim} -and she puts -\begin{LVerbatim} - \pagestyle{headings} - \slidepagestyle{mypagestyle} - \overlaypagestyle{myoverlays} -\end{LVerbatim} -in the preamble. - -\faq{How do I change a parameter only for the {\tt slides} format?} -\label{conditionals} - -The conditionals -\begin{MD} - \ifarticle\ $\ldots$ "\else" $\ldots$ "\fi"\\ - \ifslidesonly\ $\ldots$ "\else" $\ldots$ "\fi"\\ - \ifnotes\ $\ldots$ "\else" $\ldots$ "\fi"\\ - \ifnotesonly\ $\ldots$ "\else" $\ldots$ "\fi"\\ - \ifportrait\ $\ldots$ "\else" $\ldots$ "\fi" -\end{MD} -allow one to select for what versions material is to be processed. "\ifnotes" -is true if and only if the "notes" selection is in effect, and so on. The -"\else" clause is optional. See {\em The \TeX book}, Chapter 20, for more -information about using conditionals. - -For example, the first line below sets the slide rotation to "right" in the -"article" format only. The second line changes the page style for the "notes" -and "notesonly" selections and "article" format: -\begin{LVerbatim} - \ifarticle\sliderotation{right}\fi - \ifarticle\ifslidesonly\else\pagestyle{myheadings}\fi\fi -\end{LVerbatim} - -\faq{Why does extra space get inserted at the top of a slide when I begin the -slide with a color or overlay command (when using the \o{semcolor} option)?} - -Color and overlay commands with the "semcolor" option use "\special"'s. \TeX{} -adds the space "\parskip" between the "\special"'s and the first material in -the slide. - -Here is the workaround: If that material is an ordinary paragraph, put the -command "\leavevmode" just after the color or overlay command. In other cases, -if you are sure this is the problem, put "\vskip-\parskip" just before the -color or overlay command. - -\section{Errors\label{errors}} - -There are several errors that identify themselves as being from "seminar.sty", -but the error messages are so self-explanatory that that there is no need to -describe them here. Instead, this section explains a few especially cryptic -\TeX{} error messages that can arise when using "seminar.sty". These errors -may also arise for reasons that are not particular to the "seminar.sty" -macros. See your favorite \TeX{} and \LaTeX{} manuals for more help in -debugging your documents. - -\error"! File ended while scanning use of \next." - -You are missing an "\end{document}" on the main file or an "\endinput" on a -file that is input. - - -\error"! File ended within \read." - -You may have an unmatched curly brace following "\begin{slide}" on the same -line. See Section \ref{omit}. - - -\error"! Paragraph ended before \begin@slide was complete." - -You have not specified the optional argument for the "slide" or "slide*" -environment correctly (see Section \ref{slidedim}), or the first character in -a slide environment is a "[" (put a pair "{}" of braces before the "["). - -\section{Troubleshooting\label{trouble}} -\setcounter{faq}{0} - -\faq{A few slides do not come out two-up with the \o{article} option.} - -First, read Section \ref{S-twoup} carefully. If the slides still do not come -out twoup, it might be that there is extraneous output between the slides. Try -putting the commands -\begin{LVerbatim} - \slideplacement{here*} - \setlength{\slidesep}{8pt plus 1fill} -\end{LVerbatim} -in the preamble ("8pt" should be one-half the minimum distance between -slides). If this solves the problem, look for the extraneous output, or just -leave those commands in the preamble. - - -\faq{What kind of incompatibilities are there between {\tt seminar.sty} and -other macros?} - -Of course, whenever you load macros that are not part of the standard \LaTeX{} -distribution and that were not designed to work with "seminar.sty", problems -may arise because of name conflicts. What are listed here are changes made to -\LaTeX{} commands that may conflict with other macros that also redefine these -command. The problems listed here are very unlikely to occur, however, unless -you have a habit of seriously hacking the standard \LaTeX{} macro files. - -\begin{enumerate} -\item This style modifies the definitions of the \LaTeX{} primitive -"\document". It generally will not be upset by, nor will it void, -modifications to "\document" made before "seminar.sty" is input. However, -subsequent modifications of "\document" may cause problems. - -\item "xcomment.sty", which is input by "seminar.sty" with the "slidesonly" -selection, modifies the definition of "\end" within included environments. -This is generally compatible with modifications to "\end" made outside -environments, but may conflict with modifications to "\end" made inside -environments. -\end{enumerate} - -\faq{Why are the landscape slides displayed sideways and the portrait slides -displayed upside down on my previewer?} - -This document style makes frequent use of landscape mode. Some DVI-to-PS -converters, such as older versions of Rokicki's "dvips", use their own -PostScript macros to print a landscape document, rather than simply -instructing PostScript to use landscape mode. -If the PostScript output of such a converter is viewed using a PostScript -previewer that does not allow you to choose the orientation of the display, -the output will be positioned correctly on the page, but the page will always -be displayed in portrait mode. When viewing slides without the "portrait" -option, the landscape slides will be sideways, and the portrait slides will be -upside-down! - -There is nothing this style can do to coerce the page to be displayed in -landscape mode. There are various ways to minimize neck strain, however: -\begin{enumerate} -\item The direction in which the portrait slides are rotated can be reversed, -so that they end up right-side-up. Just put -\begin{LVerbatim} - \sliderotation{right} -\end{LVerbatim} -before the beginning of the document (assuming that you are using rotation -macros). -\item You can also get the portrait slides to be displayed right-side-up by -using the "portrait" style option (Section \ref{options}). -\item In the "article" format, the document is typeset in portrait mode -(unless the "portrait" option is used), and so the landscape slides are -right-side-up. You can use this format when composing and proof-reading the -slides. -\end{enumerate} - -\faq{Why is my dvi driver soooo slow?} - -Probably it cannot find the right font bitmaps, and so it is either -automatically generating new ones, or it is scaling the ones it can find. -Either way, as long as you can somehow generate the missing font bitmaps, this -problem is transitory. See Appendix \ref{bitmaps} for details. - -\faq{Why does \TeX{} complain about missing circle fonts?} - -Older versions of the NFSS use the names "circle10" and "circlew10" for the -\LaTeX circle fonts, instead of the otherwise standard names "lcircle10" and -"lcirclew10". You can copy your ".pk" and ".tfm" files to the new names, or -get a new version of the NFSS. - -\section{Converting \SliTeX\ files}\label{slitex} - -"seminar.sty" can do everything \SliTeX\ can do, and much -more\footnote{However, color layers and overlays require PSTricks and a -PostScript printer.} Here is a brief and incomplete description of how to do -with "seminar.sty" what you can do with \SliTeX, and how to convert \SliTeX\ -files. - -\begin{itemize} - \item Use "seminar" as your document style, instead of "slides". - - \item Run \LaTeX\ or \AmS-\LaTeX, instead of \SliTeX. - - \item With "seminar.sty", the preamble and slides can all go in the same -file. - - \item The default in "seminar.sty" is to get landscape slides. If you want -to convert a \SliTeX\ file containing portrait slides, add the "portrait" -style option, and replace your "slide" environments by "slide*" environments. - - \item With "seminar.sty", notes do not need to go in a separate environment. -To convert a \SliTeX\ file containing "note" environments, define a note -environment that does nothing: -\begin{LVerbatim} - \newenvironment{note}{}{} -\end{LVerbatim} - - \item For color layers: - \begin{itemize} - \item Use the "\colorlayers" command instead of the "\colors" command. - \item Delete the argument to the "slide" and "slide*" environments that -lists the color layers. - \item Include the \o{semlayer} style option. - \end{itemize} - - \item "seminar.sty" does not use separate environments for overlays: - \begin{itemize} - \item Remove the "overlay" environments. - \item Replace "\invisible" commands by "\overlay{1}", "\overlay{2}", etc. - \item Include the \o{semlayer} style option. - \end{itemize} - - \item To actually produce the overlays and color layers, you have to have -PSTricks and a PostScript printer, and you must include the \o{semcolor} style -option. - - \item Use \n\onlyslides"{<list>}" and \n\onlynotestoo\ instead of -"\onlynotes". -\end{itemize} - - -\begingroup -\def\addcontentsline#1#2#3{}% -\def\thepart{Appendices:} -\part{Configuration} -\endgroup -\begingroup -\def\thepart{} -\addcontentsline{toc}{part}{Appendices:\hspace{1em}Configuration} -\endgroup -\appendix - -Before reading this appendix, you should follow the installation instructions -in the file "sem-read.me" that is distributed with "seminar.sty". - -\section{The short story about fonts}\label{short-fonts} - -"seminar.sty" is a \LaTeX{} style, and you can use whatever fonts that are -compatible with \LaTeX\ (or \AmS-\LaTeX). However, you are likely to want to -use special fonts with "seminar.sty"; see Appendix \ref{fonts} for help. -Furthermore, you are likely to want to use fonts in sizes that are larger than -the standard sizes; see Appendix \ref{bitmaps} for help. - -But if you don't want to read these appendices, you can just use whatever -\LaTeX\ fonts you know how to use (e.g., the standard Computer Modern fonts). -To be sure you need only standard font magnifications:\footnote{This is not a -consideration if you are using only PostScript or other scalable fonts.} -\begin{itemize}\label{font-res} - \item Don't use the "11pt" or "12pt" style options (or the \n\ptsize{} -command). - \item Don't change the document magnification (or only use 0--4 magsteps). - \item Don't use any font size larger than "\large". - \item Don't use the \n\twoup\ command. -\end{itemize} - -\section{Choosing fonts\label{fonts}} - -So that you can use different fonts for the notes and the slides (if you -want), the command "\slidefonts" is invoked at the beginning of every slide -environment. Define it to set up any special fonts for the slides. - -Here are the font configurations that come ready-to-use with "seminar.sty". -You might also use these as a starting point for your own configurations. -\begin{enumerate} -\item You can just use the regular old Computer Modern fonts that you probably -grew up on. For this, you don't have to do anything at all. Ain't that easy? -But see the next section about font bitmaps. - -\item The \O{semhelv} style option sets up the PostScript Helvetica text fonts -for the slides. The Computer Modern fonts are still used for math and for the -notes with the \o{article} format. You need a PostScript printer, a dvi-to-ps -driver that supports PostScript fonts (e.g., Rokicki's "dvips"), and the New -Font Selection Scheme. You should also check the font file names used in -"semhelv.sty", and change them if necessary to match the names on your system. - -This combination of fonts is highly recommended because sans serif fonts look -good for slides, Helvetica is a resident font in just about all PostScript -printers, and the fonts are scalable and thus there is no problem of needing -new bitmaps. - -\item The \O{semlcmss} style option sets up the \SliTeX\ sans serif fonts for -the slides, and uses the Computer Modern fonts for notes with the \o{article} -format. The \SliTeX\ fonts are ugly, but they might be the only usable sans -serif font you have on your system and you are really dying for that kind of -font. Also, they usually come ready for printing magnified documents, and so -you won't need too many new font bitmaps. You must have the New Font Selection -Scheme. "semlcmss" uses -\begin{LVerbatim} - \slidesmag{4} - \ptsize{10} -\end{LVerbatim} -Deviating from this will increase the need for new font bitmaps. -\end{enumerate} - -The New Font Selection Scheme (NFSS) mentioned above is a macro package for -\LaTeX{} that greatly simplifies using non-standard fonts. The NFSS was -written by Frank Mittelbach and Rainer Sch\"opf, and is available from various -archives, including: -\begin{center} -"ftp.uni-stuttgart.de" -\end{center} -It is far easier to take the 10 minutes or so that are required (in theory, at -least) to install the NFSS, than it is to try to muck around with \LaTeX's -font primitives. - - -\section{Font bitmaps\label{bitmaps}} - -If you are only using PostScript or other scalable fonts, or if you obey the -restrictions listed on page \pageref{font-res}, then you can ignores this -appendix. - -To use "seminar.sty", you may need font bitmap sizes that are not currently -found on your system. This section describes how to avoid this and what to do -about it. First, a few paragraphs about magnification and font bitmaps. - -\TeX's Metafont fonts are designed for a type size, such as 5pt. Most font -families are available at least in the sizes 5pt, 6pt, 7pt, 8pt, 9pt and 10pt. -Some are also available in the sizes 12pt and 17pt (and others), but often any -size above 10pt is obtained by scaling the 10pt fonts. Table \ref{font-mag} -lists the possible magnifications for fonts, depending on which option you are -using ("10pt", "11pt" or "12pt"), and depending on the \LaTeX{} type size -declaration that is in effect (e.g., "\small"). The magnifications are given -in magsteps, which is \TeX's standard unit for font magnifications. $n$ -magsteps means a magnification of $1.2^n$. - -\begin{table} -\hrule height 1pt\relax -\begin{center} -\begin{tabular}{l|c|c|c|} -\multicolumn{1}{l}{size} & -\multicolumn{1}{c}{default (10pt)} & - \multicolumn{1}{c}{11pt option} & - \multicolumn{1}{c}{12pt option}\\ -\cline{2-4} "\tiny" & 0 & 0 & 0\\ -\cline{2-4} "\scriptsize" & 0 & 0 & 0\\ -\cline{2-4} "\footnotesize" & 0 & 0 & 0 \\ -\cline{2-4} "\small" & 0 & 0 & 1/2 \\ -\cline{2-4} "\normalsize" & 0 & 1/2 & 1 \\ -\cline{2-4} "\large" & 1 & 1 & 2 \\ -\cline{2-4} "\Large" & 2 & 2 & 3 \\ -\cline{2-4} "\LARGE" & 3 & 3 & 4\\ -\cline{2-4} "\huge" & 4 & 4 & 5\\ -\cline{2-4} "\Huge" & 5 & 5 & 5\\ -\cline{2-4} -\end{tabular} - -\caption{Font magnification in magsteps ($n$ means a magnification of $1.2^n$) -for a font that is available in 5pt, 6pt, 7pt, 8pt, 9pt and 10pt -sizes.\label{font-mag}} -\end{center} -\hrule height 1pt\relax -\end{table} - -Both the "article" and the "slides" formats may also magnify the document. By -default, the magnification of the "slides" format is 4 magsteps, and the -magnification of the "article" format is 0. To find the total font -magnification, add the magnification listed in the table to the magnification -of the document. E.g., in the "slides" format with the "12pt" option (or the -command "\ptsize{12}" at the beginning of a slide), the "\large" command may -invoke fonts that have a magnification of up to 7 magsteps. - -Most systems have font bitmaps for 0, 1/2, 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 magsteps. If you -obey the restrictions listed on page \pageref{font-res}, then you will only -need fonts in these standard magnifications. However, if you want to use other -font magnifications, then check with your system administrator to determine -which of the following applies to you (or just plunge ahead and see what -happens): -\begin{enumerate} -\item If you have Metafont and "dvips" or some other driver that automatically -generates font bitmaps as needed, and if this feature is enabled, then you -will simply notice that it takes a long time to print documents at first, -because the driver has to wait for the new font bitmaps to be made. -Eventually, you will have generated all the extra bitmaps you need, and this -delay will go away. -\item If you have Metafont, but your dvi driver does not automatically -generate needed bitmaps, then you just need to keep track of what font bitmaps -you are missing as you use "seminar.sty" and occasionally run Metafont to make -them. You will also notice a delay when a font bitmap is missing, because your -driver will probably scale the closest bitmap it finds, and this can take time -on some systems. -\item If you do not even have Metafont, then you have to try to get by without -the extra bitmaps. Scaled fonts look lousy, but an occasional scaled font in a -heading is not so bad. -\end{enumerate} - -Of course, PostScript and other scalable fonts do not present any problem, and -so it is a good idea to use these as much as possible. The Computer Modern -fonts are available from Blue Sky Research in PostScript Type I format. If you -do not have PostScript versions of the CM fonts, and you instead use other -PostScript fonts for text, then you are likely to still need bitmapped fonts -for mathematics. However, since mathematics is usually set at "\normalsize" or -smaller, this is not a big problem. - -If you are installing "seminar.sty" on a multi-user system, then hopefully you -will make the needed fonts available. - -\section{Color} - -You can use whatever color commands you ordinarily use with \LaTeX. You might -try the \o{semcolor} style option, which lets you use the PSTricks color -commands for printing on a color PostScript printer. The \o{semcolor} option -combined with the \o{semlayer} option (see Section \ref{S-overlays}) lets you -print color layers. - -\section{Landscape printing and slide rotation\label{S-landscape}} - -If your dvi driver supports a "\special" for landscape printing, then you can -define \N\printlandscape\ in the preamble of your document to invoke this -command. E.g., for "dvips" put the line -\begin{LVerbatim} - \renewcommand{\printlandscape}{\special{landscape}} -\end{LVerbatim} -in the preamble. Otherwise, "seminar.sty" will display a message reminding you -to print your document in landscape mode, when appropriate. - -You can print both landscape and portrait slides in one shot if you can rotate -the portrait slides when printing in landscape mode or the landscape slides -when printing in portrait mode. If you are using a PostScript printer, you -probably are using a dvi driver that supports rotation; otherwise, you -probably are not. Here are suggestions for setting up rotation: -\begin{itemize} -\item The \o{semcolor} option provides an interface to the rotation macros in -PSTricks (see Appendix \ref{S-semcolor}); it works with many popular dvi-to-ps -drivers. - -\item If you are using Rokicki's "dvips" and want rotation but do not want to -load the entire PSTricks package, then use the \O{semrot} option instead of -the \o{semcolor} option. - -\item If the \o{semcolor} and \o{semrot} options do not work for you, but you -have your own rotation macros, then you have to define the commands -\begin{MD} - \leftsliderotation\\ - \rightsliderotation -\end{MD} -so that they rotate something left and right, respectively. For example, -\begin{LVerbatim} - \renewcommand{\leftsliderotation}[1]{\rotateleft{#1}} -\end{LVerbatim} -\end{itemize} - -In any case, you can determine the direction of rotation using -\begin{MD} - \sliderotation{direction} -\end{MD} -where valid directions are "none", "left" and "right". The default is "left". - -By default, the headers and footers aren't rotated, but you can switch between -rotating and not rotating the headers with the commands: -\begin{MD} - \rotateheaderstrue\\ - \rotateheadersfalse -\end{MD} - -\section{The semcolor style option\label{S-semcolor}} - -The \O{semcolor} option sets up an interface between "seminar.sty" and the -PSTricks package. PSTricks is a collection of PostScript macros for \TeX. It -works with Rokicki's "dvips", and several other dvi-to-ps drivers. You can -probably get the PSTricks package from wherever you obtained "seminar.sty", or -check the archives listed in the PSTricks read-me file, "read-me.pst", which -is distributed with "seminar.sty". - -What the \o{semcolor} style option gives you, compared to just using the -PSTricks package, is: -\begin{description} -\item[Color] A small patch to make the PSTricks color commands more robust in -slides. -\item[Rotation] The rotations "left" and "right" are defined. "left" is the -default. -\item[Framing] The frame styles "scplain" (using "\psframebox"), "scdouble" -(using "\psdblframebox") and "scshadow" (using "\psshadowbox"). -\item[Overlays] Overlays and layers, when used in conjunction with the -\o{semlayer} option. -\end{description} - -\section{A4 and other paper sizes\label{S-papersizes}} - -Use the \O{a4} option when using A4 paper. Note that this option does not -correspond to an independent file. - -If you want to configure seminar.sty for A4 paper by default (without having -to include style options), then you can do one of the following: -\begin{enumerate} - - \item Add the following line to "seminar.con" (see Appendix -\ref{S-configfile}): -\begin{LVerbatim} - \input{sem-a4.sty} -\end{LVerbatim} - - \item Add the following lines to "seminar.con" (these lines are just the -contents of "sem-a4.sty"): -\begin{LVerbatim} - \def\paperwidth{210mm} - \def\paperheight{297mm} - \input sem-page.sty - \slidewidth 222mm - \slideheight 152mm -\end{LVerbatim} - - \item Create a file such as "mysem.sty", to be used as a document {\em -style} (rather than style {\em option}), with the following lines: -\begin{LVerbatim} - \def\paperwidth{210mm} - \def\paperheight{297mm} - \input seminar.sty - \slidewidth 222mm - \slideheight 152mm -\end{LVerbatim} - -\end{enumerate} - -For other paper sizes, you can create a style option by modifying -"sem-a4.sty". Then any of the options described above is available to you, -(with the appropriate parameter values). However, this will give satisfactory -results only for paper sizes that are close to A4 or 8.5in by 11in. - -Note that for any paper size, even 8.5in by 11in, the page parameters that are -set this way are just suggested defaults, and most people will want to -customize them. Because of the variety of ways in which "seminar.sty" -documents can be printed, this is a little more complex than with most -document styles. Examine "sem-page.sty" to see what page parameters need to be -set, and when. - -\section{Configuration file\label{S-configfile}} - -You can put customizations to "seminar.sty" in a file named "seminar.con". -This file is optional. It is loaded by "seminar.sty" if it exists, {\em -before} loading the style option files. E.g., "seminar.con" might contain the -following lines: -\begin{LVerbatim} - \input semhelv.sty - \input semcolor.sty - \renewcommand{\printlandscape}{\special{landscape}} - \endinput -\end{LVerbatim} - -\clearpage -\PrintUserIndex - -\end{document} -%% END sem-user.tex diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/semsamp1.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/semsamp1.pdf Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 3024550bec..0000000000 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/semsamp1.pdf +++ /dev/null diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/semsamp1.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/semsamp1.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 9f896093fc..0000000000 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/semsamp1.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,110 +0,0 @@ -\listfiles -%% -%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 of this license -%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this -%% license is in: -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version -%% 1999/12/01 or later. -%% -%% BEGIN semsamp1.tex -% -% This is a sample document for seminar.sty, v0.93 (and maybe later). -% -% Try this with and without the article option: - -\documentclass[fancybox,article]{seminar} - -\def\printlandscape{\special{landscape}} % Works with dvips. - -\articlemag{1} - -%\twoup % Try me. - -\newpagestyle{327}% - {Economics 327 \hspace{\fill}\rightmark \hspace{\fill}\thepage}{}% -\pagestyle{327} - -\markright{Choice under uncertainty} - -\slideframe{Oval} - -\newcommand{\heading}[1]{% - \begin{center} - \large\bf - \shadowbox{#1}% - \end{center} - \vspace{1ex minus 1ex}} - -\newcommand{\BF}[1]{{\bf #1:}\hspace{1em}\ignorespaces} - -\begin{document} - - -\begin{slide} -\heading{A heading} - -One thing this example illustrates is how the {\tt article} style option is -good for printing slides two-up, for distribution to a seminar audience or -class, or just for proofreading. - -\BF{Definition} -$p$ (weakly) first-order stochastically dominates $q$ if for every $\bar z\in -Z$, -\[ - p(z\leq \bar z) \leq q(z\leq \bar z) -\] -\end{slide} - - -\begin{slide} -\heading{Problems with stochastic dominance as a DT} - -\begin{center} - \begin{tabular}{|r|l|}\hline - $z$ & $p(z)$\\ \hline - \$999 & .01\\ \hline - \$1,000,000 & .99 \\ \hline - \end{tabular}% - \hspace{1cm}% - \begin{tabular}{|r|l|}\hline - $z$ & $q(z)$\\ \hline - \$1,000 & 1\\ \hline - \end{tabular} -\end{center} -\end{slide} - -\begin{slide} -\heading{Candidate Theory \#3: Expected utility} - -Let $Z$ be an arbitrary set of outcomes. Let $u:Z\rightarrow R$ be a utility -representation of the DM's preferences over the elements of $Z$ as certain -outcomes. (I.e., $u(y)\geq u(z)$ iff $y \geq z$.) - -\end{slide} - - -\begin{slide} -\heading{Expected utility \& the St.\ Petersburg Paradox} - -This can get around even St.\ Petersburg Paradox, because we don't require -that utility be linear in money: - -\begin{center} - \begin{tabular}{r|c|c|c|c|c}\cline{2-6} - Prize & \$2 & \$4 & \$8 & \$16 & $\ldots$\\ \cline{2-6} - $u(z)=\log_2(z)$ & 1 & 2 & 3 & 4 & $\ldots$ \\ \cline{2-6} - Prob. & 1/2 & 1/4 & 1/8 & 1/16 & $\ldots$\\ \cline{2-6} - \end{tabular} -\end{center} - -Expected utility is $\sum_{k=1}^\infty k/2^k = 2$, and so lottery gives same -expected utility as getting \$4 for sure. -\end{slide} - - -\end{document} -%% END semsamp1.tex diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/semsamp2.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/semsamp2.pdf Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 117ef173f9..0000000000 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/semsamp2.pdf +++ /dev/null diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/semsamp2.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/semsamp2.tex deleted file mode 100644 index b332a31414..0000000000 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/semsamp2.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,297 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 of this license -%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this -%% license is in: -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version -%% 1999/12/01 or later. -%% - -%% BEGIN semsamp2.tex -% This is a sample document for seminar.sty, v0.93 (and maybe later). -% -% This file contains both landscape and portrait mode slides. -% Choose one of the following to print them out: -% - If using PSTricks, try the semcolor style option. -% - If using Rokicki's dvips, try the semrot style option. -% - To print the landscape slides, put \landscapeonly in the preamble. -% To print the portrait slides, include the portrait style option and -% put \portraitonly in the preamble. -% -% -\documentclass[% - slidesonly,% Try notes or notesonly instead. - %notes,% Use instead of slidesonly to typeset the notes. - %notesonly,% Use instead of slidesonly to typeset notes and slides. - semcolor,% Try me if using PSTricks. - semrot,% Try me if using Rokicki's dvips. - %semhelv,% Try me if using a PostScript printer. - %article,% Try me. - %portrait,% Try me. - %sem-a4,% Try me if using A4 paper. - semlayer% This must be included, but you need the semcolor option to - ]{seminar} % actually see the overlays. - -\slidesmag{5} -\articlemag{1} - -%\twoup % Try me for twoup printing. - -%\portraitonly % To print only portrait slides -%\landscapeonly % To print only landscape slides - -%\notslides{\ref{questions}-7,1} %Try me: The slides are omitted. -%\onlyslides{\ref{questions}-7,1} %Try me: Only these slides are included. -%\onlynotestoo %Try me: For selecting notes as well. - -%\colorlayers{red,blue} % Try deleting this if using the semcolor option, - % to get \blue and \red to use PostScript color. - -%\overlaysfalse % Suppress overlays with semcolor option. -%\layersfalse % Suppress color layers with semcolor option. - -\rotateheaderstrue % Try this out if using rotation macros. - - -\title{Example for seminar.sty} -\author{Policarpa Salabarrieta} -\date{July 21, 1991} - -\newcommand\sref[1]{SLIDE \ref{#1}} -\newcommand\heading[1]{\begin{center}\large\bf #1\end{center}} - -\newpagestyle{MH}% - {University of Guaduas, March 13, 1998\hfil\thepage}{} -\pagestyle{MH} - -\begin{document} - -\maketitle % This won't show up when \onlynotestoo is in effect. - -\begin{slide} - \ifslidesonly % Title slide only for slidesonly selection. - \maketitle - \addtocounter{slide}{-1} - \slidepagestyle{empty} - \fi -\end{slide} - -This is a lot of gobbledy-gook intended only to illustrate some of the -features of seminar.sty. - - The phrase information overload rings a bell with just about anyone. -Certainly you all receive more working papers or more applications for -graduate school than you can readily read. Nevertheless, the term information -overload is ill-defined. (\sref{too_much}, top) - - A message like this when you check your email conjures up the notion of -information overload. More generally, information overload always means too -much information, in some sense or another. But what does ``too much'' mean? -(\sref{too_much}, bottom) It might just mean that people cannot process all -the information they receive. That is certainly true for everyone. A claim -that is much stronger, and that is implicit when people complain about -informaton overload, is that people {\em should} receive less information, by -some criterion. - -\begin{slide}\label{too_much}% -\begin{center} - \large\bf - Information overload = ``Too much'' information -\end{center} -\smallskip - -\begin{verse} \bf\tt - You have 134 unread messages:\\ - Do you want to read them now? -\end{verse} - -\begin{enumerate} - {\overlay2 - \item People {\overlay1 cannot process all} the information they receive.} - \item People {\em should} receive less information. - \end{enumerate} -\end{slide} - - In this paper, I use the term ``information overload'' in both senses. -(\sref{overload}, bottom). Specifically, I say that an {\em individual} is -overloaded with information if she receives more information than she can -process. But I say that there is information overload in a {\em network} if -there is some mechanism that makes the senders and/or receivers better off by -restricting the flow of information. This latter notion of information -overload is an equilibrium property, and it depends on what we mean by -``better off.'' - -\begin{slide*}\label{overload} -\ptsize{12} - -\begin{itemize}{\overlay1 - \item There is information {\overlay0 overload in a network if} there is -some mechanism that, compared to the {\em status quo}, makes the senders -and/or receivers better off by restricting the flow} of information.' - - \item There is information overload in a network if there is some mechanism -that, compared to the {\em status quo}, makes the senders and/or receivers -better off by restricting the flow of information. -\end{itemize} - -\end{slide*} - -(\sref{questions}) - The purpose of my paper is to show why there can be information overload in -a network and what kind of mechanisms can make the receivers and/or senders -better off. Since the cost of communication is one factor that restricts -communication, I am thus also going to look at how the welfare of the senders -and receivers depends on the cost of communication. - - Most messages don't become jumbled and we can choose which ones to process. -But some of us may have a bias towards choosing to process more information -than we should, like the graduate student who feels compelled to read every -article on the usual lengthy reading list, and just ends up getting confused -and ruffling through the papers. - - -\begin{slide}[7.3in,5.5in] \label{questions} -\heading{Questions} - -\begin{itemize} - {\overlay1 \item When could {\blue there be overload} in networks?} - \item What mechanims make the receivers and senders better off? - \item How does the welfare {\red of the senders} and receivers depend on the -cost of communication? -\end{itemize} -\end{slide} - - -However, experiments in consumer research and psychology have failed to find -that such a bias is prevalent. This is in spite of the fact that it is common -for stress and cognitive strain to increase with information load. We may -incur such stress and strain because the information we choose to process is -valuable to us. - -More commonly, then, we can and do choose to process roughly as much -information as we can handle efficiently. This is called screening. But when -we choose which messages to begin to process, we're ignorant of their -contents, since otherwise there would be no reason to process them in the -first place. Therefore, if we receive more junk mail, then some of the -important mail gets crowded out, and we are effectively less informed. - -\begin{slide} \label{informed} -\begin{center} - {\bf Being more informed} \par - \smallskip - is always better,\par - \medskip - \overlay1{but it's not the same as \par - \smallskip - {\bf receiving more information}} -\end{center} -\end{slide} - - Why would the senders communicate too many messages in the first place? If I -present too much material in this seminar, you have to choose which parts to -ignore and I would rather make that decision myself, since I know what I most -want to get across. Thus, it is in my interest not to overload you with -information. Generally, whenever there is a single sender of messages, that -sender will prefer to screen rather than have the receiver screen, because the -sender has an interest in which messages the receiver processes. -But when there are more senders, one sender's messages tend to crowd out the -messages of the other senders, as in this example here. If the senders don't -take this external cost into account when sending messages, they may -collectively overload the receiver. (\sref{akbar}) - -There are several reasons that our scarcity of attention, that is, our limited -capacity to process information, can mean that we become less informed when we -receive more information. I have a cartoon here to illustrate these reasons. -(\sref{akbar}) - -\begin{slide}\label{akbar}\def\slidefuzz{15pt} - {\large A tax $\tau$ on communication is said to support -$\tilde{\cal{X}}(c)$ if $\tilde{\cal{X}}(c)$ is an equilibrium for -$\Gamma(c+\tau)$.} -\medskip - - {\bf Proposition 6.} {\em Assume $\tilde{\cal{X}}(c)$ is not an equilibrium -for $\Gamma(c)$.\vspace{-3pt} -\begin{enumerate} - \item If $\mbox{supp}(\gamma)=[0,1]^n$, there is no tax that supports -$\tilde{\cal{X}}(c)$. - \item If $\mbox{supp}(\gamma)=S^{n-1}$, there is a tax that supports -$\tilde{\cal{X}}(c)$ if and only if $m=1$, $p_j>c\, \forall j$, and - \begin{enumerate} - \item $n=2$; or - \item $n=3$ and $p_i^{-1}+p_j^{-1}\geq p_k^{-1}$ for all distinct -$i,j,k$; or - \item $n=4$ and $p_1=p_2=p_3=p_4$. -\end{enumerate} -\end{enumerate}} -\end{slide} - - If, by restricting communication, we eliminate the less relevant messages, -then we can become more informed. But how can we achieve this? Restricting the -flow of information shifts the task of screening messages from the receivers -to the senders. Unlike the receivers, the senders do know the contents of the -messages they originate. If the senders' interests coincide with those of the -receiver and if the senders have sufficient knowledge about the receivers, -then the senders will choose the messages which are most relevant to the -receivers. This may make the receivers, and even the senders, better off. - - The network in Slide \ref{architectures} attains the minimal delay $c(8,24) -= 6$ using 8 processors. It is an example of the efficient one-shot networks -described by Foo. We will focus on a class of networks that are similar to the -Foo networks but that may differ slightly. For $q$, $c$ and $n$ such that $1 -\leq q \leq \lfloor n/2 \rfloor$ and $c(q,n) \leq c \leq n$, let $R_{nqc}$ be -the class of essential networks for adding $n$ items using $q$ processors in -$c$ cycles that have the following properties: - -\begin{slide*}\label{architectures} -\heading{Architecture} - -\begin{center} -\setlength{\unitlength}{1.65in} -\begin{picture}(1.1,1.6)(3.5,5.0) -\put(4.0,6.5){\circle*{.04}} -\put(4.1,6.5){1} -\put(4.0,6.0){\circle*{.04}} -\put(4.1,6.0){2} -\put(4.0,6.1){\vector(0,1){.3}} -\put(3.5,6.0){\circle*{.04}} -\put(3.6,6.0){3} -\put(3.6,6.1){\vector(1,1){.3}} -\put(4.0,5.5){\circle*{.04}} -\put(4.1,5.5){4} -\put(4.0,5.6){\vector(0,1){.3}} -\put(4.5,6.0){\circle*{.04}} -\put(4.6,6.0){5} -\put(4.4,6.1){\vector(-1,1){.3}} -\put(4.5,5.5){\circle*{.04}} -\put(4.6,5.5){6} -\put(4.4,5.6){\vector(-1,1){.3}} -\put(3.5,5.5){\circle*{.04}} -\put(3.6,5.5){7} -\put(3.5,5.6){\vector(0,1){.3}} -\put(4.0,5.0){\circle*{.04}} -\put(4.1,5.0){8} -\put(4.0,5.1){\vector(0,1){.3}} -\end{picture} -\end{center} -\end{slide*} - -Why would the senders communicate too many messages in the first place? If I -present too much material in this seminar, you have to choose which parts to -ignore and I would rather make that decision myself, since I know what I most -want to get across. Thus, it is in my interest not to overload you with -information. - -Generally, whenever there is a single sender of messages, that sender will -prefer to screen rather than have the receiver screen, because the sender has -an interest in which messages the receiver processes. But when there are more -senders, one sender's messages tend to crowd out the messages of the other -senders, as in this example here. If the senders don't take this external cost -into account when sending messages, they may collectively overload the -receiver. (\sref{architectures}) - -\end{document} -%% END semsamp2.tex diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/semsamp3.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/semsamp3.pdf Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 96b83e558a..0000000000 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/semsamp3.pdf +++ /dev/null diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/semsamp3.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/semsamp3.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 3d6b5923a9..0000000000 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/semsamp3.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,68 +0,0 @@ -\listfiles -%% -%% Ein Beispiel der DANTE-Edition -%% -%% -%% Copyright (C) 2012 Herbert Voss -%% -%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions -%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 -%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. -%% -%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details. -%% -%% -%% ==== -% Show page(s) 1,3 -%% -\documentclass[landscape,rules]{exaseminar} -\pagestyle{empty} -\setlength\textwidth{172.40709pt} -% use **dvips -T 297mm,210mm <file>**! -\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} -\usepackage[scaled]{helvet} -\def\FileDate{June 2002} -\def\FileInfoB{Backgrounds} -\def\FileVersion{1.0} -\StartShownPreambleCommands -\documentclass{seminar} -\usepackage{sem-dem}% General utility macros -\HyperSetUp\hypersetup{pdfpagemode=UseOutlines}% Open the document with bookmarks shown -\newcommand\MySeminarOutlinePresentation{% - \SeminarOutlinePresentation{Where we are}{LightBlue}{RoyalBlue}{yellow}% - \SeminarHeader{\LARGE\HLe{Demonstration of \MakeLowercase{\FileInfoB}}}} -\VerbatimFootnotes % To allow verbatim material in footnotes -\StopShownPreambleCommands -\begin{document} -\SeminarFirstSlide \SeminarListOfSlides -\renewcommand{\slidestretch}{1}% Komprimieren der Zeilen -\begin{slide} - \slideheading{Introduction} - \begin{dinglist}{\DingListSymbolA} - \item The \emph{full screen} backgrounds, which are the ones well suited - for screen presentations, are managed by the - \Verb+\SeminarNewSlideFrameBackground+ and - \Verb+\SeminarSlideFrameBackground+ macros.\footnote{They are built on the - model of the \Verb[fontsize=\footnotesize]+\newslideframe+ and - \Verb[fontsize=\footnotesize]+\slideframe+ ones, which cannot be used for - this goal (there is a design incompatibility in the management of the - slide headers).} - - \item We can overlap several partial \emph{backgrounds} with the - `\textsf{fancybox}' package (using it \Verb+\boxput+ macro), calling the - \Verb+\slideframe[*]+ macro, eventually several times (see the - \HLe{Seminar} documentation and FAQ). See examples on - slide~12 and in the file \href{file:sem-dem2.pdf}{sem-dem2.pdf}. - - \item We show here several kinds of backgrounds: - \begin{dinglist}{\DingListSymbolB}\setlength{\labelwidth}{4mm} - \item \HLe{solid} backgrounds, - \item \HLe{gradient} backgrounds, using the \textsf{pst-grad} PSTricks package, - \item \HLe{gradient} backgrounds, using the \textsf{pst-slpe} PSTricks package, - \item \HLe{composite} backgrounds, based on PSTricks graphics (you can - obviously rather use the others \AllTeX{} packages for algorithmic graphics), - \item backgrounds with \HLe{external images}. - \end{dinglist} - \end{dinglist} -\end{slide} -\end{document} diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/tvz-code.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/tvz-code.sty deleted file mode 100644 index 68a52701aa..0000000000 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/tvz-code.sty +++ /dev/null @@ -1,291 +0,0 @@ -%% BEGIN tvz-code.sty -%% 93/04/01 -%% Tim Van Zandt Timothy.VAN-ZANDT@insead.edu -%% -%% Lousy hacks for typesetting the documented code for the -%% -%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 of this license -%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this -%% license is in: -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version -%% 1999/12/01 or later. -%% -%% seminar.sty and PSTricks packages. - -\input tvz-hax.sty -\input doc.sty % Tested with v1.7k -\input art11.sty - - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% PAGE PARAMETERS %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -% Paragraphs are marked by space rather than indentation: -\parindent 0pt -\parskip 4pt plus 1pt minus 1pt - -% Textwidth just wide enough for 78 characters of code. -\setbox\@tempboxa=\hbox{\small\tt f} -\textwidth 78\wd\@tempboxa -\oddsidemargin\paperwidth\relax -\advance\oddsidemargin -\textwidth -\divide\oddsidemargin 2 -\advance\oddsidemargin -1in -\setbox\@tempboxa=\hbox{\tiny 999\ } -\advance\oddsidemargin\wd\@tempboxa -\evensidemargin\oddsidemargin - -\if@twoside - \advance\oddsidemargin .3in - \advance\evensidemargin -.3in -\fi - -% No headers, 1in top margin -\topmargin 0pt -\headheight 0pt -\headsep 0pt - -% Total bottom margin 1in, text height 9in -\textheight 9in -\footskip .625in - -% Now adjust for different paper size: -\@tempdima=\paperheight -\advance\@tempdima-11in -\divide\@tempdima 2 -\advance\topmargin \@tempdima - -% Marginal notes always on left. -\marginparwidth 3.5cm -\marginparsep .5cm -\reversemarginpar - - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% MACROCODE PATCH FOR SHORT META %%%%%%%%%%% - -\expandafter\def\expandafter\macrocode\expandafter{% - \expandafter\DeleteShortMeta - \macrocode} - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% DOC PREAMBLE %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -\newbox\junkbox -\def\DocInput#1{% - \MakePercentIgnore - \setbox\junkbox=\hbox\bgroup - \input{#1}% - \MakePercentComment} -\let\EndDocPreamble\egroup - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% VERBATIM %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -% Use fancybox.sty's LVerbatim environment. Each line should contain -% percent plus three spaces (or other char), including blank lines. E.g., -% \begin{LVerbatim} -% foo -% bar -% \end{LVerbatim} - -\def\EveryVerbatimLine#1#2#3#4{} -\begingroup - \catcode`\%=12 - \catcode`\ =\active - \global\EndVerbatimTokens{% } -\endgroup -\AltGetVerbatim - - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% INDEXING %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -% Things are faster without \MakeIndex - -\def\MakeIndex{\makeindex\EnableCrossrefs} -\DisableCrossrefs - -% Use \codelabel[int]{foo} to label last line of code plus int. -% E.g., to label first and then last line of some code: -% \codelabel[1]{foo} -% \begin{macrocode} -% foo -% bar -% \end{macrocode} -% \codelabel{foo} - -\def\codelabel{\@ifnextchar[{\@codelabel}{\@codelabel[0]}} -\def\@codelabel[#1]#2{% - \@bsphack - \begingroup - \advance\c@CodelineNo #1 - \def\@currentlabel{\the\c@CodelineNo}% - \label{#2}% - \endgroup - \@esphack} - -% Definitions in code are indexed by page number, but other occurences -% are indexed by the line of code. - -\CodelineIndex -\def\SpecialMainPageIndex#1{% - {\let\special@index\index\SpecialMainIndex{#1}}} -\renewcommand{\theCodelineNo}{{\rm\tiny\arabic{CodelineNo}}} - -% Index numbers for main definitions are set in bold rather than underlined. - -\def\main#1{{\bf #1}} - -% two column index - -\setcounter{IndexColumns}{2} - -% Customize index prologue: - -\def\index@prologue{% - \section*{Index}\markboth{Index}{Index}% - \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{Index}% - The {\bf bold} numbers denote the pages where the entries are defined, - and all other numbers indicate the {\em lines of code} where - the entries are used.} - - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% MACRO %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -% A change to the macro environment; prints macro names within the margins -% of the text, instead of as marginal notes. Use one \macro command, -% with comma separated macro names. - -\newif\iffirst@macroname -\newif\ifnestedmacro - -\def\macro{% - \ifnum\macro@level=\z@ - \def\next{\MakePrivateLetters \m@cro@}% - \else - \def\next{\@latexerr{Nested \string\begin{macro}}\@eha - \endgroup\end{macro}\macro@level=\z@\begin{macro}} - \fi - \next} -\def\m@cro@#1{% - \first@macronametrue - \m@@cro@@#1,\@nil,} -\def\m@@cro@@#1,{% - \def\@tempa{#1}\def\@tempb{\@nil}% - \ifx\@tempa\@tempb - \let\next\finishm@@cro@@ - \else - {\advance\c@CodelineNo\@ne\SpecialMainPageIndex{#1}\nobreak}% - \DoNotIndex{#1}% - \iffirst@macroname - \edef\saved@macronames{\string#1}% - \first@macronamefalse - \else - \def\comma{\noexpand\comma}% - \edef\saved@macronames{\saved@macronames\comma\string#1}% - \fi - \let\next\m@@cro@@ - \fi - \next} -\def\finishm@@cro@@{% - \advance\macro@level\@ne - \def\comma{{\rm, }}% - \ListMacroNames{\saved@macronames}} - -\let\endmacro\relax - -\def\ListMacroNames{% - \@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}{-2.25ex plus -.5ex minus-.2ex}% - {1.3ex plus.2ex}{\csname reset@font\endcsname\large\tt}*} - -\MacroIndent 0pt - -\def\MacroFont{\small\tt} - - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% DoNot Index %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -\DoNotIndex{\ ,\!,\[,\\,\],\^,\`,\{,\},\~} -\DoNotIndex{\@warning,\active} -\DoNotIndex{\begingroup,\catcode,\char,\csname,\def,\do} -\DoNotIndex{\docdate,\dospecials,\edef,\else,\endcsname,\endgroup} -\DoNotIndex{\expandafter,\fi,\filedate,\fileversion} -\DoNotIndex{\gdef,\if,\ifcat} -\DoNotIndex{\ifx,\immediate,\lccode,\let} -\DoNotIndex{\lowercase,\next,\noexpand} -\DoNotIndex{\relax,\space,\the} -\DoNotIndex{\toks@,\typeout,\write} -\DoNotIndex{\@M,\@arabic,\@author,\@auxout,\@bsphack,\@car,\@date} -\DoNotIndex{\@dblarg,\@dblfloat,\@eha,\@empty,\@esphack,\@evenfoot} -\DoNotIndex{\@evenhead,\@float,\@gobble,\@gobbletwo,\@gtempa,\@ifnextchar} -\DoNotIndex{\@ifundefined,\@ixpt,\@latexerr,\@listI,\@listi,\@listii} -\DoNotIndex{\@listiii,\@listiv,\@listv,\@listvi,\@makefnmark,\@mkboth} -\DoNotIndex{\@namedef,\@nameuse,\@mne,\@nil,\@normalsize,\@oddfoot} -\DoNotIndex{\@oddhead,\@tempa,\@tempb,\@tempc,\@tempd} -\DoNotIndex{\@tempdima,\@testfalse,\@testtrue,\test@member} -\DoNotIndex{\@thanks,\@thefnmark,\@title} -\DoNotIndex{\@topnum,\@viiipt,\@viipt,\@vipt,\@vpt,\@xiipt} -\DoNotIndex{\@xipt,\@xpt,\@xivpt,\@xviipt,\@xxpt,\@xxvpt} -\DoNotIndex{\addcontentsline} -\DoNotIndex{\advance,\aftergroup,\baselinestretch,\begin} -\DoNotIndex{\belowdisplayshortskip,\belowdisplayskip,\bf,\bgroup} -\DoNotIndex{\box,\c@@page,\c@page,\c@secnumdepth,\clearpage,\columnsep} -\DoNotIndex{\columnwidth,\copy,\dimen@,\dimen@i,\dimen@ii,\divide} -\DoNotIndex{\dp,\ds@article,\ds@notes,\ds@notesonly} -\DoNotIndex{\ds@slidesonly,\egrou,\end,\end@dblfoloat,\end@float} -\DoNotIndex{\endinput,\fnsymbol,\footheight,\footnotesep,\footskip} -\DoNotIndex{\global,\globaldefs,\hbox,\headheight,\headsep,\hfil} -\DoNotIndex{\hrule,\hskip,\hss,\ht,\Huge,\huge} -\DoNotIndex{\if@filesw,\if@test,\if@twocolumn,\if@twoside} -\DoNotIndex{\ifcase,\ifdim,\ifvmode,\ignorespaces} -\DoNotIndex{\input,\interlinepenalty,\itemsep,\ixpt,\label} -\DoNotIndex{\labelsep,\labelwidth,\LARGE,\large,\Large} -\DoNotIndex{\leavevmode,\leftmargin,\leftmargini,\leftmarginii} -\DoNotIndex{\leftmarginiii,\leftmarginiv,\leftmarginv} -\DoNotIndex{\leftmarginvi,\leftmark,\leftskip,\lineskip} -\DoNotIndex{\magstep,\marginparsep,\marginparwidth,\markboth} -\DoNotIndex{\markright,\medbreak,\multiply,\newbox,\newcount} -\DoNotIndex{\newcounter,\newdimen,\newif,\newlabel,\newpage} -\DoNotIndex{\newtoks,\nobreak,\nointerlineskip,\normallineskip} -\DoNotIndex{\normalsize,\null,\number,\numberline,\oddsidemargin} -\DoNotIndex{\offinterlineskip,\or,\par,\parbox,\parskip,\partopsep} -\DoNotIndex{\prevdepth,\protect,\ref,\refstepcounter,\rightmrk} -\DoNotIndex{\rm,\scriptsize,\section,\sectionmark,\setbox,\setcounter} -\DoNotIndex{\sl,\small,\stepcounter,\string,\textheight,\textwidth} -\DoNotIndex{\thefootnote,\thepage,\thesection,\thesubsection} -\DoNotIndex{\thispagestyle,\tiny,\topmargin,\topsep,\uppercase} -\DoNotIndex{\vbox,\vfill,\viiipt,\viipt,\vipt,\vpt,\vskip,\vss} -\DoNotIndex{\wd,\xcommentloaded@,\xdef,\xiipt,\xipt,\xivpt,\xpt} -\DoNotIndex{\xviipt,\xxpt,\xxvpt,\z@} -\DoNotIndex{\abovedisplayskip,\abovedisplayshortskip,\@currentlabel} -\DoNotIndex{\@dottedtocline,\@ne\@setsize,\@starttoc,\@tempboxa,\@} -\DoNotIndex{\arraystretch,\centerline,\egroup,\end@dblfloat} -\DoNotIndex{\evensidemargin,\footnotesize,\ifnum,\parindent,\parsep} -\DoNotIndex{\rightmark,\@afterindenttrue,\@ne,\if@specialpage.\long} -\DoNotIndex{\fboxrule,\fboxsep,\@for,\vfil} -\DoNotIndex{\@@fortmp,\@@tempa,\@@tempb,\@ehd,\@for,\@fortmp,\@m} -\DoNotIndex{\@mparswitchfalse,\@mparswitchtrue,\@nnil,\@spaces} -\DoNotIndex{\@specialstyle,\@temptokena,\@twosidefalse,\@twosidetrue} -\DoNotIndex{\@whilenum,\alph,\arabic,\count@,\errhelp,\errmessage} -\DoNotIndex{\fbox,\index,\minipage,\newcommand,\overfullrule} -\DoNotIndex{\pagestyle,\raggedright,\ref@stepcounter,renewcommand} -\DoNotIndex{\semcolor@loaded,today,\@tempcnta,\@tempcntb,\trivlist,\t,\p} -\DoNotIndex{\today,\item,\@colht,\@currenvir,\@thefoot,\@thehead} -\DoNotIndex{\@totalleftmargin,\allowbreak,\@captype,\@footnotetext} -\DoNotIndex{\@listdepth,\@minipagefalse,\@minipagetrue,\@mpfn,\@mpfootins} -\DoNotIndex{\endtrivlist,\everypar,\hsize,\ifvoid,\lastskip} -\DoNotIndex{\linewidth,\skip,\thempfn,\thempfootnote,\topskip,\unvbox} -\DoNotIndex{\@@input,\@@par,\@acci,\@accii,\@acciii,\@cclv,\@height} -\DoNotIndex{\@maxdepth,\@tempdimb,\@tempg,\@temph,\@texttop,\@twocolumnfalse} -\DoNotIndex{\@xfloat,\addvspace,\alloc@,\bigskipamount,\botmark,\chardef} -\DoNotIndex{\closein,\closeout,\count,\countdef,\dimen,\glossary,\goodbreak} -\DoNotIndex{\insc@unt,\intextsep,\kern,\mag,\marginpar,\maxdepth,\medskip} -\DoNotIndex{\moveleft,\newinsert,\newskip,\onecolumn,\openin,\openout} -\DoNotIndex{\read,\renewcommand,\repeat,\rightskip,\strut,\vfuzz,\voffset} -\DoNotIndex{\vsize} - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -\endinput - -%% END tvz-code.sty diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/tvz-hax.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/tvz-hax.sty deleted file mode 100644 index f8a4798fcc..0000000000 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/tvz-hax.sty +++ /dev/null @@ -1,266 +0,0 @@ -%% BEGIN tvz-hax.sty -%% 93/04/01 -%% Tim Van Zandt Timothy.VAN-ZANDT@insead.edu -%% -%% These are some lousy hacks for typesetting the code -%% and User's Guide in the Seminar and PSTricks packages. -%% -%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 of this license -%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this -%% license is in: -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version -%% 1999/12/01 or later. -%% - - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% PAPER SIZES %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -% Default paper size is 8.5in by 11in. -% Just include the `a4' style option for A4 paper size. -% For other paper sizes, define \paperwidth and \paperheight -% before the \documentstyle command. - -\@ifundefined{paperwidth}{\def\paperwidth{8.5in}}{} -\@ifundefined{paperheight}{\def\paperheight{11in}}{} -\@namedef{ds@a4}{\def\paperwidth{210mm}\def\paperheight{297mm}} - - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% INPUTS %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -\newif\iftwoup -\@namedef{ds@2up}{\input 2up.tex \twouptrue} - -\input article.sty -\input fancybox.sty % Version 0.93 or later. - -\iftwoup - \if@twoside - \targetlayout{twosided} - \fi -\fi - -\if@twoside - \def\twosideclearpage{% - \clearpage - \ifodd\c@page\else - \thispagestyle{empty}% - \null\leavevmode - \clearpage - \fi} -\else - \let\twosideclearpage\clearpage -\fi - - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% MISC %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -\def\arraystretch{1.2} - -\hfuzz 1pt - -% Just in case I'm using AmS-LaTeX. -\def\makeatother{\catcode`\@=12\relax} - - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% SHORT META %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -% Works in verbatim environments, unless specially designed. -\begingroup - \catcode`\<=\active - \gdef\ShortMeta{% - \catcode`\<=\active - \def<##1>{{\MetaFont ##1\/}}} -\endgroup -\def\DeleteShortMeta{\catcode`\<=12\relax} -\def\MetaFont{\sl} % For meta arguments. - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% FILE VERSIONS %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -% \GetVersion{file} scans first ten lines of <file> for -% \filedate and \fileversion definitions. -% -% \CheckVersion{file} scans <scans> file for \filedate and \fileversion -% and then compares these witha \FileDate and \FileVersion. -% -\def\GetVersion#1{% - \immediate\openin1=#1 - \count@=0 - \let\fileversion\relax - \let\filedate\relax - \@testtrue - \loop - \if@test - \advance\count@1 - \immediate\read1 to \@tempa - \@tempa - \ifnum\count@=10 - \@latexerr{Couldn't find fileversion}\@eha - \@testfalse - \else - \ifx\fileversion\relax - \@testtrue - \else - \ifx\filedate\relax - \@testtrue - \else - \@testfalse - \fi - \fi - \fi - \repeat} - -\def\CheckVersion#1{% - \GetVersion{#1} - \ifx\FileVersion\fileversion - \ifx\FileDate\filedate\else - \@latexerr{Doc date (\FileDate) and file date (\filedate) - do not match}\@eha - \fi - \else - \@latexerr{Doc version (\FileVersion) and file version (\fileversion) - do not match}\@eha - \fi} - -% This expands the date, as defined in \filedate. - -\def\expanddate#1/#2/#3/{% - \number#3{} - \month=#2 - \ifcase\month\or - January \or February \or March \or April \or May \or June \or - July \or August \or September \or October \or November \or December - \fi - 19#1} -\def\thefiledate{\expandafter\expanddate\filedate/} -\date{\thefiledate} - - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% LOGOS %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -\def\AmS{{\protect\the\textfont\tw@ - A\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{M}\kern-.125em S}} - -\def\b@LaTeX{% - \begingroup - \csname reset@font\endcsname - \rm\bf - L\kern-.32em - \raise.36ex\hbox{% - \ifx\@currsize\Huge\LARGE\else - \ifx\@currsize\huge\Large\else - \ifx\@currsize\LARGE\large\else - \ifx\@currsize\Large\normalsize\else - \ifx\@currsize\large\small\else - \ifx\@currsize\normalsize\footnotesize\else - \ifx\@currsize\small\scriptsize\else - \ifx\@currsize\footnotesize\scriptscriptsize - \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi - \bf A}% - \kern-.15em - T\kern-.1667em - \lower.7ex\hbox{E}\kern-.125em - X% - \endgroup} -\def\bLaTeX{\b@LaTeX} - - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% PAGE STYLE %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -% The `docheadings' page style uses footers rather than headers. - -\def\ps@docheadings{% - \let\@mkboth\markboth - \def\@oddhead{}% - \let\@evenhead\@oddhead% - \def\@oddfoot{% - \small\sf - \rightmark - \hfil - \thepage}% - \def\@evenfoot{% - \small\sf - \thepage - \hfil - \theheadertitle}% - \def\sectionmark##1{\markright {##1}}}% -\pagestyle{docheadings} - - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% Table of Contents %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -% Tighten up spacing in TOC: - -\newskip\tempskip -\def\TOCshrink{.5} -\def\TableOfContents{% - \begin{quote} - \begin{center} \Large\bf Contents \end{center} - \def\numberline##1{\hbox to 0pt{\hss##1\hskip 1em}}% - \let\oldaddvspace\addvspace - \def\addvspace##1{% - \tempskip##1\relax - \oldaddvspace{\TOCshrink\tempskip}} - \@starttoc{toc}% - \end{quote}} -\def\tableofcontents{% - \clearpage - \markright{Table of contents}% - \TableOfContents - \clearpage} - - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% code and examples %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -% `Ex' is an environment for putting samples of code. -% It is a variant of -% \begin{quote}\tt ... \end{quote}. -% It is NOT verbatim. - -\def\NotNested{% - \def\begin##1{% - \@latexerr{Bad nesting of environments. - Perhaps missing \end{\@currenvir}}\@eha - \end{\@currenvir}% - \begin{##1}}} - -\def\Ex{% - \NotNested - \list{}{}\item[]% - \if@minipage\else\vskip\parskip\fi - \leftskip\@totalleftmargin - \rightskip\z@ - \parindent\z@ - \parskip\z@ - \parfillskip\@flushglue - \hfuzz 1pt - \@@par - \global\@inlabelfalse} -\def\endEx{\endlist} - -% Various things to make it easier to write code and examples: - -\begingroup - \catcode`\{=12 \catcode`\}=12 - \catcode`\(=1 \catcode`\)=2 - \catcode`\+=0 \catcode`\\=12 - +gdef+|(\) % \| = character \ - +gdef+{({) % \{ = character { - +gdef+}(}) % \} = character } -+endgroup -\def\Backslash{\protect\|} - -% Define some functional font commands: - -\def\MainFont{\tt} % For macro definitions. -\def\UsageFont{\tt} % For in-line macro names. -\def\InlineFont{\tt} % For other in-line snipets of code. -\def\DisplayFont{\tt} % For displayed code. - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -\endinput -%% END tvz-hax.sty diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/tvz-user.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/tvz-user.sty deleted file mode 100644 index f203fa2cf3..0000000000 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/tvz-user.sty +++ /dev/null @@ -1,215 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 of this license -%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this -%% license is in: -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version -%% 1999/12/01 or later. -%% -%% BEGIN tvz-user.sty -%% 93/04/01 - -\input tvz-hax.sty - -\def\papersizeadjust{% - \@tempdima=\paperwidth\relax - \advance\@tempdima-8.5in - \divide\@tempdima 2 - \advance\oddsidemargin\@tempdima - \advance\evensidemargin\@tempdima - \@tempdima=\paperheight - \advance\@tempdima-11in - \divide\@tempdima 2 - \advance\topmargin\@tempdima} - -\begingroup - \catcode`\"=\active - \gdef\ShortVerb{% - \catcode`\"=\active - \def"{\Verb"}}% - \gdef\DeleteShortVerb{\catcode`\"=12\relax} -\endgroup - -% Paragraphs are marked by large space rather than indentation: -\setlength{\parindent}{0pt} -\setlength{\parskip}{7pt plus 1pt minus 1pt} - -% Reduce \topsep: -\def\@listI{% - \leftmargin\leftmargini - \parsep 5\p@ plus2.5\p@ minus\p@ - %\topsep 10\p@ plus4\p@ minus6\p@ - \topsep 5\p@ plus2\p@ minus2\p@ - \itemsep 5\p@ plus2.5\p@ minus\p@} -\let\@listi\@listI -\@listi -\def\@listii{% - \leftmargin\leftmarginii - \labelwidth\leftmarginii - \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep - %\topsep 5\p@ plus2.5\p@ minus\p@ - \topsep 2\p@ plus.5\p@ minus\p@ - \parsep 2.5\p@ plus\p@ minus\p@ - \itemsep \parsep} -\def\@listiii{% - \leftmargin\leftmarginiii - \labelwidth\leftmarginiii - \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep - %\topsep 2.5\p@ plus\p@ minus\p@ - \topsep 1\p@ plus.2\p@ minus.2\p@ - \parsep \z@ - \partopsep \p@ plus\z@ minus\p@ - \itemsep \topsep} - -\skip\footins 20pt plus 4pt minus 2pt - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% Special hacks for User's Guides %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%% -%% Listing questions -\newcounter{faq}[section] -\def\thefaq{\arabic{faq}} -\let\l@faq\@gobbletwo -\def\faq{\@startsection{faq}{2}{\z@}% - {3.25ex plus 1ex minus .2ex}{1.5ex plus .2ex}{\faqfont}} -\def\faqfont{\normalsize\sf} -\def\faqmark#1{} -%% -%% Listing errors -\def\error{\vskip 2ex\noindent} -%% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -\@ifundefined{AmSTeX} - {\def\AmSTeX{\leavevmode\hbox{$\cal A\kern-.2em\lower.376ex% - \hbox{$\cal M$}\kern-.2em\cal S$-\TeX}}}{} -\@ifundefined{BibTeX} - {\def\BibTeX{{\rm B\kern-.05em{\sc i\kern-.025em b}\kern-.08em% - T\kern-.1667em\lower.7ex\hbox{E}\kern-.125emX}}}{} -\@ifundefined{SliTeX} - {\def\SliTeX{{\rm S\kern-.06emL\kern-.18em\raise.32ex\hbox - {\sc i}\kern -.03em\TeX}}}{} -\@ifundefined{PlainTeX}{\def\PlainTeX{{\sc Plain}\kern2pt\TeX}}{} - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% Special indexing for User's Guides %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%% -%% -\@ifundefined{actualchar}{\def\actualchar{@}}{} -\@ifundefined{quotechar}{\def\quotechar{"}}{} -\@ifundefined{levelchar}{\def\levelchar{!}}{} -\@ifundefined{encapchar}{\def\encapchar{|}}{} -\@ifundefined{verbatimchar}{\def\verbatimchar{+}}{} -%% -%% These are the indexing commands: -%% -%% Commands: \MainIndex \UsageIndex -%% Environments: \MainEnvIndex \UsageEnvIndex -%% Style options: \MainOptionIndex \UsageOptionIndex -%% Counters: \MainCntIndex \UsageCntIndex -\def\@Index#1{\@bsphack\index{#1}\@esphack} -\def\Index#1#2{% - \@bsphack - \index{\expandafter\@gobble\string#2\actualchar\string - \verb\quotechar*\verbatimchar\string#2\verbatimchar - \encapchar #1}} -{\catcode`\!=0 !catcode`!\=12!gdef!special@gobble#1{!if\#1!else#1!fi}} -\def\MainIndex{\Index{main}} -\def\UsageIndex{\Index{usage}} -\def\SpecialIndex#1#2#3{% - \@Index{#3\actualchar{\tt #3} (#1)\encapchar #2}% - \@Index{#1s:\levelchar{\tt #3}\encapchar #2}} -\def\MainEnvIndex{\SpecialIndex{environment}{main}} -\def\UsageEnvIndex{\SpecialIndex{environment}{usage}} -\def\MainOptionIndex{\SpecialIndex{option}{main}} -\def\UsageOptionIndex{\SpecialIndex{option}{usage}} -\def\MainCntIndex{\SpecialIndex{counter}{main}} -\def\UsageCntIndex{\SpecialIndex{counter}{usage}} -%% -%% Font for index page numbers: -\def\main#1{{\bf #1}} -\def\usage#1{{#1}} -%% -%% These combine various functions: -%% -%% Commands: \Main \Usage -%% Environments: \MainEnv \UsageEnv -%% Style options: \MainOption \UsageOption -%% Counters: \MainCnt \UsageCnt -%% -%% The "Main" ones -%% * Index argument. -%% * Print argument with \MainFont -%% * Create label +foo, e+foo or o+foo. -%% -%% The "Usage" ones -%% * Index argument. -%% * Print argument with \UsageFont. -%% -\def\SpecialLabel#1#2+{\label{+#2}} -\def\LabelIndex#1{\MainIndex{#1}\expandafter\SpecialLabel\string#1+} -\def\Main#1{% - \MainIndex{#1}% - \expandafter\SpecialLabel\string#1+% - {\MainFont\string#1}} -\def\Usage#1{\UsageIndex{#1}{\UsageFont\string#1}} -\def\MainEnv#1{% - \MainEnvIndex{#1}% - \label{e+#1}% - {\MainFont #1}} -\def\UsageEnv#1{\UsageEnvIndex{#1}{\UsageFont #1}} -\def\MainOption#1{% - \MainOptionIndex{#1}% - \label{o+#1}% - {\MainFont #1}} -\def\UsageOption#1{\UsageOptionIndex{#1}{\UsageFont #1}} -\def\MainCnt#1{% - \MainCntIndex{#1}% - \label{c+#1}% - {\MainFont #1}} -\def\UsageCnt#1{\UsageCntIndex{#1}{\UsageFont #1}} -%% -%% These are abbreviations. -%% -\def\N{\Main} -\def\n{\Usage} -\def\E{\MainEnv} -\def\e{\UsageEnv} -\def\O{\MainOption} -\def\o{\UsageOption} -\def\C{\MainCnt} -\def\c{\UsageCnt} -%% -%% This is for listing commands in a description environment. -\def\xitem#1{\item[\Main{#1}]} -%% -%% -\renewcommand{\EveryVerbatimLine}[2]{} -\VerbatimFootnotes - -%% User's guide and documented code have different index prologue. -\def\PrintUserIndex{{\let\ps@plain\@empty\@input{\jobname.ind}}} - -\begingroup - \catcode`\<=1 \catcode`\>=2 - \catcode`\{=13 \catcode`\}=12 - \catcode`\[=13 - \gdef\@MD<% - \catcode`\{=13 \catcode`\}=12 \catcode`\[=13 - \def{##1}<\{<\MetaFont ##1\/>\}>% - \def[##1]<\string[<\MetaFont ##1\/>]>> -\endgroup -\def\MD{% - \NotNested - \Ex - \begingroup - \@MD - \def\end{\par\endgroup\end}% - \def\\{\@centercr\Main}% - \MainFont - \Main} -\def\endMD{\endEx} - -\endinput -%% END tvz-user.sty diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/npsfont.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/npsfont.sty deleted file mode 100644 index d6d8d20046..0000000000 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/npsfont.sty +++ /dev/null @@ -1,191 +0,0 @@ -%% BEGIN npsfont.sty -%% -\def\fileversion{v1.0} -\def\filedate{91/11/20} -%% -%% Style option npsfont.sty, for use with LaTeX 2.09 -%% and the New Font Selection Scheme. -%% -%% COPYRIGHT 1992, by Timothy Van Zandt, Timothy.VAN-ZANDT@insead.edu -%% -%% -%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 of this license -%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this -%% license is in: -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version -%% 1999/12/01 or later. -%% -%% -% DESCRIPTION: -% -% Defining new PostScript fonts with the New Font Selection Scheme is easy, -% but these macros make it easier. They save on keystrokes, and most -% importantly, they make it easy to change the file names used for fonts -% because you only have to type the file name once instead of 12 times (for -% the 12 standard LaTeX sizes). An optional argument lets you scale the fonts. -% -% These macros are substitutes for the NFSS's \new@fontshape command. For -% information on the purpose of this command, and on how to select fonts that -% are defined with it, see the documentation of the NFSS. If you don't have -% the NFSS, it is available from -% rusmv1.rus.uni-stuttgart.de -% in -% soft/tex/latex-style-supported/New-Font-Selection -% and from -% ymir.claremont.edu -% in -% [.anonymous.tex.inputs.latex-mainz] -% The NFSS is undoubtably the best way to use PostScript fonts (or any non- -% standard fonts) with LaTeX, and is well worth upgrading to. -% -% USAGE: -% -% \newpsfont[<scaling>]{<family>}{<series>}{<shape>}{<filename>} -% -% \newpsfamily[<scaling>]{<family>}{ -% {<series 1>}{<shape 1>}{<filename 1>}, -% {<series 2>}{<shape 2>}{<filename 2>}, -% . . . -% {<series n>}{<shape n>}{<filename n>}} -% -% The scaling argument is optional. Like the \new@fontshape command, these -% commands can only be used in the preamble. -% -% EXAMPLE: -% -% Suppose the Helvetica-Oblique virtual font on your system has the name -% phvro.vf. The following defines the <helvetica> family, <m>edium series, and -% <it>alic shape to be the Helvetica-Oblique font, at the standard LaTeX -% font sizes, scaled by .82: -% -% \newpsfont[.82]{helvetica}{m}{it}{phvro} -% -% This is equivalent to: -% -% \new@fontshape{helvetica}{m}{it}{% -% <5>phvro at 4.1pt% -% <6>phvro at 4.92pt% -% <7>phvro at 5.74pt% -% <8>phvro at 6.56pt% -% <9>phvro at 7.38pt% -% <10>phvro at 8.2pt% -% <11>phvro at 8.979pt% -% <12>phvro at 9.84pt% -% <14>phvro at 11.808pt% -% <17>phvro at 14.1696pt% -% <20>phvro at 17.0068pt% -% <25>phvro at 20.4016pt}{} -% -% The following command sets up the standard Helvetica family: -% -% \newpsfamily[.82]{helvetica}{% -% {m}{n}{phvr}, %Helvetica -% {m}{it}{phvro}, %Helvetica-Oblique -% {m}{sl}{phvro}, %Helvetica-Oblique -% {bx}{n}{phvb}, %Helvetica-Bold -% {bx}{it}{phvbo}, %Helvetica-BoldOblique -% {bx}{sl}{phvbo}} %Helvetica-BoldOblique -% -% (Don't forget the commas.) It is equivalent to: -% -% \newpsfont[.82]{helvetica}{m}{n}{phvr} %Helvetica -% \newpsfont[.82]{helvetica}{m}{it}{phvro} %Helvetica-Oblique -% \newpsfont[.82]{helvetica}{m}{sl}{phvro} %Helvetica-Oblique -% \newpsfont[.82]{helvetica}{bx}{n}{phvb} %Helvetica-Bold -% \newpsfont[.82]{helvetica}{bx}{it}{phvbo} %Helvetica-BoldOblique -% \newpsfont[.82]{helvetica}{bx}{sl}{phvbo} %Helvetica-BoldOblique -% \extra@def{helvetica}{}{} -% -% WHY SCALE FONTS?: -% -% Disclaimer: The suggestions that follow come from someone who doesn't know -% anything about fonts. -% -% Mixing fonts that are not designed to be used together is not for purists, -% but many of us do it anyway. Scaling the fonts can at least correct for -% differences in the x-heights. This is important if you use Computer -% Modern fonts for in-line math and some other fonts for text. -% -% To find out the x-height of the 10pt size of a font, load this style and -% use the command -% -% \showxheight{<filename>} -% -% E.g., \showxheight{phvr} and \showxheight{cmr10} displays -% -% x-height of cmr10 at 10pt is 4.30554pt -% x-height of phvr at 10pt is 5.24998pt -% -% on the terminal. Scaling the Helvetica fonts by 4.30554/5.24990 = .82 -% gets the x-heights of these fonts in line. It is best to set the x-heights -% the same for the medium weight, normal shaped fonts, and then scale the -% rest of the fonts in the same family by the same amount. -% -% David Jones has a psfonts.sty that sets up the standard PostScript fonts, -% all scaled so that the x-heights match that of the Computer Modern medium -% roman font. It is available via anonymous ftp from theory.lcs.mit.edu in -% /pub/dmjones. -% -% IMPLEMENTATION: -% -% \scale@stdsizes has at its argument a scaling factor. It uses \font@scale -% to define \scaled@sizes to be the macro whose argument is the name of a -% font, and which expands to the definitions of the standard \LaTeX{} sizes -% for New Font Selection Schemes \new@fontshape command. -% -\message{\space\space\fileversion\space\space\filedate - \space\space<tvz>} -\@ifundefined{new@psfontshape}{}{\endinput} -\def\font@scale#1#2#3{\dimen@=#2\dimen@=#3\dimen@ - \edef\scaled@sizes##1{\scaled@sizes{##1}<#1>##1 at\number\dimen@ sp}} -\def\scale@stdsizes#1{% - \edef\scaled@sizes##1{}% - \font@scale{5}{5pt}{#1}% - \font@scale{6}{6pt}{#1}% - \font@scale{7}{7pt}{#1}% - \font@scale{8}{8pt}{#1}% - \font@scale{9}{9pt}{#1}% - \font@scale{10}{10pt}{#1}% - \font@scale{11}{10.95pt}{#1}% - \font@scale{12}{12pt}{#1}% - \font@scale{14}{14.4pt}{#1}% - \font@scale{17}{17.28pt}{#1}% - \font@scale{20}{20.74pt}{#1}% - \font@scale{25}{24.88pt}{#1}} -\def\new@psfontshape#1#2#3#4{% - \new@fontshape{#1}{#2}{#3}{\scaled@sizes{#4}}{}} -\def\new@psfont[#1]#2#3#4#5{% - \scale@stdsizes{#1}% - \new@psfontshape{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}} -\def\newpsfont{% - \@ifnextchar [{\new@psfont}{\new@psfont[1]}} -\def\newpsfamily{% - \@ifnextchar [{\new@psfamily}{\new@psfamily[1]}} -\def\new@psfamily[#1]#2#3{% - \scale@stdsizes{#1}% - \@for\@tempa:=#3\do{% - \edef\@tempb{\noexpand\new@psfontshape{#2}\@tempa} - \@tempb}% - \extra@def{#2}{}{}} -\def\showxheight#1{% - \font\@tempfont=#1 at 10pt% - \typeout{^^J x-height of #1 at 10pt is \the\fontdimen5\@tempfont}} -% The commands are added to \@preamblecmds to save memory. -\begingroup - \def\do{\noexpand\do\noexpand} - \xdef\@preamblecmds{\@preamblecmds - \do\font@scale - \do\scale@stdsizes - \do\scaled@sizes - \do\new@psfontshape - \do\new@psfont - \do\newpsfont - \do\newpsfamily - \do\new@psfamily} -\endgroup -\endinput -%% END npsfont.sty diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/sem-a4.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/sem-a4.sty deleted file mode 100644 index 4a9a4e5b0c..0000000000 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/sem-a4.sty +++ /dev/null @@ -1,21 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 of this license -%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this -%% license is in: -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version -%% 1999/12/01 or later. -%% -%% BEGIN sem-a4.sty -%\def\paperwidth{210mm} -%\def\paperheight{297mm} -\paperwidth=210mm -\paperheight=297mm -\input sem-page.sty -\slidewidth=222mm -\slideheight=152mm -\endinput -%% END sem-a4.sty diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/sem-dem.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/sem-dem.sty deleted file mode 100644 index e671c22498..0000000000 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/sem-dem.sty +++ /dev/null @@ -1,96 +0,0 @@ -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -*- Mode: Latex -*- %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%% sem-dem.sty --- General utility macros for these Seminar demonstration files -%% -%% Author : Denis GIROU (CNRS/IDRIS - France) <Denis.Girou@idris.fr> -%% Created the : Sun Dec 9 21:49:38 2001 -%% Last mod. by : Denis GIROU (CNRS/IDRIS - France) <Denis.Girou@idris.fr> -%% Last mod. the : Fri Apr 5 21:02:35 2002 -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -% Identification of the file (constant parameters) -\def\FileAuthor{Denis Girou} -\def\FileInfoA{Seminar demonstration files} -\def\FileName{\jobname} - -% Write identification in the PDF file (if one will be generated) -\RequirePackage{hyperref} -\newcommand{\HyperSetUp}{% -\hypersetup{pdftitle={\FileInfoA{} - \FileInfoB}, - pdfsubject={\FileName{} - [\FileDate{} - Version \FileVersion]}, - pdfauthor={\FileAuthor}, - pdfkeywords={\FileInfoB{} PSTricks Seminar slides}}} - -% Header/footer initialization -\def\SeminarStandardHeaderFooterDemos{% -\date{\HLa{\FileDate}}% -\SeminarStandardHeaderFooter - {\LARGE\HLe{Demonstration of \MakeLowercase{\FileInfoB}}} - {\HLa{\FileInfoA{} -- \FileInfoB}} - {\HLa{Version \FileVersion{} -- }} - {\HLe{\FileAuthor}}} - -\SeminarStandardHeaderFooterDemos - -% General first slide for all the demonstration files -\newcommand{\SeminarFirstSlide}{{% -\SeminarSlideFrameBackground{SeminarBackgroundSolid} -\begin{slide} - \ifx\SeminarPaperVersion\AnswerYes - \else - \vspace*{\stretch{1}} % Due to the special annotation for full screen mode - \fi - - \begin{center} - \psframebox[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=red,framearc=0.2]{% - \Large\bfseries\color{yellow} - \begin{tabular}{c} - Seminar demonstration files\\ - \setlength{\pst@dimg}{\widthof{Seminar demonstration files}}% - \setlength{\pst@dimh}{\widthof{\FileInfoB}}% - \ifdim\pst@dimg>\pst@dimh - \rule[1mm]{\pst@dimg}{0.6mm}\\ - \else - \rule[1mm]{\pst@dimh}{0.6mm}\\ - \fi - \FileInfoB - \end{tabular}} - - \vspace{1cm} - \psframebox[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=LightBlue, - framesep=0.2,framearc=0.4]{% - \bfseries - \begin{tabular}{c} - \FileAuthor\\ - \FileDate - \end{tabular}} - - \ifx\SeminarPaperVersion\AnswerYes - \else - \vspace{\stretch{1}} - \hfill% - \rput[br](0.2,0){% - \psframebox[linewidth=0.02,framesep=0.05]{% - \footnotesize\bfseries - \shortstack[l]{% - With Acroread, \textcolor{red}{CTRL-L} switch\\[-1mm] - between full screen and window mode}}} - \fi - \end{center} -\end{slide}}} - -% List of slides -\newcommand{\SeminarListOfSlides}{{% -% Background changing -\ifx\SeminarColorVersion\AnswerYes - \renewcommand{\SeminarBackgroundGradientColorBegin}{PaleGreen}% - \renewcommand{\SeminarBackgroundGradientColorEnd}{green}% - \renewcommand{\SeminarBackgroundGradientAngle}{-90}% - \SeminarSlideFrameBackground{SeminarBackgroundGradient} -\fi -\renewcommand{\slidestretch}{0.7}% We compress the lines -\begin{slide} - \listofslides -\end{slide}}} - -\endinput diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/sem-page.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/sem-page.sty deleted file mode 100644 index a013fcf3ad..0000000000 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/sem-page.sty +++ /dev/null @@ -1,95 +0,0 @@ -%% BEGIN sem-page.sty -\def\fileversion{1.0} -\def\filedate{93/04/01} -%% -%% Contains the page parameters for the `seminar' LaTeX document style. -%% -%% COPYRIGHT 1993, by Timothy Van Zandt, Timothy.VAN-ZANDT@insead.edu -%% -%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 of this license -%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this -%% license is in: -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version -%% 1999/12/01 or later. -%% -%% -\def\slideleftmargin{.6in} -\def\sliderightmargin{.6in} -\def\slidetopmargin{.6in} -\def\slidebottommargin{.6in} -\ifarticle - \ifportrait - \twocolumn - \sloppy - \topmargin 0pt - \headheight 15pt - \headsep 25pt - \footskip 30pt - \footheight 15pt - \textheight\paperwidth\relax - \advance\textheight -1in - \advance\textheight -\headsep - \advance\textheight -\headheight - \advance\textheight -\footskip - \advance\textheight -\footheight - \advance\textheight -.5in - \textwidth\paperheight\relax - \advance\textwidth by -2in - \oddsidemargin 0pt - \evensidemargin 0pt - \leftmargini 2em - \leftmarginv .5em - \leftmarginvi .5em - \columnsep 40pt - \marginparwidth 0pt - \marginparsep 0pt - \else - \textwidth 5.5in - \oddsidemargin\paperwidth\relax - \advance\oddsidemargin -\textwidth - \divide\oddsidemargin 2 - \advance\oddsidemargin -1in - \evensidemargin\oddsidemargin - \if@twoside - \advance\oddsidemargin -18pt - \advance\evensidemargin 18pt - \fi - \topmargin -20pt - \headheight 15pt - \headsep 25pt - \footskip 33pt - \footheight 15pt - \textheight\paperheight\relax - \advance\textheight -1in - \advance\textheight -\topmargin - \advance\textheight -\headsep - \advance\textheight -\headheight - \advance\textheight -\footskip - \advance\textheight -.5in - \fi -\else - \oddsidemargin 0pt - \evensidemargin 0pt - \marginparwidth 0pt - \marginparsep 0pt - \ifportrait - \textwidth\paperwidth\relax - \textheight\paperheight\relax - \else - \textwidth\paperheight\relax - \textheight\paperwidth\relax - \fi - \advance\textwidth by -2in - \topmargin -1in - \headheight .5in - \headsep .5in - \advance\textheight by -2in - \footskip .75in - \footheight .25in -\fi -\endinput -%% END sem-page.sty diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/semcolor.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/semcolor.sty deleted file mode 100644 index 84fc61986c..0000000000 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/semcolor.sty +++ /dev/null @@ -1,77 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `semcolor.sty', version 1.01 -%% -%% IMPORTANT NOTICE: -%% -%% semcolor.sty Copyright (C) 1993 Timothy Van Zandt -%% -%% This package may be distributed under the terms of the LaTeX Project -%% Public License, as described in lppl.txt in the base LaTeX distribution. -%% Either version 1.0 or, at your option, any later version. -%% -\def\fileversion{1.02} -\def\filedate{2014/01/17} -%% -%% LaTeX style option `semcolor.sty'. -%% For use with LaTeX v2.09 and the `seminar' document style. -%% -%% COPYRIGHT 1993, by Timothy Van Zandt, Timothy.VAN-ZANDT@insead.edu -%% -%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 of this license -%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this -%% license is in: -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version -%% 1999/12/01 or later. -%% -%% -%% You must install the PSTricks package v0.9 or later to use semcolor.sty. -%% -\@ifundefined{SemcolorFrameOps}{}{\endinput} -\typeout{Style Option: `semcolor' for doc style `seminar' - \fileversion\space <\filedate> (tvz)} -% RN modification begin -- 2004/05/04; Rolf.Niepraschk@ptb.de -%\input{pstricks} -\ProvidesFile{semcolor.sty}[\filedate\space v\fileversion\space (tvz)] -%\RequirePackage{pstricks} -\RequirePackage{pst-ovl} -% RN modification end -% -% Set up the frame styles: -\def\SemcolorFrameOps{\psset{% - fillstyle=none,% - linewidth=\slideframewidth,% - framesep=\slideframesep,% - cornersize=absolute,% - linearc=.5cm,% - shadowsize=2pt,% - shadowcolor=darkgray}}% -\newslideframe{scplain}[\SemcolorFrameOps]{\psframebox{#1}} -\newslideframe{scdouble}[\SemcolorFrameOps]{\psdblframebox{#1}} -\newslideframe{scshadow}[\SemcolorFrameOps]{\psshadowbox{#1}} -\slideframe{scplain} -% -% Rotation: -\def\leftsliderotation#1{\rotateleft{#1}} -\def\rightsliderotation#1{\rotateright{#1}} -\sliderotation{left} -% -% Color: -\addto@hook\after@slidepage{\pstVerb{0 setgray}} -% -% Overlays: -\def\make@overlay#1{% - \setbox\@slidebox=\hbox{% - \pst@initoverlay{#1}% - \pst@Verb{ 0 \tx@BOL }% - \copy\@@slidebox - \pst@Verb{ -1 \tx@BOL }}} -\def\@overlay{\pst@overlay} -\addto@hook\before@newslide{\def\curr@overlay{0}} -\@ifundefined{overlaystrue}{}{\ifarticle\else\overlaystrue\layerstrue\fi} -% -\endinput -%% END semcolor.sty diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/semhelv.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/semhelv.sty deleted file mode 100644 index cbb1ba1fe2..0000000000 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/semhelv.sty +++ /dev/null @@ -1,193 +0,0 @@ -%% BEGIN semhelv.sty -\def\fileversion{1.4} -\def\filedate{2000/05/08} -%% -%% LaTeX style option `semhelv.sty' for the `seminar' document class. -%% For use with LaTeX2e. -%% -%% COPYRIGHT 1994, by Timothy Van Zandt, Timothy.VAN-ZANDT@insead.edu -%% -%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 of this license -%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this -%% license is in: -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version -%% 1999/12/01 or later. -%% -%% Edited by Sebastian Rahtz <sebastian.rahtz@oucs.ox.ac.uk> -%% and Denis Girou <denis.girou@idris.fr> -%% To use OT1-encoding 7t names -%% ************************************************************************ -%% **** DESCRIPTION **** -%% ************************************************************************ -%% -% This file contains the external font information needed to load -% the PostScript Helvetica fonts for use by seminar.cls. -% -% IMPORTANT: -% As distributed, the following font file names are assumed for the -% `standard' TeX encoding: -% -% Helvetica phvr7t -% Helvetica-Oblique phvro7t -% Helvetica-Bold phvb7t -% Helvetica-BoldOblique phvbo7t -% Courier pcrr7t -% Courier-Bold pcrb7t -% Courier-Oblique pcrro7t -% Courier-BoldOblique pcrbo7t -% -% With the NFSS2 and LaTeX2e, you can also use the CORK encoding. The -% assumed file names are as above, but with `8t' instead of `7t' -% -% This means, e.g., that phvr7t.tfm or phvr7t.vf must be the name of the -% TeX .tfm or .vf (virtual font) file for the PostScript Helvetica font. -% See the documentation of your dvi-to-ps driver for information on using -% PostScript fonts. -% -% Fonts are scaled so that the x-heights match those of the cmr fonts; -% this makes in-line math look acceptable. -% -% Note: The Courier font is not that great. -% -% Preliminaries: -\csname semhelv@loaded\endcsname -\let\semhelv@loaded\endinput -\typeout{Style Option: `semhelv' for the `seminar' doc style - \fileversion\space <\filedate> (tvz)} -\typeout{Modified by Stefan (see source for details)} -\@ifundefined{selectfont} - {\@seminarerr{`semhelv' style option can only be used - with the New Font Selection Scheme}\@eha\endinput}{} -% -% Font definitions. - -\expandafter\ifx\csname DeclareSizeFunction\endcsname\relax - -% FOR NFSS: - -\@ifundefined{newpsfamily}{\input{npsfont.sty}}{}% - -% See npsfont.sty for the definition of \newpsfamily. - -\newpsfamily[.82]{helvetica}{ - {m}{n}{phvr7t}, %Helvetica - {m}{it}{phvro7t}, %Helvetica-Oblique - {m}{sl}{phvro7t}, %Helvetica-Oblique - {bx}{n}{phvb7t}, %Helvetica-Bold - {bx}{it}{phvbo7t}, %Helvetica-BoldOblique - {bx}{sl}{phvbo7t}} %Helvetica-BoldOblique -\newpsfamily[.985]{courier}{ - {m}{n}{pcrr7t}, %Courier - {bx}{n}{pcrb7t}, %Courier-Bold - {m}{it}{pcrro7t}, %Courier-Oblique - {bx}{it}{pcrbo7t}} %Courier-BoldOblique - -% Use fonts or use \slidefonts: -\ifarticle - \renewcommand{\slidefonts}{% - \renewcommand{\default@family}{helvetica}% - \renewcommand{\rmdefault}{helvetica}% - \renewcommand{\ttdefault}{courier}% - \renewcommand{\sfdefault}{helvetica}% - \family\default@family\selectfont} -\else - \renewcommand{\default@family}{helvetica}% - \renewcommand{\rmdefault}{helvetica}% - \renewcommand{\ttdefault}{courier}% - \renewcommand{\sfdefault}{helvetica}% - \family\default@family\selectfont -\fi - -\else - -% FOR NFSS2 OR LATEX2E: - -\def\helv@scale{.82} - -\DeclareFontFamily{T1}{helvetica}{}% -\DeclareFontShape{T1}{helvetica}{m}{n}{<->s*[\helv@scale]phvr8t}{}% -\DeclareFontShape{T1}{helvetica}{m}{it}{<->s*[\helv@scale]phvro8t}{}% -\DeclareFontShape{T1}{helvetica}{m}{sc}{<->s*[\helv@scale]phvrc8t}{}% -\DeclareFontShape{T1}{helvetica}{b}{n}{<->s*[\helv@scale]phvb8t}{}% -\DeclareFontShape{T1}{helvetica}{b}{it}{<->s*[\helv@scale]phvbo8t}{}% -\DeclareFontShape{T1}{helvetica}{m}{sl}{<->ssub * helvetica/m/it}{}% -\DeclareFontShape{T1}{helvetica}{b}{sc}{<->sub * helvetica/m/sc}{}% -\DeclareFontShape{T1}{helvetica}{b}{sl}{<->ssub * helvetica/b/it}{}% -\DeclareFontShape{T1}{helvetica}{bx}{n}{<->ssub * helvetica/b/n}{}% -\DeclareFontShape{T1}{helvetica}{bx}{it}{<->ssub * helvetica/b/it}{}% -\DeclareFontShape{T1}{helvetica}{bx}{sc}{<->sub * helvetica/m/sc}{}% -\DeclareFontShape{T1}{helvetica}{bx}{sl}{<->ssub * helvetica/b/it}{}% - -\DeclareFontFamily{OT1}{helvetica}{}% -\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{helvetica}{m}{n}{<->s*[\helv@scale]phvr7t}{}% -\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{helvetica}{m}{it}{<->s*[\helv@scale]phvro7t}{}% -\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{helvetica}{m}{sc}{<->s*[\helv@scale]phvrc7t}{}% -\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{helvetica}{b}{n}{<->s*[\helv@scale]phvb7t}{}% -\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{helvetica}{b}{it}{<->s*[\helv@scale]phvbo7t}{}% -\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{helvetica}{m}{sl}{<->ssub * helvetica/m/it}{}% -\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{helvetica}{b}{sc}{<->sub * helvetica/m/sc}{}% -\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{helvetica}{b}{sl}{<->ssub * helvetica/b/it}{}% -\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{helvetica}{bx}{n}{<->ssub * helvetica/b/n}{}% -\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{helvetica}{bx}{it}{<->ssub * helvetica/b/it}{}% -\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{helvetica}{bx}{sc}{<->sub * helvetica/m/sc}{}% -\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{helvetica}{bx}{sl}{<->ssub * helvetica/b/it}{}% - -\def\courier@scale{.985} - -% DG/SR modification begin - May. 13, 1998 -% Update some names (phvrq -> phvr7t etc.) -% DG/SR modification end - -\DeclareFontFamily{T1}{courier}{\hyphenchar \font\m@ne}% -\DeclareFontShape{T1}{courier}{m}{n}{<->s*[\courier@scale]pcrr8t}{}% -\DeclareFontShape{T1}{courier}{m}{it}{<->s*[\courier@scale]pcrro8t}{}% -\DeclareFontShape{T1}{courier}{m}{sc}{<->s*[\courier@scale]pcrrc8t}{}% -\DeclareFontShape{T1}{courier}{b}{n}{<->s*[\courier@scale]pcrb8t}{}% -\DeclareFontShape{T1}{courier}{b}{it}{<->s*[\courier@scale]pcrbo8t}{}% -\DeclareFontShape{T1}{courier}{m}{sl}{<->ssub * courier/m/it}{}% -\DeclareFontShape{T1}{courier}{b}{sc}{<->sub * courier/m/sc}{}% -\DeclareFontShape{T1}{courier}{b}{sl}{<->ssub * courier/b/it}{}% -\DeclareFontShape{T1}{courier}{bx}{n}{<->ssub * courier/b/n}{}% -\DeclareFontShape{T1}{courier}{bx}{it}{<->ssub * courier/b/it}{}% -\DeclareFontShape{T1}{courier}{bx}{sc}{<->sub * courier/m/sc}{}% -\DeclareFontShape{T1}{courier}{bx}{sl}{<->ssub * courier/b/it}{}% - -\DeclareFontFamily{OT1}{courier}{\hyphenchar \font\m@ne}% -\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{courier}{m}{n}{<->s*[\courier@scale]pcrr7t}{}% -\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{courier}{m}{it}{<->s*[\courier@scale]pcrro7t}{}% -\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{courier}{m}{sc}{<->s*[\courier@scale]pcrrc7t}{}% -\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{courier}{b}{n}{<->s*[\courier@scale]pcrb7t}{}% -\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{courier}{b}{it}{<->s*[\courier@scale]pcrbo7t}{}% -\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{courier}{m}{sl}{<->ssub * courier/m/it}{}% -\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{courier}{b}{sc}{<->sub * courier/m/sc}{}% -\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{courier}{b}{sl}{<->ssub * courier/b/it}{}% -\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{courier}{bx}{n}{<->ssub * courier/b/n}{}% -\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{courier}{bx}{it}{<->ssub * courier/b/it}{}% -\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{courier}{bx}{sc}{<->sub * courier/m/sc}{}% -\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{courier}{bx}{sl}{<->ssub * courier/b/it}{}% - -% Use fonts or use \slidefonts: -\ifarticle - \renewcommand{\slidefonts}{% - \renewcommand{\default@family}{helvetica}% - \renewcommand{\rmdefault}{helvetica}% - \renewcommand{\ttdefault}{courier}% - \renewcommand{\sfdefault}{helvetica}% - \fontfamily\default@family\selectfont} -\else - \renewcommand{\default@family}{helvetica}% - \renewcommand{\rmdefault}{helvetica}% - \renewcommand{\ttdefault}{courier}% - \renewcommand{\sfdefault}{helvetica}% - \fontfamily\default@family\selectfont -\fi - -\fi - -\endinput -%% END semhelv.sty - diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/seminar.bg2 b/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/seminar.bg2 deleted file mode 100644 index 4fdb705933..0000000000 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/seminar.bg2 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,606 +0,0 @@ -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -*- Mode: Latex -*- %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%% seminar.bg2 --- Corrections for compatibility problems and new bugs -%% found in the Seminar package, and few new additions -%% to help overlays management for PDF output files. -%% (see also the seminar.bug file in Seminar distribution) -%% -%% Disclaimer: this file is mine and doesn't engage TVZ! -%% -%% Note: insert it after \usepackage{graphicx} if you use `graphicx' -%% and after \usepackage{longtable} if you use `longtable' -%% -%% Author : Denis GIROU (CNRS/IDRIS - France) <Denis.Girou@idris.fr> -%% Created the : 1995 -%% Last mod. by : Denis GIROU (CNRS/IDRIS - France) <Denis.Girou@idris.fr> -%% Last mod. the : Fri May 31 20:19:22 2002 -%% -%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 of this license -%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this -%% license is in: -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version -%% 1999/12/01 or later. -%% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -\def\FileVersion{2.3} -\def\FileDate{2014/05/12} -\typeout{seminar.bg2: various corrections for the Seminar document class^^J% - added since seminar.bug and few add-ons for overlays^^J% - (Version \FileVersion\space of <\FileDate> (DG, hv))} - -\RequirePackage{pst-ovl} -\edef\TheAtCode{\the\catcode`\@} -\catcode`\@=11 - -% 1 - To correct a bug in the note environment -% (reported by Denis Girou (CNRS/IDRIS) <Denis.Girou@idris.fr> - 1995) -\@savsf=1 - - -% 2 - To correct several bugs to generate a list of slides with subsection -% entries -% (reported by Denis Girou (CNRS/IDRIS) <Denis.Girou@idris.fr> - Jul. 18, 1995) -% - To clear the subheading when a new heading is defined -% (reported by Axel Thimm - <thimm@physik.fu-berlin.de> - June 5, 1997) -% - To assure coherence between heading and subheading when used -% in header/footer, for article mode -% (reported by Axel Thimm - <thimm@physik.fu-berlin.de> - June 5, 1997) -% - Improvements (\refstepcounter and \@addtoreset) by Jeremy Gibbons -% <jgibbons@brookes.ac.uk> - Sep. 30, 1997 - -% Used by the \slide@subheading macro but undefined -\def\theslidesubsection{\theslidesection.\arabic{slidesubsection}} - -%% Requires main pst-ovl -\ifx\PSTovlloaded\endinput\else\input pst-ovl \fi - - -\def\slide@heading[#1]#2{% - \refstepcounter{slidesection}% - \@addtoreset{slidesubsection}{slidesection} - \addtocontents{los}{\protect\l@slide - {\the\c@slidesection}{\ignorespaces#1}{\@SCTR}}% - \def\@tempa{#2}% - \ifx\@tempa\@empty\else - {\edef\@currentlabel{\csname p@slidesection\endcsname\theslidesection}% - \makeslideheading{#2}}% - \fi - \gdef\theslideheading{#1}% - \gdef\theslidesubheading{}% -} - -\def\slide@subheading[#1]#2{% - \refstepcounter{slidesubsection}% - \addtocontents{los}{\protect\l@subslide - {\the\c@slidesubsection}{\ignorespaces#1}{\@SCTR}}% - \def\@tempa{#2}% - \ifx\@tempa\@empty\else - {\edef\@currentlabel{\csname p@slidesubsection\endcsname - \theslidesubsection}\makeslidesubheading{#2}}% - \fi - \gdef\theslidesubheading{#1}% -} -% 3 - To correct a bug in the \slidecontents macro -% (reported by Denis Roegel (LORIA) <Denis.Roegel@loria.fr> - Sep. 22, 1996) - -\long\def\@gobblethree #1#2#3{} - -\def\slide@contents{% - \def\l@slide##1##2##3{% - \slide@cline{\slidenumberline{##1}{##2}}{##3}}% - \let\l@subslide\@gobblethree - \@startlos} - -% 4 - To solve incompatibility between the `graphicx' package and Seminar. -% The \espfslidesize Seminar macro work only with the old version of -% the `epsfig' package, so with \includegraphics the PostScript files are -% always scaled without the possibility to leave them to there natural -% size. And also these files are not correctly scaled when we switch -% from normal to article mode under Seminar. So, we must redefined the -% \epsfslidesize macro of Seminar and modify few internal macros of -% `graphicx'. -% (Note: I consider only the `graphicX' package, not the 'graphicS' one) -% (reported by Karl Tombre (LORIA) <Karl.Tombre@loria.fr> and -% Denis Roegel (LORIA) <Denis.Roegel@loria.fr> - Jan. 16, 1997) - -\def\GraphicsNotScaled{% -\ifx\Gin@viewport\undefined -\else % Graphicx package detected -\def\Gin@i{% - \def\Gin@req@sizes{% - \Gin@nat@height=\inverseslidesmag\Gin@nat@height - \Gin@nat@width=\inverseslidesmag\Gin@nat@width - \Gin@req@height\Gin@nat@height - \Gin@req@width\Gin@nat@width}% - \@ifnextchar[\Gin@ii{\Gin@ii[]}} -\define@key{Gin}{width}{% -\@tempdima=##1\@tempdima=\inverseslidesmag\@tempdima\def\Gin@ewidth{\@tempdima}} -\define@key{Gin}{height}{% -\@tempdima=##1\@tempdima=\inverseslidesmag\@tempdima\def\Gin@eheight{\@tempdima}} -\define@key{Gin}{totalheight}{% -\def\Gin@eresize{\totalheight}% -\@tempdima=##1\@tempdima=\inverseslidesmag\@tempdima\def\Gin@eheight{\@tempdima}} -\fi} - -\def\epsfslidesize{% -\let\epsfsize\slide@epsfsize -\GraphicsNotScaled} - -% 5 - To solve incompatibily between the LongTable package and Seminar -% (reported by Bhaskar Manda (UIUC) <bhaskar@or4.me.uiuc.edu> - May 7, 1997) -% - Problem in article format seen later -% (reported by Axel Thimm <thimm@physik.fu-berlin.de> - June 5, 1997) - -% From seminar.cls -\def\slide@outputLT{% (from \slide@output) - \@makeslide - \@testfalse - \ifnotesonly\else - \iflandscape - \ifnum\@landscapeonly>-1 \os@test\fi - \else - \ifnum\@landscapeonly<1 \os@test\fi - \fi - \fi - \if@test - \reset@slideoutput - \@@makeslideLT - \process@slide - \fi - \refstepcounter{slide}} -\def\@@makeslideLT{% (from \@@makeslide) - \overfullslide@warning - \setbox\@slidebox\hbox{% - \vfuzz=\slidefuzz\relax - \vbox to\slide@vsize{% - \box\@outputbox - \ifcenterslides\vskip\z@ plus .0001fil \fi - \unvbox\@slidebox - \vskip\z@ plus .0001fil}% - \the\after@slidepage}% - \wd\@slidebox\textwidth} - -% From LongTable -\def\LT@output{% - \ifnum\outputpenalty <-\@Mi - \ifnum\outputpenalty > -\LT@end@pen - \LT@err{floats and marginpars not allowed in a longtable}\@ehc - \else - \setbox\z@\vbox{\unvbox\@cclv}% - \ifdim \ht\LT@lastfoot>\ht\LT@foot - \dimen@\pagegoal - \advance\dimen@-\ht\LT@lastfoot - \ifdim\dimen@<\ht\z@ - \setbox\@cclv\vbox{\unvbox\z@\copy\LT@foot\vss}% - \@makecol - \slide@outputLT - \setbox\z@\vbox{\box\LT@head}% - \fi - \fi - \global\@colroom\@colht - \global\vsize\@colht - \vbox - {\unvbox\z@\box\ifvoid\LT@lastfoot\LT@foot\else\LT@lastfoot\fi}% - \fi - \else - \setbox\@cclv\vbox{\unvbox\@cclv\copy\LT@foot\vss}% - \@makecol - \slide@outputLT - \copy\LT@head - \fi} - -% We must adjust \textheight. Sometimes, you must increase it a little by -% something like \addtolength{\textheight}{5mm} -% But if you use slides like \begin{slide*}[15cm,10cm] -% you must define locally \textheight=15cm -\addtolength{\textheight}{-\headheight} - - -% 6 - To allow automatic changes of language dependent labels, -% for instance by loading the `french' package after Seminar -% (suggested by Bernard Gaulle (IDRIS) <gaulle@idris.fr> - Nov. 20, 1997) -% From seminar.cls -\def\slidename{Slide} -\def\slidelabel{\bf\slidename{} \theslide} -% From slidesec.sty -\def\listslidename{List of Slides}% -\def\listofslides{\section*{\listslidename% -\@mkboth{\expandafter\MakeUppercase\listslidename}% - {\expandafter\MakeUppercase\listslidename}}% - \def\l@slide##1##2##3{% - \slide@undottedcline{\slidenumberline{##3}{##2}}{}}% - \let\l@subslide\l@slide - \@startlos} - - -% 7 - There were several problems when doing a global change of color -% outside the "slide"environment (using the \color{ColorName} macro -% of the `color' package) if this change was not done globally -% (that is to say before the "\begin{document}") but inside the document, -% for a part of the slides. -% These problems can be seen specially for screen presentations, -% when we want to use a dark background, so a light foreground color -% for the text. -% First, the header (defining for instance with the `fancyhdr' package) -% changed of color one slide later and was restored one slide later too -% if the change of the color was mas inside a group for some slides, -% and second, the black color was forced by the footer. -% We solve the first problem by usage of the same technique than the one -% used by Seminar for global changes based on \special macros and made -% before the "\begin{document}". We save the \specials in the -% \saved@specials box and insert it at the beginning of the \@slidebox box -% with the \insert@specials macro, as for the first slide. -% And we solve the second problem by suppression of the command in the -% hook which force the black color (defined in the `semcolor' package). -% (reported by Denis Girou (CNRS/IDRIS) <Denis.Girou@idris.fr> - 1999-2002) - -% Built from \save@srlidespecials (for all slides excepted the first one) -\def\save@slidespecials@ii{% - \begingroup - \output{% - \global\setbox\saved@specials=\box\@cclv - \global\wd\saved@specials=\z@ - \global\dp\saved@specials=\z@ - \global\ht\saved@specials=\z@}% - \hbox{}\penalty-\@M - \endgroup}% - -% The first slide is already managed, so we will define \save@slidespecials@i -% started to the second one only... -\def\save@slidespecials@i{}% - -\ifarticle\else - \def\insert@specials{% - \ifvoid\saved@specials\else - \setbox\@slidebox\hbox{\box\saved@specials\box\@slidebox}% - \fi - \global\let\save@slidespecials@i\save@slidespecials@ii} -\fi - -\addto@hook{\before@newslide}{\save@slidespecials@i} -\after@slidepage={} - -% 7 - To vertically correctly center the footer, if defined -% (this is mainly visible when using the `fancyhdr' package, and specially -% when a footer rule line is defined) -% (reported by Denis Girou (CNRS/IDRIS) - <Denis.Girou@idris.fr> - April 1998) - -% 8 - Add-on to allow "full screen" backgrounds. -% Seminar originally support only partial backgrounds, which doesn't cover -% the full page but only the place of the text. It cannot be easily -% modified, as there are dependancies between the header and the text. -% So, we choose to define new macros \SeminarNewSlideFrameBackground -% and \SeminarSlideFrameBackground to manage the full screen backgrounds, -% designed on the model of the \newslideframe and \slideframe ones. -% (added by Denis Girou (CNRS/IDRIS) <Denis.Girou@idris.fr> - Jun. 30, 1999) - -\newbox\Seminar@SlideBoxBackground - -\ifarticle -\else - \def\output@slide{% - \begingroup - \hoffset=-\inverseslidesmag in - \voffset=-\inverseslidesmag in - \setslidelength\@tempdima{% - \ifportrait\paperwidth\else\paperheight\fi}% - \setslidelength\@tempdimb{% - \ifportrait\paperheight\else\paperwidth\fi}% - \ifrotateheaders - \@ifrotateslide{% - \dimen@=\@tempdima - \@tempdima=\@tempdimb - \@tempdimb=\dimen@} - \fi - % \oddsidemargin, \evensidemargin, \headheight, \footheight - % used for scratch: - % Some page styles like to know \textwidth: - \setslidelength\headheight\slidetopmargin - \setslidelength\footheight\slidebottommargin - \ifautoslidemargins - \textwidth=\wd\@slidebox - \oddsidemargin=\@tempdima - \advance\oddsidemargin-\textwidth - \divide\oddsidemargin 2 - \else - \setslidelength\oddsidemargin\slideleftmargin - \setslidelength\evensidemargin\sliderightmargin - \textwidth=\@tempdima - \advance\textwidth-\oddsidemargin - \advance\textwidth-\evensidemargin - \fi - \setbox\@slidebox=\hbox to \@tempdima{% - \box\Seminar@SlideBoxBackground - \kern\oddsidemargin - \vbox to\@tempdimb{% - \ifnum\fancyput@flag>-1 - \hbox{\kern-\oddsidemargin\do@fancyput}% - \fi - \let\label\@gobble - \let\index\@gobble - \let\glossary\@gobble - \vbox to\headheight{% - \vfill - \hbox{% - \slideheadfont\relax\strut - \hbox to\textwidth{\@oddhead}}% - \kern\z@}% - \vfill - \hbox to\textwidth{\hss\box\@slidebox\hss}% - \vfill - \vbox to\footheight{% - \vfill - \hbox{% - \slidefootfont\relax\strut - \hbox to\textwidth{\@oddfoot}}% - \vfill}}% - \hss}% - \ifrotateheaders\@ifrotateslide\rotate@slide\fi - \insert@specials - \let\protect\noexpand - \shipout\box\@slidebox - \endgroup - \let\firstmark\botmark} - \@ifundefined{fancyput@flag}{\def\fancyput@flag{-1}}{} -\fi - -\def\finish@slide{% - \theSlideFrameBackground - \theslideframe - \add@slidelabel\slidelabel} - - -\def\SeminarNewSlideFrameBackground#1{% - \@ifnextchar[{\@SeminarNewSlideFrameBackground{#1}}% - {\@SeminarNewSlideFrameBackground{#1}[]}} -\def\@SeminarNewSlideFrameBackground#1[#2]{% - \@namedef{semsfbops@#1}{#2}% - \@namedef{semsfb@#1}##1} - -\def\SeminarSlideFrameBackground{\Seminar@SlideFrameBackground{Slide}} -\def\Seminar@SlideFrameBackground#1{% - \@ifstar{\@testtrue\Seminar@@SlideFrameBackground{#1}}% - {\@testfalse\Seminar@@SlideFrameBackground{#1}}} -\def\Seminar@@SlideFrameBackground#1{% - \@ifnextchar[{\Seminar@@@SlideFrameBackground{#1}}% - {\Seminar@@@SlideFrameBackground{#1}[]}} -\def\Seminar@@@SlideFrameBackground#1[#2]#3{% - \def\@tempa{none}% - \def\@tempb{#3}% - \ifx\@tempa\@tempb - \@namedef{the#1FrameBackground}{\relax}% - \else - \ifx\@tempb\@empty - \@namedef{the#1FrameBackground}{}% - \else - \@ifundefined{semsfb@#3}% - {\@seminarerr{Background slide frame `#3' undefined}\@eha}% - {\if@test - \Seminar@@@@SlideFrameBackground{#1}[#2]{#3}% - \else - \@namedef{the#1FrameBackground}{% - \setbox\Seminar@SlideBoxBackground=\hbox{{% - \@nameuse{semsfbops@#3}#2% - \@nameuse{semsfb@#3}{\box\Seminar@SlideBoxBackground}}}}% - \fi}% - \fi - \fi} -\def\Seminar@@@@SlideFrameBackground#1[#2]#3{% - \expandafter\let\expandafter\@tempa\csname the#1FrameBackground\endcsname - \edef\next{% - \noexpand\def\expandafter\noexpand\csname the#1FrameBackground\endcsname}% - \expandafter\next\expandafter{\@tempa - \setbox\Seminar@SlideBoxBackground=\hbox{{% - \@nameuse{semsfbops@#3}% - #2% - \@nameuse{semsfb@#3}{\box\Seminar@SlideBoxBackground}}}}}% - -\SeminarSlideFrameBackground{none} - - -% 9 - For screen presentations, and specially animated graphics, -% we need more than 10 overlays. We increase the limit to 676 (26^2). -% (added by Denis Girou (CNRS/IDRIS) <Denis.Girou@idris.fr> - Dec. 5, 2001) - -\def\overlay#1{% - \ifoverlays\ifx\@overlay\relax\nooverlays@err\fi\fi - \ifslide - \@tempcnta=#1 - \@testfalse - \ifnum\@tempcnta>-2 \ifnum\@tempcnta<677 \@testtrue\fi\fi - \if@test - \c@overlay=\@tempcnta - \ifnum\c@overlay=0 - \advance\c@slide by -1 - \refstepcounter{slide}% - \else - \advance\c@overlay by -1 - \refstepcounter{overlay}% - \ifoverlays - \xdef\overlay@list{\overlay@list,\the\c@overlay}% - \fi - \fi - \ifoverlays - \@overlay{\the\c@overlay}% - \fi - \else - \@seminarerr{\string\overlay\space argument must be - an integer between 0 and 676}\@eha - \fi - \else - \@seminarerr{\string\overlay\space can only be used - in slide environments}\@eha - \fi - \ignorespaces} - -\def\overlay@loop{% - \begingroup - \overlay@prep - \c@overlay=1 - \@whilenum\c@overlay<677 - \do{% - \test@member{\the\c@overlay}{\overlay@list}% - \if@test - \make@overlay{\the\c@overlay}% - \finish@slide - \output@slide - \fi - \layer@loop{\the\c@overlay}% - \advance\c@overlay by 1}% - \endgroup} - -\def\theoverlay{{% -\ifnum\c@overlay>26 - \@tempcnta=\c@overlay - \advance\@tempcnta\m@ne - \divide\@tempcnta by 26 - \multiply\@tempcnta by 26 - \@tempcntb=\c@overlay - \advance\@tempcntb-\@tempcnta - \@tempcnta=\c@overlay - \advance\@tempcnta\m@ne - \divide\@tempcnta by 26 - \theslide-\@alph{\@tempcnta}\@alph{\@tempcntb}% -\else - \theslide-\alph{overlay}% -\fi}} - - -% 10 - Addition for management of cumulative and progressive overlays. -% Due to PSTricks, Seminar had since the beginning the required -% capabilities to manage overlays in various ways. The only thing -% to do is to redefine the PSTricks \pst@initoverlay macro in the -% relevant way. -% (added by Denis Girou (CNRS/IDRIS) <Denis.Girou@idris.fr> - 1999-2001) - -% From `semcolor' -\def\make@overlay#1{% - \setbox\@slidebox=\hbox{% - \pst@initoverlay{#1}% - \pst@Verb{0 \tx@BOL }% - \copy\@@slidebox - \pst@Verb{-1 \tx@BOL }}} - -\iffalse -% We must redefine too the /BeginOL macro form pstricks.pro, as "all" is now -1 -% \def\pst@initoverlay#1{\pst@Verb{\tx@InitOL /TheOL (#1) def}} -\def\pst@initoverlay#1{% -\pst@Verb{ -/BeginOL { - dup -1 eq exch TheOL eq or - {IfVisible not - {Visible /IfVisible true def} - if} - {IfVisible - {Invisible /IfVisible false def} - if} - ifelse} def -\tx@InitOL end -/TheOL #1 def}} - -\def\pst@overlay#1{% -\edef\curr@overlay{#1}% -\pst@Verb{#1 \tx@BOL }% -\aftergroup\pst@endoverlay} -\def\pst@endoverlay{% -\pst@Verb{\curr@overlay\space \tx@BOL }} -\fi - -% Cumulative overlays -% =================== - -% Cumulative overlays, to force to print all preceding ones -\def\SeminarCumulativeOverlays{% -\iffalse -\def\pst@initoverlay##1{% -\pst@Verb{ -/BeginOL { - dup -1 eq exch TheOL le or - {IfVisible not - {Visible /IfVisible true def} - if} - {IfVisible - {Invisible /IfVisible false def} - if} - ifelse} def -\tx@InitOL end -/TheOL ##1 def}}% -\fi -} - -% Alternative method for same goal (needed when PSTricks nodes are used) -\def\SeminarAltCumulativeOverlays{% -\iffalse -\def\pst@initoverlay##1{% -\pst@Verb{ -\tx@InitOL end -/Visible {initclip} def -/Invisible {CP newpath OLUnit itransform moveto clip newpath moveto} def -/TheOL ##1 def}} -\fi -} - -% Progressive overlays -% =================== - -% Progressive overlays (at step i, only overlays 0 and i are shown) -\def\SeminarProgressiveOverlays{% -\def\pst@initoverlay##1{% -\pst@Verb{% -/BeginOL {% - /NumOL ED - NumOL -1 eq NumOL 0 eq NumOL TheOL eq or or - {IfVisible not - {Visible /IfVisible true def} - if} - {IfVisible - {Invisible /IfVisible false def} - if} - ifelse} def -\tx@InitOL end -/TheOL ##1 def}}} - -% Alternative method for the same goal (needed when PSTricks nodes are used) -\def\SeminarAltProgressiveOverlays{% -\def\pst@initoverlay##1{% -\pst@Verb{% -/BeginOL {% - /NumOL ED - NumOL -1 eq NumOL 0 eq NumOL TheOL eq or or - {IfVisible not - {Visible /IfVisible true def} - if} - {IfVisible - {Invisible /IfVisible false def} - if} - ifelse} def -\tx@InitOL end -/Visible {initclip} def -/Invisible {CP newpath OLUnit itransform moveto clip newpath moveto} def -/TheOL ##1 def}}} - -% Generation of the next overlay (minor add-on) -% ============================================= -% (it increment automatically the number of the current overlay) -\newcommand{\SeminarNextOverlay}[1]{% -\addtocounter{overlay}{1}% -\begin{overlay}{\the\c@overlay}#1\end{overlay}} - -% To force all items in the various list environments to appear -% in their own overlay (minor add-on) -% ============================================================= -\let\itemORIG\item - -\def\SeminarItemInOverlay{% -\def\item{% -\addtocounter{overlay}{1}% -\overlay{\the\c@overlay}% -\itemORIG}} - -\catcode`\@=\TheAtCode\relax -\endinput -%% END seminar.bg2 diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/seminar.bg3 b/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/seminar.bg3 deleted file mode 100644 index 760f3fde6f..0000000000 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/seminar.bg3 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,608 +0,0 @@ -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -*- Mode: Latex -*- %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%% seminar.bg3 --- Corrections for compatibility problems and new bugs -%% found in the Seminar package, and few new additions -%% to help overlays management for PDF output files. -%% (see also the seminar.bug file in Seminar distribution) -%% -%% Disclaimer: this file is mine and doesn't engage TVZ! -%% -%% Note: insert it after \usepackage{graphicx} if you use `graphicx' -%% and after \usepackage{longtable} if you use `longtable' -%% -%% Author : Denis GIROU (CNRS/IDRIS - France) <Denis.Girou@idris.fr> -%% Created the : 1995 -%% Last mod. by : Patrice MEGRET (FPMs - Belgium) <patrice.megret@fpms.ac.be> -%% Last mod. the : Sunday February 29 2004 -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -\def\FileVersion{2.3} -\def\FileDate{2014/05/12} -\typeout{seminar.bg3: various corrections for the Seminar document class^^J% - added since seminar.bug and few add-ons for overlays^^J% - (Version \FileVersion\space of <\FileDate> (P.M.))} - -\edef\TheAtCode{\the\catcode`\@} -\catcode`\@=11 - -% PM modification begin PM December 6, 2003 -% ce nouveau test permet de choisir entre un footer -% verticalement centr \footervcenter = true (default) -% ou non \footervcenter = false -\newif\iffootervcenter \footervcentertrue -% PM modification end December 6, 2003 - - -% 1 - To correct a bug in the note environment -% (reported by Denis Girou (CNRS/IDRIS) <Denis.Girou@idris.fr> - 1995) -\@savsf=1 - - -% 2 - To correct several bugs to generate a list of slides with subsection -% entries -% (reported by Denis Girou (CNRS/IDRIS) <Denis.Girou@idris.fr> - Jul. 18, 1995) -% - To clear the subheading when a new heading is defined -% (reported by Axel Thimm - <thimm@physik.fu-berlin.de> - June 5, 1997) -% - To assure coherence between heading and subheading when used -% in header/footer, for article mode -% (reported by Axel Thimm - <thimm@physik.fu-berlin.de> - June 5, 1997) -% - Improvements (\refstepcounter and \@addtoreset) by Jeremy Gibbons -% <jgibbons@brookes.ac.uk> - Sep. 30, 1997 - -% Used by the \slide@subheading macro but undefined -\def\theslidesubsection{\theslidesection.\arabic{slidesubsection}} - -\def\slide@heading[#1]#2{% - \refstepcounter{slidesection}% - \@addtoreset{slidesubsection}{slidesection} - \addtocontents{los}{\protect\l@slide - {\the\c@slidesection}{\ignorespaces#1}{\@SCTR}}% - \def\@tempa{#2}% - \ifx\@tempa\@empty\else - {\edef\@currentlabel{\csname p@slidesection\endcsname\theslidesection}% - \makeslideheading{#2}}% - \fi - \gdef\theslideheading{#1}% - \gdef\theslidesubheading{}% -} - -\def\slide@subheading[#1]#2{% - \refstepcounter{slidesubsection}% - \addtocontents{los}{\protect\l@subslide - {\the\c@slidesubsection}{\ignorespaces#1}{\@SCTR}}% - \def\@tempa{#2}% - \ifx\@tempa\@empty\else - {\edef\@currentlabel{\csname p@slidesubsection\endcsname - \theslidesubsection}\makeslidesubheading{#2}}% - \fi - \gdef\theslidesubheading{#1}% -} - - -% 3 - To correct a bug in the \slidecontents macro -% (reported by Denis Roegel (LORIA) <Denis.Roegel@loria.fr> - Sep. 22, 1996) - -\long\def\@gobblethree #1#2#3{} - -\def\slide@contents{% - \def\l@slide##1##2##3{% - \slide@cline{\slidenumberline{##1}{##2}}{##3}}% - \let\l@subslide\@gobblethree - \@startlos} - - -% 4 - To solve incompatibility between the `graphicx' package and Seminar. -% The \espfslidesize Seminar macro work only with the old version of -% the `epsfig' package, so with \includegraphics the PostScript files are -% always scaled without the possibility to leave them to there natural -% size. And also these files are not correctly scaled when we switch -% from normal to article mode under Seminar. So, we must redefined the -% \epsfslidesize macro of Seminar and modify few internal macros of -% `graphicx'. -% (Note: I consider only the `graphicX' package, not the 'graphicS' one) -% (reported by Karl Tombre (LORIA) <Karl.Tombre@loria.fr> and -% Denis Roegel (LORIA) <Denis.Roegel@loria.fr> - Jan. 16, 1997) - -\def\GraphicsNotScaled{% -\ifx\Gin@viewport\undefined -\else % Graphicx package detected -\def\Gin@i{% - \def\Gin@req@sizes{% - \Gin@nat@height=\inverseslidesmag\Gin@nat@height - \Gin@nat@width=\inverseslidesmag\Gin@nat@width - \Gin@req@height\Gin@nat@height - \Gin@req@width\Gin@nat@width}% - \@ifnextchar[\Gin@ii{\Gin@ii[]}} -\define@key{Gin}{width}{% -\@tempdima=##1\@tempdima=\inverseslidesmag\@tempdima\def\Gin@ewidth{\@tempdima}} -\define@key{Gin}{height}{% -\@tempdima=##1\@tempdima=\inverseslidesmag\@tempdima\def\Gin@eheight{\@tempdima}} -\define@key{Gin}{totalheight}{% -\def\Gin@eresize{\totalheight}% -\@tempdima=##1\@tempdima=\inverseslidesmag\@tempdima\def\Gin@eheight{\@tempdima}} -\fi} - -\def\epsfslidesize{% -\let\epsfsize\slide@epsfsize -\GraphicsNotScaled} - - -% 5 - To solve incompatibily between the LongTable package and Seminar -% (reported by Bhaskar Manda (UIUC) <bhaskar@or4.me.uiuc.edu> - May 7, 1997) -% - Problem in article format seen later -% (reported by Axel Thimm <thimm@physik.fu-berlin.de> - June 5, 1997) - -% From seminar.cls -\def\slide@outputLT{% (from \slide@output) - \@makeslide - \@testfalse - \ifnotesonly\else - \iflandscape - \ifnum\@landscapeonly>-1 \os@test\fi - \else - \ifnum\@landscapeonly<1 \os@test\fi - \fi - \fi - \if@test - \reset@slideoutput - \@@makeslideLT - \process@slide - \fi - \refstepcounter{slide}} -\def\@@makeslideLT{% (from \@@makeslide) - \overfullslide@warning - \setbox\@slidebox\hbox{% - \vfuzz=\slidefuzz\relax - \vbox to\slide@vsize{% - \box\@outputbox - \ifcenterslides\vskip\z@ plus .0001fil \fi - \unvbox\@slidebox - \vskip\z@ plus .0001fil}% - \the\after@slidepage}% - \wd\@slidebox\textwidth} - -% From LongTable -\def\LT@output{% - \ifnum\outputpenalty <-\@Mi - \ifnum\outputpenalty > -\LT@end@pen - \LT@err{floats and marginpars not allowed in a longtable}\@ehc - \else - \setbox\z@\vbox{\unvbox\@cclv}% - \ifdim \ht\LT@lastfoot>\ht\LT@foot - \dimen@\pagegoal - \advance\dimen@-\ht\LT@lastfoot - \ifdim\dimen@<\ht\z@ - \setbox\@cclv\vbox{\unvbox\z@\copy\LT@foot\vss}% - \@makecol - \slide@outputLT - \setbox\z@\vbox{\box\LT@head}% - \fi - \fi - \global\@colroom\@colht - \global\vsize\@colht - \vbox - {\unvbox\z@\box\ifvoid\LT@lastfoot\LT@foot\else\LT@lastfoot\fi}% - \fi - \else - \setbox\@cclv\vbox{\unvbox\@cclv\copy\LT@foot\vss}% - \@makecol - \slide@outputLT - \copy\LT@head - \fi} - -% We must adjust \textheight. Sometimes, you must increase it a little by -% something like \addtolength{\textheight}{5mm} -% But if you use slides like \begin{slide*}[15cm,10cm] -% you must define locally \textheight=15cm -\addtolength{\textheight}{-\headheight} - - -% 6 - To allow automatic changes of language dependent labels, -% for instance by loading the `french' package after Seminar -% (suggested by Bernard Gaulle (IDRIS) <gaulle@idris.fr> - Nov. 20, 1997) -% From seminar.cls -\def\slidename{Slide} -\def\slidelabel{\bf\slidename{} \theslide} -% From slidesec.sty -\def\listslidename{List of Slides}% -\def\listofslides{\section*{\listslidename% -\@mkboth{\expandafter\MakeUppercase\listslidename}% - {\expandafter\MakeUppercase\listslidename}}% - \def\l@slide##1##2##3{% - \slide@undottedcline{\slidenumberline{##3}{##2}}{}}% - \let\l@subslide\l@slide - \@startlos} - - -% 7 - There were several problems when doing a global change of color -% outside the "slide"environment (using the \color{ColorName} macro -% of the `color' package) if this change was not done globally -% (that is to say before the "\begin{document}") but inside the document, -% for a part of the slides. -% These problems can be seen specially for screen presentations, -% when we want to use a dark background, so a light foreground color -% for the text. -% First, the header (defining for instance with the `fancyhdr' package) -% changed of color one slide later and was restored one slide later too -% if the change of the color was mas inside a group for some slides, -% and second, the black color was forced by the footer. -% We solve the first problem by usage of the same technique than the one -% used by Seminar for global changes based on \special macros and made -% before the "\begin{document}". We save the \specials in the -% \saved@specials box and insert it at the beginning of the \@slidebox box -% with the \insert@specials macro, as for the first slide. -% And we solve the second problem by suppression of the command in the -% hook which force the black color (defined in the `semcolor' package). -% (reported by Denis Girou (CNRS/IDRIS) <Denis.Girou@idris.fr> - 1999-2002) - -% Built from \save@srlidespecials (for all slides excepted the first one) -\def\save@slidespecials@ii{% - \begingroup - \output{% - \global\setbox\saved@specials=\box\@cclv - \global\wd\saved@specials=\z@ - \global\dp\saved@specials=\z@ - \global\ht\saved@specials=\z@}% - \hbox{}\penalty-\@M - \endgroup}% - -% The first slide is already managed, so we will define \save@slidespecials@i -% started to the second one only... -\def\save@slidespecials@i{}% - -\ifarticle\else - \def\insert@specials{% - \ifvoid\saved@specials\else - \setbox\@slidebox\hbox{\box\saved@specials\box\@slidebox}% - \fi - \global\let\save@slidespecials@i\save@slidespecials@ii} -\fi - -\addto@hook{\before@newslide}{\save@slidespecials@i} - -\after@slidepage={} - - -% 7 - To vertically correctly center the footer, if defined -% (this is mainly visible when using the `fancyhdr' package, and specially -% when a footer rule line is defined) -% (reported by Denis Girou (CNRS/IDRIS) - <Denis.Girou@idris.fr> - April 1998) - -% 8 - Add-on to allow "full screen" backgrounds. -% Seminar originally support only partial backgrounds, which doesn't cover -% the full page but only the place of the text. It cannot be easily -% modified, as there are dependancies between the header and the text. -% So, we choose to define new macros \SeminarNewSlideFrameBackground -% and \SeminarSlideFrameBackground to manage the full screen backgrounds, -% designed on the model of the \newslideframe and \slideframe ones. -% (added by Denis Girou (CNRS/IDRIS) <Denis.Girou@idris.fr> - Jun. 30, 1999) - -\newbox\Seminar@SlideBoxBackground -\ifarticle -\else - \def\output@slide{% - \begingroup - \hoffset=-\inverseslidesmag in - \voffset=-\inverseslidesmag in - \setslidelength\@tempdima{% - \ifportrait\paperwidth\else\paperheight\fi}% - \setslidelength\@tempdimb{% - \ifportrait\paperheight\else\paperwidth\fi}% - \ifrotateheaders - \@ifrotateslide{% - \dimen@=\@tempdima - \@tempdima=\@tempdimb - \@tempdimb=\dimen@} - \fi - % \oddsidemargin, \evensidemargin, \headheight, \footheight - % used for scratch: - % Some page styles like to know \textwidth: - \setslidelength\headheight\slidetopmargin - \setslidelength\footheight\slidebottommargin - \ifautoslidemargins - \textwidth=\wd\@slidebox - \oddsidemargin=\@tempdima - \advance\oddsidemargin-\textwidth - \divide\oddsidemargin 2 - \else - \setslidelength\oddsidemargin\slideleftmargin - \setslidelength\evensidemargin\sliderightmargin - \textwidth=\@tempdima - \advance\textwidth-\oddsidemargin - \advance\textwidth-\evensidemargin - \fi - \setbox\@slidebox=\hbox to \@tempdima{% - \box\Seminar@SlideBoxBackground - \kern\oddsidemargin - \vbox to\@tempdimb{% - \ifnum\fancyput@flag>-1 - \hbox{\kern-\oddsidemargin\do@fancyput}% - \fi - \let\label\@gobble - \let\index\@gobble - \let\glossary\@gobble - \vbox to\headheight{% - \vfill - \hbox{% - \slideheadfont\relax\strut - \hbox to\textwidth{\@oddhead}}% - \kern\z@}% - \vfill - \hbox to\textwidth{\hss\box\@slidebox\hss}% - \vfill - \vbox to\footheight{% - \iffootervcenter - \vfill - \fi - \hbox{% - \slidefootfont\relax\strut - \hbox to\textwidth{\@oddfoot}}% - \vfill}}% - \hss}% - \ifrotateheaders\@ifrotateslide\rotate@slide\fi - \insert@specials - \let\protect\noexpand - \shipout\box\@slidebox - \endgroup - \let\firstmark\botmark} - \@ifundefined{fancyput@flag}{\def\fancyput@flag{-1}}{} -\fi - - -\def\finish@slide{% - \theSlideFrameBackground - \theslideframe - \add@slidelabel\slidelabel} - - -\def\SeminarNewSlideFrameBackground#1{% - \@ifnextchar[{\@SeminarNewSlideFrameBackground{#1}}% - {\@SeminarNewSlideFrameBackground{#1}[]}} -\def\@SeminarNewSlideFrameBackground#1[#2]{% - \@namedef{semsfbops@#1}{#2}% - \@namedef{semsfb@#1}##1} - -\def\SeminarSlideFrameBackground{\Seminar@SlideFrameBackground{Slide}} -\def\Seminar@SlideFrameBackground#1{% - \@ifstar{\@testtrue\Seminar@@SlideFrameBackground{#1}}% - {\@testfalse\Seminar@@SlideFrameBackground{#1}}} -\def\Seminar@@SlideFrameBackground#1{% - \@ifnextchar[{\Seminar@@@SlideFrameBackground{#1}}% - {\Seminar@@@SlideFrameBackground{#1}[]}} -\def\Seminar@@@SlideFrameBackground#1[#2]#3{% - \def\@tempa{none}% - \def\@tempb{#3}% - \ifx\@tempa\@tempb - \@namedef{the#1FrameBackground}{\relax}% - \else - \ifx\@tempb\@empty - \@namedef{the#1FrameBackground}{}% - \else - \@ifundefined{semsfb@#3}% - {\@seminarerr{Background slide frame `#3' undefined}\@eha}% - {\if@test - \Seminar@@@@SlideFrameBackground{#1}[#2]{#3}% - \else - \@namedef{the#1FrameBackground}{% - \setbox\Seminar@SlideBoxBackground=\hbox{{% - \@nameuse{semsfbops@#3}#2% - \@nameuse{semsfb@#3}{\box\Seminar@SlideBoxBackground}}}}% - \fi}% - \fi - \fi} -\def\Seminar@@@@SlideFrameBackground#1[#2]#3{% - \expandafter\let\expandafter\@tempa\csname the#1FrameBackground\endcsname - \edef\next{% - \noexpand\def\expandafter\noexpand\csname the#1FrameBackground\endcsname}% - \expandafter\next\expandafter{\@tempa - \setbox\Seminar@SlideBoxBackground=\hbox{{% - \@nameuse{semsfbops@#3}% - #2% - \@nameuse{semsfb@#3}{\box\Seminar@SlideBoxBackground}}}}}% - -\SeminarSlideFrameBackground{none} - - -% 9 - For screen presentations, and specially animated graphics, -% we need more than 10 overlays. We increase the limit to 676 (26^2). -% (added by Denis Girou (CNRS/IDRIS) <Denis.Girou@idris.fr> - Dec. 5, 2001) - -\def\overlay#1{% - \ifoverlays\ifx\@overlay\relax\nooverlays@err\fi\fi - \ifslide - \@tempcnta=#1 - \@testfalse - \ifnum\@tempcnta>-2 \ifnum\@tempcnta<677 \@testtrue\fi\fi - \if@test - \c@overlay=\@tempcnta - \ifnum\c@overlay=0 - \advance\c@slide by -1 - \refstepcounter{slide}% - \else - \advance\c@overlay by -1 - \refstepcounter{overlay}% - \ifoverlays - \xdef\overlay@list{\overlay@list,\the\c@overlay}% - \fi - \fi - \ifoverlays - \@overlay{\the\c@overlay}% - \fi - \else - \@seminarerr{\string\overlay\space argument must be - an integer between 0 and 676}\@eha - \fi - \else - \@seminarerr{\string\overlay\space can only be used - in slide environments}\@eha - \fi - \ignorespaces} - -\def\overlay@loop{% - \begingroup - \overlay@prep - \c@overlay=1 - \@whilenum\c@overlay<677 - \do{% - \test@member{\the\c@overlay}{\overlay@list}% - \if@test - \make@overlay{\the\c@overlay}% - \finish@slide - \output@slide - \fi - \layer@loop{\the\c@overlay}% - \advance\c@overlay by 1}% - \endgroup} - -\def\theoverlay{{% -\ifnum\c@overlay>26 - \@tempcnta=\c@overlay - \advance\@tempcnta\m@ne - \divide\@tempcnta by 26 - \multiply\@tempcnta by 26 - \@tempcntb=\c@overlay - \advance\@tempcntb-\@tempcnta - \@tempcnta=\c@overlay - \advance\@tempcnta\m@ne - \divide\@tempcnta by 26 - \theslide-\@alph{\@tempcnta}\@alph{\@tempcntb}% -\else - \theslide-\alph{overlay}% -\fi}} - - -% 10 - Addition for management of cumulative and progressive overlays. -% Due to PSTricks, Seminar had since the beginning the required -% capabilities to manage overlays in various ways. The only thing -% to do is to redefine the PSTricks \pst@initoverlay macro in the -% relevant way. -% (added by Denis Girou (CNRS/IDRIS) <Denis.Girou@idris.fr> - 1999-2001) - -% From `semcolor' -\def\make@overlay#1{% - \setbox\@slidebox=\hbox{% - \pst@initoverlay{#1}% - \pst@Verb{0 \tx@BOL }% - \copy\@@slidebox - \pst@Verb{-1 \tx@BOL }}} - -\iffalse -% We must redefine too the /BeginOL macro form pstricks.pro, as "all" is now -1 -\def\pst@initoverlay#1{% -\pst@Verb{% -/BeginOL {% - dup -1 eq exch TheOL eq or - {IfVisible not - {Visible /IfVisible true def} - if} - {IfVisible - {Invisible /IfVisible false def} - if} - ifelse} def -\tx@InitOL end -/TheOL #1 def}} - -\def\pst@overlay#1{% -\edef\curr@overlay{#1}% -\pst@Verb{#1 \tx@BOL }% -\aftergroup\pst@endoverlay} -\def\pst@endoverlay{% -\pst@Verb{\curr@overlay\space \tx@BOL }} -\fi - -% Cumulative overlays -% =================== - -% Cumulative overlays, to force to print all preceding ones -\def\SeminarCumulativeOverlays{% -\def\pst@initoverlay##1{% -\pst@Verb{% -/BeginOL {% - dup -1 eq exch TheOL le or - {IfVisible not - {Visible /IfVisible true def} - if} - {IfVisible - {Invisible /IfVisible false def} - if} - ifelse} def -\tx@InitOL end -/TheOL ##1 def}}} - -% Alternative method for same goal (needed when PSTricks nodes are used) -\def\SeminarAltCumulativeOverlays{% -\def\pst@initoverlay##1{% -\pst@Verb{% -/BeginOL {% - dup -1 eq exch TheOL le or - {IfVisible not - {Visible /IfVisible true def} - if} - {IfVisible - {Invisible /IfVisible false def} - if} - ifelse} def -\tx@InitOL end -/Visible {initclip} def -/Invisible {CP newpath OLUnit itransform moveto clip newpath moveto} def -/TheOL ##1 def}}} - -% Progressive overlays -% ==================== - -% Progressive overlays (at step i, only overlays 0 and i are shown) -\def\SeminarProgressiveOverlays{% -\def\pst@initoverlay##1{% -\pst@Verb{% -/BeginOL {% - /NumOL ED - NumOL -1 eq NumOL 0 eq NumOL TheOL eq or or - {IfVisible not - {Visible /IfVisible true def} - if} - {IfVisible - {Invisible /IfVisible false def} - if} - ifelse} def -\tx@InitOL end -/TheOL ##1 def}}} - -% Alternative method for the same goal (needed when PSTricks nodes are used) -\def\SeminarAltProgressiveOverlays{% -\def\pst@initoverlay##1{% -\pst@Verb{% -/BeginOL {% - /NumOL ED - NumOL -1 eq NumOL 0 eq NumOL TheOL eq or or - {IfVisible not - {Visible /IfVisible true def} - if} - {IfVisible - {Invisible /IfVisible false def} - if} - ifelse} def -\tx@InitOL end -/Visible {initclip} def -/Invisible {CP newpath OLUnit itransform moveto clip newpath moveto} def -/TheOL ##1 def}}} - -% Generation of the next overlay (minor add-on) -% ============================================= -% (it increment automatically the number of the current overlay) -\newcommand{\SeminarNextOverlay}[1]{% -\addtocounter{overlay}{1}% -\begin{overlay}{\the\c@overlay}#1\end{overlay}} - -% To force all items in the various list environments to appear -% in their own overlay (minor add-on) -% ================================== -\let\itemORIG\item - -\def\SeminarItemInOverlay{% -\def\item{% -\addtocounter{overlay}{1}% -\overlay{\the\c@overlay}% -\itemORIG}} - -\catcode`\@=\TheAtCode\relax -\endinput -%% END seminar.bg3 diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/seminar.bug b/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/seminar.bug deleted file mode 100644 index 64a1243d72..0000000000 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/seminar.bug +++ /dev/null @@ -1,208 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 of this license -%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this -%% license is in: -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version -%% 1999/12/01 or later. -%% -%% BEGIN seminar.bug -% LAST MODIFIED: December 1997 -% The latest version of this file can be obtained from Princeton.EDU. - -% This file list some bugs and latebreaking news for seminar.sty, -% version 1.0, released April 1, 1993. - -% 1. Typo in the user's guide: \espfslidesize should be \epsfslidesize. - -% 2. fancyheadings.sty does not work well with slides. -% WORKAROUND: Ignore the footnote in the User's Guide that discusses this. -% Instead: -% -% - If you want the width of the header to be "\textwidth" -% (the usual state of affairs), then put -% -% \renewcommand{\headwidth}{\textwidth} -% -% in the preamble and do not change "\headwidth" after that. -% -% - If you want to set the width to something else, then you have to scale -% it appropriately. E.g., use -% -% \setslidelength{\headwidth}{<dim>} -% -% or, if are using the "fancy" page style with both the article and -% slides formats, use -% \ifarticle -% \setartlength{\headwidth}{<dim1>} -% \else -% \setslidelength{\headwidth}{<dim2>} -% \fi - -% 3. Some people prefer that the headers/footers automatically adjust their -% size to the width of the framed slide (I don't, which I guess is why -% seminar.sty does not work this way.) I have added an option for this. -% Put the command -% -% \autoslidemarginstrue -% -% in the preamble. You must also input this file (seminar.bug), which -% contains the patch. - -% 4. The optional argument in \twoup[int] does not work with the -% portrait option and slides format. -% PATCH: Input this file. - -% 5. Slide labels can come out in the wrong size font. -% PATCH: Input this file. - -% 6. When \newslide is used inside a list environment, subsequent nested -% list environments can have the wrong line width. -% PATCH: Input this file. - -% 7. \overlaypagestyle and \layerpagestyle commands ignored. -% PATCH: Input this file, AFTER inputting semlayer.sty. - -% 8. boxedEPS.tex won't work inside slide environments (because seminar.sty -% erroneously modifies \read so that it is preceded by \immediate). -% PATCH: Input this file. - -%%%% PATCHES - -\edef\TheAtCode{\the\catcode`\@} -\catcode`\@=11 - -% 3. -\newif\ifautoslidemargins -\ifarticle\else - \def\output@slide{% - \begingroup - \hoffset=-\inverseslidesmag in - \voffset=-\inverseslidesmag in - \setslidelength\@tempdima{% - \ifportrait\paperwidth\else\paperheight\fi}% - \setslidelength\@tempdimb{% - \ifportrait\paperheight\else\paperwidth\fi}% - \ifrotateheaders - \@ifrotateslide{% - \dimen@=\@tempdima - \@tempdima=\@tempdimb - \@tempdimb=\dimen@}% - \fi - % \oddsidemargin, \evensidemargin, \headheight, \footheight - % used for scratch: - % Some page styles like to know \textwidth: - \setslidelength\headheight\slidetopmargin - \setslidelength\footheight\slidebottommargin - \ifautoslidemargins - \textwidth=\wd\@slidebox - \oddsidemargin=\@tempdima - \advance\oddsidemargin-\textwidth - \divide\oddsidemargin 2 - \else - \setslidelength\oddsidemargin\slideleftmargin - \setslidelength\evensidemargin\sliderightmargin - \textwidth=\@tempdima - \advance\textwidth-\oddsidemargin - \advance\textwidth-\evensidemargin - \fi - \setbox\@slidebox=\hbox to \@tempdima{% - \kern\oddsidemargin - \vbox to\@tempdimb{% - \ifnum\fancyput@flag>-1 - \hbox{\kern-\oddsidemargin\do@fancyput}% - \fi - \let\label\@gobble - \let\index\@gobble - \let\glossary\@gobble - \vbox to\headheight{% - \vfill - \hbox{% - \slideheadfont\relax\strut - \hbox to\textwidth{\@oddhead}}% - \kern\z@}% - \vfill - \hbox to\textwidth{\hss\box\@slidebox\hss}% - \vfill - \vbox to\footheight{% - \hbox{% - \slidefootfont\relax\strut - \hbox to\textwidth{\@oddfoot}}% - \vfill}}% - \hss}% - \ifrotateheaders\@ifrotateslide\rotate@slide\fi - \insert@specials - \shipout\box\@slidebox - \endgroup - \let\firstmark\botmark} - \@ifundefined{fancyput@flag}{\def\fancyput@flag{-1}}{} -\fi - -% 4. -\ifarticle\else - \ifportrait - \def\@twoup[#1]{% - \@tempcnta=\the@slidesmag\relax - \@tempcntb=\@tempcnta - \advance\@tempcntb by #1\relax - \advance\@tempcntb by -3\relax - \ifnum\@tempcntb>-6\relax - \@@input 2up.tex - \source{\@magstep\@tempcnta}{\paperwidth}{\paperheight}% - \target{\@magstep\@tempcntb}{\paperheight}{\paperwidth}% - \printlandscapetrue - \else - \@seminarerr{Slides magnification is too low for - \string\twoup\space to handle}\@eha - \fi - \def\slidesmag##1{\@semtwoupmagerr\slidesmag}} - \fi -\fi - -% 5. -\def\reset@slideoutput{% - \let\par\@@par - \reset@font - \normalsize - \def\baselinestretch{1}% - \@nameuse{1\@ptsize @semptsize}% - \catcode`\ =10 - \let\-\@dischyph \let\'\@acci \let\`\@accii \let\=\@acciii} - -% 6. -\def\extraslideheight#1{% - \@tempdima #1\relax - \edef\X@SlideHeight{\number\@tempdima sp} - \ifslide\set@slideheight\fi} -\def\set@slideheight{% - \iflandscape - \vsize=\inverseslidesmag\slideheight - \else - \vsize=\inverseslidesmag\slidewidth - \fi - \edef\slide@vsize{\number\vsize sp}% - \textheight\vsize - \advance\vsize\X@SlideHeight\relax} -\def\newslide{% - \par\penalty-\@M - \def\do##1{\setcounter{##1}\z@}\slide@reset - \the\before@newslide} - -% 7. Must be input after semlayer.sty. -\def\layer@prep{% - \ifarticle\else\pagestyle{\layer@pagestyle}\fi - \let\thepage\thelayer - \ifx\thelayerframe\@empty\else\let\theslideframe\thelayerframe\fi - \let\slidelabel\layerlabel} -\def\overlay@prep{% - \ifarticle\else\pagestyle{\overlay@pagestyle}\fi - \let\thepage\theoverlay - \ifx\theoverlayframe\@empty\else\let\theslideframe\theoverlayframe\fi - \let\slidelabel\overlaylabel} - -\catcode`\@=\TheAtCode\relax -\endinput -%% END seminar.bug diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/seminar.cls b/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/seminar.cls deleted file mode 100644 index 1f2378a1f6..0000000000 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/seminar.cls +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1217 +0,0 @@ -%% BEGIN seminar.cls -%% LaTeX2e seminar class, derived by Sebastian Rahtz from -%% LaTeX document style `seminar', for use with LaTeX v2.09. -%% generated on <1993/10/8>. -%% Fixes from David Carlisle, Denis Girou, -%% and Frank Küster/Günter Milde (a4paper option fix) -%% -\def\fileversion{1.61} -\def\filedate{2014/01/17} -%% -%% This is a style for typesetting notes and slides. -%% -%% COPYRIGHT 1993, by Timothy Van Zandt, Timothy.VAN-ZANDT@insead.edu -%% -%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 of this license -%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this -%% license is in: -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version -%% 1999/12/01 or later. -%% -%% -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -\ProvidesClass{seminar}[\filedate, \fileversion] -\typeout{% - Documentclass: `seminar' v\fileversion \space <\filedate> (tvz,hv)} -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% fix hv -\def\tx@BOL{} -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -\def\test@member#1#2{% - \edef\@tempg{,#2,#1,}% - \edef\@temph{####1,#1,}% - \expandafter\def\expandafter\@temph\@temph##2\@nil{% - \def\@tempg{##2}% - \ifx\@tempg\@empty\@testfalse\else\@testtrue\fi}% - \expandafter\@temph\@tempg\@nil} -\def\addto@hook#1#2{#1\expandafter{\the#1#2}} -\@ifundefined{reset@font}{\def\reset@font{\normalsize\rm}}{} -\def\@seminarerr#1#2{% - \edef\@tempc{#2}\expandafter\errhelp\expandafter{\@tempc}% - \typeout{^^JSeminar.sty error.\space\space\space - Type \space H <return> \space for immediate help.^^J}% - \errmessage{#1^^J}} -\def\notslide@err#1{\message{Cannot use \string#1 in slide environments}} -\def\new@slidebox{\alloc@4\box\chardef\insc@unt} -\RequirePackage{pst-ovl} -%% -%\RequirePackage{geometry} -%\geometry{dvips,paperwidth=8.5in,paperheight=11in} -\newdimen\slidewidth \slidewidth 8.5in -\newdimen\slideheight \slideheight 6.3in -\paperwidth=8.5in -\paperheight=11in -%% -\def\addto@preamblecmds#1{% - \begingroup - \def\do{\noexpand\do\noexpand}% - \xdef\@preamblecmds{\@preamblecmds\do#1}% - \endgroup} -\addto@preamblecmds{\addto@preamblecmds\do\@preamblecmds} -\def\sem@temp#1{\@ifundefined{if#1}% - {\def\@tempa{\csname newif\endcsname} - \expandafter\@tempa\csname if#1\endcsname}{}} -\sem@temp{article}{} -\sem@temp{slidesonly}{} -\sem@temp{notes}{} -\sem@temp{notesonly}{} -\sem@temp{notesonlystar}{} -\sem@temp{portrait}{} -\DeclareOption{article}{\articletrue} -\DeclareOption{noxcomment}{\def\xcomment@hook{}} -\DeclareOption{slidesonly}{\slidesonlytrue\notesfalse\notesonlyfalse} -\DeclareOption{notes}{\notestrue\slidesonlyfalse\notesonlyfalse} -\DeclareOption{notesonly}{\notesonlytrue\slidesonlyfalse\notesfalse} -\DeclareOption{notesonly*}{% - \notesonlytrue\slidesonlyfalse\notesfalse\notesonlystartrue} -\DeclareOption{portrait}{\portraittrue} -\DeclareOption{a4}{% - \paperwidth 210mm - \paperheight 297mm -% \geometry{paperwidth=210mm,paperheight=297mm} - \slidewidth 222mm - \slideheight 152mm\relax} -\DeclareOption{a4paper}{\csname ds@a4\endcsname}% -\DeclareOption{semrot}{\AtEndOfClass{\input{semrot.sty}}} -\DeclareOption{semhelv}{\AtEndOfClass{\input{semhelv.sty}}} -\DeclareOption{semcolor}{\AtEndOfClass{\input{semcolor.sty}}} -\DeclareOption{semlcmss}{\AtEndOfClass{\input{semlcmss.sty}}} -\DeclareOption{slidesec}{\AtEndOfClass{\input{slidesec.sty}}} -\DeclareOption{semlayer}{\AtEndOfClass{\input{semlayer.sty}}} -\DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}} -\ProcessOptions -\ifnotesonly\else\notesonlystarfalse\fi -\newdimen\footheight % seminar.sty v1.0 uses it, but its not in LaTeX2e. -% Don't want these changed by article.cls: -\let\sem@paperheight\paperheight -\let\sem@paperwidth\paperwidth -\let\paperheight\footheight -\let\paperwidth\footheight -\LoadClass{article} - -\RequirePackage{pst-ovl}% hv 20131224 - -\renewcommand\normalsize{% - \@setfontsize\normalsize\@xpt\@xiipt - \abovedisplayskip 10\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus5\p@ - \abovedisplayshortskip \z@ \@plus3\p@ - \belowdisplayshortskip 6\p@ \@plus3\p@ \@minus3\p@ - \belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip - \let\@listi\@slide@listi} -\let\paperheight\sem@paperheight -\let\paperwidth\sem@paperwidth -\RequirePackage{sem-page} -\newtoks\before@document -\newtoks\after@document -\let\xcomment@hook\relax -\before@document{\endgroup\the\before@document\begingroup} -\after@document{\the\after@document\xcomment@hook} -\expandafter\@temptokena\expandafter{\document} -\edef\document{\the\before@document\the\@temptokena\the\after@document} -\before@document{} -\after@document{} -\newtoks\before@enddocument -\before@enddocument{\the\before@enddocument} -\expandafter\@temptokena\expandafter{\enddocument} -\edef\enddocument{\the\before@enddocument\the\@temptokena} -\before@enddocument{} -\newif\ifprintlandscape -\ifportrait - \ifarticle\printlandscapetrue\fi -\else - \ifarticle\else\printlandscapetrue\fi -\fi -\addto@hook\before@document{\ifprintlandscape\printlandscape\fi} -\addto@preamblecmds{\printlandscape} -\def\printlandscape{\addto@hook\before@enddocument{% - \typeout{^^J% - *******************************************************^^J% - ***** !! PRINT THIS DOCUMENT IN LANDSCAPE MODE !! *****^^J% - *******************************************************}}} -\def\slide{% - \NestedSlide@Error{slide}% - \landscapetrue - \@ifnextchar[{\begin@slide}{\begin@slide[\slidewidth,\slideheight]}} -\def\endslide{\end@slide} -\@namedef{slide*}{% - \NestedSlide@Error{slide*}% - \landscapefalse - \@ifnextchar[{\begin@slide}{\begin@slide[\slidewidth,\slideheight]}}% -\@namedef{endslide*}{\end@slide} -\newcounter{slide} -\def\theslide{\arabic{slide}} -\newcount\slide@count -\newbox\@slidebox -\newbox\not@slidebox -\newif\ifslide -\newif\iflandscape -\def\@landscapeonly{0} -\def\landscapeonly{\def\@landscapeonly{1}} -\def\portraitonly{\def\@landscapeonly{-1}} -\def\NestedSlide@Error#1{% - \ifslide - \endgroup - \@seminarerr{Nested slide environments. Perhaps missing - \string\end{\@currenvir}. May be fatal}\@ehd - \expandafter\end\expandafter{\@currenvir}% - \ifslide\expandafter\end\expandafter{\@currenvir}\fi - \begingroup - \def\@currenvir{#1}% - \fi} -\def\begin@slide[#1,#2]{% - \slide@clearpage - \setlength\slidewidth{#1}% - \setlength\slideheight{#2}% - \begingroup - \ifarticle - \output{% - \advance\count@ 1 - \global\setbox\not@slidebox\box\@cclv}% - \par\@@par\penalty-\@M - \fi - \output{\slide@output}% - \slidetrue - \ifarticle\global\slide@count=\z@\fi - \refstepcounter{slide}% - \ifnotesonlystar\xdef\first@slidemarker{\the\c@slide}\fi - \def\do##1{\setcounter{##1}\z@}\slide@reset - \ifarticle\else - \edef\page@textheight{\number\textheight sp}% - \edef\page@textwidth{\number\textwidth sp}% - \fi - \set@slidesize - \slidebox@restore - \the\slide@hook - \the\before@newslide - \everyslide} -\def\end@slide{% - \par\penalty-\@M - \xdef\@tempg{\@currenvir}% - \endgroup - \ifslide - \@seminarerr{Perhaps missing `\string\end{\@tempg}', - \iffalse{\fi`\string}' or `\string\endgroup'}\@ehd - \def\next{\endgroup\ifslide\expandafter\next\fi}% - \next - \fi - \begingroup - \output{\setbox\@tempboxa\box\@cclv}% - \@@par\penalty-\@M - \endgroup - \global\advance\c@slide-1 - \def\do##1{\setcounter{##1}{\@nameuse{saved@c@##1}}}% - \slide@reset - \ifarticle\outputloop@savedslides\fi - \the\after@slide} -\let\slideclearpagetrue\relax -\let\slideclearpagefalse\relax -\ifarticle - \def\slide@clearpage{\par\penalty\z@} - \ifnotes - \def\slideclearpagetrue{\def\slide@clearpage{\clearpage}} - \def\slideclearpagefalse{\def\slide@clearpage{\par\penalty\z@}} - \else - \ifnotesonly - \def\slideclearpagetrue{\def\slide@clearpage{\clearpage}} - \def\slideclearpagefalse{\def\slide@clearpage{\par\penalty\z@}} - \fi - \fi -\else - \def\slide@clearpage{\clearpage} -\fi -\newtoks\slide@hook -\def\everyslide{} -\newtoks\after@slide -\def\slidebox@restore{% - \def\thepage{\theslide}% - \def\newpage{\newslide}% - \def\clearpage{\newslide}% - \def\thispagestyle##1{\notslide@err{\thispagestyle}}% - \pagestyle{\slide@pagestyle}% - \@twocolumnfalse - \def\twocolumn{\notslide@err{\twocolumn}}% - \def\onecolumn{\notslide@err{\onecolumn}}% - \def\marginpar##1{\notslide@err{\marginpar}}% - \def\thanks{\slidethanks}% - \def\maketitle{\slidemaketitle}% - \fix@floats - \fix@whatsits - \slide@footnotes - \def\do##1{\expandafter\xdef\csname - saved@c@##1\endcsname{\the\@nameuse{c@##1}}}% - \slide@reset - \topskip\z@ \maxdepth\z@ - \slide@listparameters - \slidefonts - \def\baselinestretch{\slidestretch}% - \def\arraystretch{\slidearraystretch}% - \sem@ptsize{\slide@ptsize}} -\def\date#1{\gdef\@date{#1}\gdef\thedate{#1}} -\def\author#1{\gdef\@author{#1}\gdef\theauthor{#1}} -\def\title#1{\gdef\@title{#1}\gdef\thetitle{#1}} -\date{\today} -\let\slidethanks\thanks -\def\thethanks{\@thanks}% -\def\slidemaketitle{% - \par - \begin{center}\bf - {\large \thetitle}\par\vskip 1ex - \begin{tabular}[t]{c} \theauthor \end{tabular}\par\vskip 1ex - \thedate - \end{center}% - \thethanks\par} -\def\fix@floats{% - \def\@xfloat##1[##2]{% - \expandafter\let\csname end##1\endcsname\end@float - \par\medskip\vbox\bgroup\def\@captype{##1}\parindent\z@ - \ignorespaces}% - \def\end@float{\par\vskip\z@\egroup\medskip}% - \def\@dblfloat{\@float}\def\end@dblfloat{\end@float}% - \def\endfigure{\end@float}\def\endtable{\end@float}} -\let\normal@write\write -\let\normal@read\read -\let\normal@openout\openout -\let\normal@closeout\closeout -% changed as per DPC 1997/09/16 -\def\fix@whatsits{% - \long\def \protected@write##1##2##3{% - \begingroup - ##2% - \let\protect\noexpand - \immediate\normal@write##1{##3}% - \endgroup - \if@nobreak\ifvmode\nobreak\fi\fi}% -} -% end change -\newinsert\slide@footins -\skip\slide@footins=\bigskipamount -\count\slide@footins=1000 -\dimen\slide@footins=4in -\def\theslidefootnote{\alph{footnote}} -\def\slide@footnotes{% - \def\thefootnote{\theslidefootnote}% - \let\footins\slide@footins - \interfootnotelinepenalty\@M} -\def\slidefonts{} -\def\slidestretch{1.18} -\def\slidearraystretch{1.2} -\def\raggedslides{\@ifnextchar[{\@raggedslides}{\@raggedslides[1fil]}} -\def\@raggedslides[#1]{% - \edef\slide@@rightskip{#1}% - \ifslide\slide@rightskip\fi} -\def\slide@rightskip{% - \@rightskip\z@ plus \slide@@rightskip\relax \rightskip\@rightskip} -\def\slide@@rightskip{1fil} -\newcount\slide@listdepth -\def\slide@listparameters{% - \let\@listdepth\slide@listdepth - \slide@listdepth\z@ - \def\@listi{\slide@listi}% - \def\@listii{\slide@listii}% - \def\@listiii{\slide@listiii}% - \let\@listiv\relax\let\@listv\relax\let\@listvi\relax} -\def\slide@listi{% - \leftmargin\leftmargini - \labelwidth\leftmargini \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep - \parsep\parskip \divide\parsep2 - \partopsep\slidepartopsep\relax - \advance\partopsep-\parskip - \ifdim\partopsep<\z@\partopsep\z@\fi - \itemsep\slideitemsep\relax - \ifdim\parsep<\itemsep - \topsep\itemsep \advance\topsep-\parsep - \else - \itemsep\parsep \topsep\z@ - \fi} -\def\slide@listii{% - \leftmargin\leftmarginii - \labelwidth\leftmarginii \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep - \divide\itemsep2 \divide\parsep2 - \divide\topsep2 \divide\partopsep2\relax}% -\def\slide@listiii{% - \leftmargin\leftmarginiii - \labelwidth\leftmarginiii \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep - \itemsep \z@ \parsep\z@ \topsep\z@}% -\def\slideleftmargini{1.8em} -\def\slideleftmarginii{1.4em} -\def\slideleftmarginiii{1em} -\def\slidelabelsep{.5em} -\def\slideitemsep{.8ex minus .2ex} -\def\slidepartopsep{1ex minus .2ex} -\newbox\saved@specials -\def\save@slidespecials{% - \begingroup - \output{% - \global\setbox\saved@specials=\box\@cclv - \global\wd\saved@specials=\z@ - \global\dp\saved@specials=\z@ - \global\ht\saved@specials=\z@}% - \hbox{}\penalty-\@M - \global\let\saved@texttop\@texttop - \gdef\@texttop{% - \ifvoid\saved@specials\else\box\saved@specials\nointerlineskip\fi - \saved@texttop - \global\let\@texttop\saved@texttop}% - \endgroup} -\addto@hook\after@document{\save@slidespecials} -\ifarticle\else - \def\insert@specials{% - \ifvoid\saved@specials\else - \setbox\@slidebox\hbox{\box\saved@specials\box\@slidebox}% - \fi - \global\let\insert@specials\relax} -\fi -\def\extraslideheight#1{% - \@tempdima #1\relax - \edef\X@SlideHeight{\number\@tempdima sp} - \ifslide\set@slidesize\fi} -\extraslideheight{6pt} -\def\set@slidesize{% - \iflandscape - \hsize=\inverseslidesmag\slidewidth - \vsize=\inverseslidesmag\slideheight - \else - \hsize=\inverseslidesmag\slideheight - \vsize=\inverseslidesmag\slidewidth - \fi - \edef\slide@vsize{\number\vsize sp}% - \textheight\vsize - \advance\vsize\X@SlideHeight\relax - \textwidth\hsize\columnwidth\hsize\linewidth\hsize} -\def\newslide{% - \par\penalty-\@M - \def\do##1{\setcounter{##1}\z@}\slide@reset - \the\before@newslide - \set@slidesize} -\newtoks\before@newslide -\def\slide@reset{\do{footnote}} -\def\slidereset#1{\def\slide@reset{}\addtoslidereset{#1}} -\def\addtoslidereset#1{% - \edef\@tempa{#1}\expandafter\addto@slidereset\@tempa,\@nil,} -\def\addto@slidereset#1,{% - \ifx\@nil#1\else - \@ifundefined{c@#1}% - {\@seminarerr{Counter `#1' not defined}\@ehd}% - {\expandafter\def\expandafter\slide@reset\expandafter{% - \slide@reset\do{#1}}}% - \expandafter\addto@slidereset - \fi} -\def\slide@output{% - \@makeslide - \@testfalse - \ifnotesonly\else - \iflandscape - \ifnum\@landscapeonly>-1 \os@test\fi - \else - \ifnum\@landscapeonly<1 \os@test\fi - \fi - \fi - \if@test - \reset@slideoutput - \@@makeslide - \process@slide - \fi - \refstepcounter{slide}} -\def\reset@slideoutput{% - \let\par\@@par - \reset@font - \def\baselinestretch{1}% - \@nameuse{1\@ptsize @semptsize}% - \catcode`\ =10 - \let\-\@dischyph \let\'\@acci \let\`\@accii \let\=\@acciii} -\newif\ifcenterslides -\centerslidestrue -\providecommand\@begindvi{} % added 1997/04/15 SPQR, to cope with very - % old LaTeXs -\def\@makeslide{% - \setbox\@slidebox\vbox{% - \@begindvi % added 1997/04/15 SPQR - \unvbox\@cclv - \ifvoid\slide@footins\else - \vskip\skip\slide@footins - \footnoterule - \unvbox\slide@footins - \fi - \vskip\z@}} -\def\@@makeslide{% - \overfullslide@warning - \setbox\@slidebox\hbox{% - \vfuzz=\slidefuzz\relax - \vbox to\slide@vsize{% - \ifcenterslides\vskip\z@ plus .0001fil \fi - \unvbox\@slidebox - \vskip\z@ plus .0001fil}% - \the\after@slidepage}% - \wd\@slidebox\textwidth} -\def\overfullslide@warning{% - \dimen@\ht\@slidebox - \advance\dimen@-\slide@vsize\relax - \ifdim\dimen@>\slidefuzz\relax - \@warning{Slide \theslide\space overfull by \the\dimen@}% - \fi} -\def\slidefuzz{2pt} -\newtoks\after@slidepage -\newif\ifrotateheaders -\def\sliderotation#1{\@ifundefined{semsr@#1}% - {\@latexerr{Slide rotation `#1' not defined.}\@eha}% - {\@nameuse{semsr@#1}}} -\def\semsr@left{% - \def\rotate@slide{% - \setbox\@slidebox\hbox{\leftsliderotation{\box\@slidebox}}}} -\def\semsr@right{% - \def\rotate@slide{% - \setbox\@slidebox\hbox{\rightsliderotation{\box\@slidebox}}}} -\def\semsr@none{\let\rotate@slide\relax} -\sliderotation{none} -\def\leftsliderotation#1{% - \@seminarerr{\string\leftsliderotation\space has not been defined}% - \@ehd} -\let\rightsliderotation\leftsliderotation -\def\@ifrotateslide#1{% - \ifx\rotate@slide\relax\else - \iflandscape\ifportrait#1\fi\else\ifportrait\else#1\fi\fi - \fi} -\def\process@slide{% - \slideframewidth=\inverseslidesmag\slideframewidth - \slideframesep=\inverseslidesmag\slideframesep - \fboxrule\slideframewidth - \fboxsep\slideframesep - \ifarticle - \@ifrotateslide\rotate@slide - \else - \ifrotateheaders\else\@ifrotateslide\rotate@slide\fi - \fi - \process@@slide} -\def\process@@slide{\finish@slide\output@slide} -\def\finish@slide{% - \theslideframe - \add@slidelabel\slidelabel} -\ifarticle - \def\output@slide{% - \global\advance\slide@count1 - \@ifundefined{slidebox@\the\slide@count}% - {{\globaldefs=1\expandafter - \new@slidebox\csname slidebox@\the\slide@count\endcsname}}{}% - \expandafter\global\expandafter\setbox\csname - slidebox@\the\slide@count\endcsname\box\@slidebox} -\else - \def\output@slide{% - \begingroup - \hoffset=-\inverseslidesmag in - \voffset=-\inverseslidesmag in - \setslidelength\@tempdima{% - \ifportrait\paperwidth\else\paperheight\fi} - \setslidelength\@tempdimb{% - \ifportrait\paperheight\else\paperwidth\fi} - \ifrotateheaders - \@ifrotateslide{% - \dimen@=\@tempdima - \@tempdima=\@tempdimb - \@tempdimb=\dimen@} - \fi - % \oddsidemargin, \evensidemargin, \headheight, \footheight - % used for scratch: - \setslidelength\oddsidemargin\slideleftmargin - \setslidelength\evensidemargin\sliderightmargin - \setslidelength\headheight\slidetopmargin - \setslidelength\footheight\slidebottommargin - % Some page styles like to know \textwidth: - \textwidth=\@tempdima - \advance\textwidth-\oddsidemargin - \advance\textwidth-\evensidemargin - \setbox\@slidebox=\hbox to \@tempdima{% - \kern\oddsidemargin - \vbox to\@tempdimb{% - \ifnum\fancyput@flag>-1 - \hbox{\kern-\oddsidemargin\do@fancyput}% - \fi - \let\label\@gobble - \let\index\@gobble - \let\glossary\@gobble - \vbox to\headheight{% - \vfill - \hbox{% - \slideheadfont\relax\strut - \hbox to\textwidth{\@oddhead}}% - \kern\z@}% - \vfill - \hbox to\textwidth{\hss\box\@slidebox\hss}% - \vfill - \vbox to\footheight{% - \hbox{% - \slidefootfont\relax\strut - \hbox to\textwidth{\@oddfoot}}% - \vfill}}% - \hss}% - \ifrotateheaders\@ifrotateslide\rotate@slide\fi - \insert@specials - \shipout\box\@slidebox - \endgroup - \let\firstmark\botmark} - \@ifundefined{fancyput@flag}{\def\fancyput@flag{-1}}{} -\fi -\newskip\slidesep -\slidesep\intextsep -\ifarticle - \def\fps@fslide{htbp} - \def\ftype@fslide{32} - \def\float@savedslide{% - \begingroup\@float{fslide}% - \centerline{\box\@slidebox}% - \end@float\endgroup}% - \@namedef{float*@savedslide}{% - \begingroup\@dblfloat{fslide}% - \centerline{\box\@slidebox}% - \end@dblfloat\endgroup}% - \def\center@slide{\hbox{% - \kern-\@totalleftmargin - \hbox to \columnwidth{\hss\box\@slidebox\hss}}}% - \def\onepercol@savedslide{% - \vbox to .996\textheight{\vss\center@slide\vss}\goodbreak}% - \def\twopercol@savedslide{% - \dimen@.5\textheight - \advance\dimen@-\slidesep - \ifdim\ht\@slidebox>\dimen@ - \onepercol@savedslide - \else - \vbox to .498\textheight{\vss\center@slide\vss}\goodbreak - \fi} - \def\here@savedslide{% - \addvspace\slidesep\center@slide\addvspace\slidesep} - \@namedef{here*@savedslide}{% - \goodbreak \hrule \@height\z@ \nobreak \vskip\slidesep \nobreak - \center@slide - \nobreak \vskip\slidesep \nobreak \hrule\@height\z@ \goodbreak} -\fi -\ifarticle - \def\slideplacement#1{\@ifundefined{#1@savedslide}% - {\@seminarerr{Slide placement `#1' undefined}\@ehd}% - {\expandafter\let\expandafter\output@savedslide - \csname #1@savedslide\endcsname}} -\else - \def\slideplacement#1{} -\fi -\ifarticle - \ifnotes - \ifportrait - \slideplacement{float} - \else - \slideplacement{float*} - \fi - \else - \ifportrait - \slideplacement{onepercol} - \else - \slideplacement{twopercol} - \fi - \fi -\fi -\ifarticle - \def\outputloop@savedslides{% - \global\maxdepth\@maxdepth - \ifvoid\not@slidebox\else - \dimen@=\dp\not@slidebox - \unvbox\not@slidebox - \hrule height\z@ - \prevdepth\dimen@ - \penalty\z@ - \fi - \edef\slide@@count{\the\slide@count\relax}% - \slide@count\z@ - \loop - \ifnum\slide@count<\slide@@count - \advance\slide@count1 - \expandafter\setbox\expandafter\@slidebox\expandafter\box - \csname slidebox@\the\slide@count\endcsname - \output@savedslide - \repeat - \ifnotesonlystar\make@slidemarker\fi} -\fi -\def\make@slidemarker{% - \addvspace\slidesep - \moveleft\@totalleftmargin - \vbox{% - \hsize\columnwidth - \hrule height 1pt - \kern 8pt - \hbox to \columnwidth{% - \hss - \LARGE\bf\the@slidemarker - \hss}% - \kern 8pt - \hrule height 1pt}% - \addvspace\slidesep} -\def\the@slidemarker{% - Slide% - \ifnum\c@slide=\first@slidemarker\else - s {\c@slide\first@slidemarker\relax\theslide} --\fi - { }\theslide}% -\ifarticle - \let\c@note\c@page - \def\p@note{\p@page} - \def\thenote{\thepage} -\else - \newcounter{note} - \def\thenote{\theslide-\arabic{note}} - \def\thepage{\thenote} - \addto@hook\after@slide{\setcounter{note}{1}} - \expandafter\def\expandafter\@outputpage\expandafter{% - \@outputpage\stepcounter{note}} -\fi -\ifarticle\else - \let\c@page\c@slide - \countdef\c@slide=0 - \c@slide=0 - \c@page=1 -\fi -\ifarticle - \let\truepagenumbers\relax -\else - \def\truepagenumbers{% - \let\c@slide\c@page - \countdef\c@page=0 - \c@page=1 - \c@slide=0 - \let\truepagenumbers\relax} -\fi -\addto@preamblecmds{\truepagenumbers} -\newdimen\slideframewidth \slideframewidth 4pt -\newdimen\slideframesep \slideframesep .3in -\def\newslideframe#1{% - \@ifnextchar[{\@newslideframe{#1}}{\@newslideframe{#1}[]}} -\def\@newslideframe#1[#2]{% - \@namedef{semsfops@#1}{#2}% - \@namedef{semsf@#1}##1} -\newslideframe{plain}{\fbox{#1}} -\def\slideframe{\@slideframe{slide}} -\def\@slideframe#1{% - \@ifstar{\@testtrue\@@slideframe{#1}}{\@testfalse\@@slideframe{#1}}} -\def\@@slideframe#1{% - \@ifnextchar[{\@@@slideframe{#1}}{\@@@slideframe{#1}[]}} -\def\@@@slideframe#1[#2]#3{% - \def\@tempa{none}% - \def\@tempb{#3}% - \ifx\@tempa\@tempb - \@namedef{the#1frame}{\relax}% - \else - \ifx\@tempb\@empty - \@namedef{the#1frame}{}% - \else - \@ifundefined{semsf@#3}% - {\@seminarerr{Slide frame `#3' undefined}\@eha}% - {\if@test - \@@@@slideframe{#1}[#2]{#3}% - \else - \@namedef{the#1frame}{\setbox\@slidebox=\hbox{{% - \@nameuse{semsfops@#3}#2\@nameuse{semsf@#3}{\box\@slidebox}}}}% - \fi}% - \fi - \fi} -\def\@@@@slideframe#1[#2]#3{% - \expandafter\let\expandafter\@tempa\csname the#1frame\endcsname - \edef\next{% - \noexpand\def\expandafter\noexpand\csname the#1frame\endcsname}% - \expandafter\next\expandafter{\@tempa - \setbox\@slidebox=\hbox{{% - \@nameuse{semsfops@#3}% - #2% - \@nameuse{semsf@#3}{\box\@slidebox}}}}}% -\slideframe{plain} -\def\slidestyle#1{\@ifundefined{ss@#1}% - {\@seminarerr{Slide style `#1' undefined}\@eha}% - {\@nameuse{ss@#1}}} -\def\ss@empty{\let\add@slidelabel\@gobble} -\def\ss@left{\def\add@slidelabel##1{% - \setbox\@slidebox=\hbox{% - \vbox to \ht\@slidebox{\vss - \hbox to 0pt{\hss##1\hskip 15pt}% - \vss}\box\@slidebox}}} -\def\ss@bottom{\def\add@slidelabel##1{% - \setbox\@slidebox=\vbox{\copy\@slidebox\vskip 9pt - \hbox to\wd\@slidebox{\hss##1\hss}}}}% -\ifarticle - \ifportrait\slidestyle{bottom}\else\slidestyle{left}\fi -\else - \slidestyle{empty} -\fi -\def\slidelabel{\bf Slide \theslide} -\def\newpagestyle#1#2#3{% - \expandafter\newcommand\csname ps@#1\endcsname{% - \def\@oddhead{#2}\let\@evenhead\@oddhead - \def\@oddfoot{#3}\let\@evenfoot\@oddfoot}} -\def\renewpagestyle#1#2#3{% - \expandafter\renewcommand\csname ps@#1\endcsname{% - \def\@oddhead{#2}\let\@evenhead\@oddhead - \def\@oddfoot{#3}\let\@evenfoot\@oddfoot}} -\def\@ifgoodps#1{% - \@ifundefined{ps@#1}{\@seminarerr{Page style `#1' undefined}\@eha}} -\def\slidepagestyle#1{% - \@ifgoodps{#1}% - {\ifslide\pagestyle{#1}\else\edef\slide@pagestyle{#1}\fi}} -\def\ps@{} -\slidepagestyle{} -\ifarticle - \def\ps@align{} -\else - \def\ps@align{% - \def\@oddhead{\thepage\hfil+}\let\@evenhead\@oddhead - \def\@oddfoot{+\hfil+}\let\@evenfoot\@oddfoot} -\fi -\def\slideheadfont{\scriptsize} -\def\slidefootfont{\scriptsize} -\def\magstep#1{\ifcase#1 \@m\or 1200\or 1440\or 1728\or - 2074\or 2488\or 2986\or 3583\or 4300\or 5160\fi\relax} -\def\magstepminus#1{% - \ifcase#1 \@m\or 833\or 694\or 579\or 482\or 401\fi\relax} -\def\@magstep#1{% - \ifnum#1<\z@\magstepminus{-#1}\else\magstep#1\fi} -{\catcode`\p=12\catcode`\t=12 - \gdef\@@inv@@mag#1pt#2{\def#2{#1}}} -\def\invert@mag#1{\@tempdima=1000pt - \divide\@tempdima by #1\relax - \expandafter\@@inv@@mag\the\@tempdima#1} -\def\@slidesmag#1{% - \@tempcnta=#1\relax% - \ifnum\@tempcnta>0 - \edef\inverseslidesmag{\the\@tempcnta}% - \invert@mag\inverseslidesmag - \ifarticle\else\mag\@tempcnta\fi - \else - \@seminarerr{\string\@slidesmag\space argument must be an - integer equal to 1000 times the magnification}\@eha - \fi} -\def\@articlemag#1{% - \@tempcnta=#1\relax% - \ifnum\@tempcnta>0 - \edef\inverseartmag{\the\@tempcnta}% - \invert@mag\inverseartmag - \ifarticle\mag\@tempcnta\fi - \else - \@seminarerr{\string\articlemag\space argument must be an - integer equal to 1000 times the magnification}\@eha - \fi} -\addto@preamblecmds{\@slidesmag\do\@articlemag} -\newdimen\semin -\newdimen\semcm -\def\@semmagerr#1{% - \@seminarerr{\string#1 argument must be an integer - between -5 and 9}\@eha} -\def\slidesmag#1{% - \@tempcnta=#1\relax - \ifnum\@tempcnta>-6 - \ifnum\@tempcnta<10 - \edef\the@slidesmag{\the\@tempcnta}% - \@slidesmag{\@magstep\@tempcnta}% - \else - \@semmagerr\slidesmag - \fi - \else - \@semmagerr\slidesmag - \fi - \setslidelength\semin\seminlength - \setslidelength\semcm\semcmlength} -\def\seminlength{1in} -\def\semcmlength{1cm} -\def\articlemag#1{% - \@tempcnta=#1\relax - \ifnum\@tempcnta>-6 - \ifnum\@tempcnta<10 - \edef\the@articlemag{\the\@tempcnta}% - \@articlemag{\@magstep\@tempcnta}% - \else - \@semmagerr\articlemag - \fi - \else - \@semmagerr\articlemag - \fi} -\addto@preamblecmds{\slidesmag\do\articlemag} -\def\setslidelength#1#2{% - #1=#2\relax - #1=\inverseslidesmag#1}% -\def\addtoslidelength#1#2{% - \dimen@=#2\relax - \advance#1 by \inverseslidesmag\dimen@} -\def\setartlength#1#2{% - #1=#2\relax - #1=\inverseartmag#1} -\def\addtoartlength#1#2{% - \dimen@=#2\relax - \advance#1 by \inverseartmag\dimen@} -\def\slide@epsfsize#1#2{% - \ifdim\epsfxsize=0pt - \ifdim\epsfysize=0pt - \inverseslidesmag#1% - \else - 0pt - \fi - \else - \inverseslidesmag\epsfxsize - \fi - \epsfysize - \ifdim\epsfysize=0pt - \ifdim\epsfxsize=0pt - \inverseslidesmag#2% - \else - 0pt - \fi - \else - \inverseslidesmag\epsfysize - \fi} -\def\epsfslidesize{\let\epsfsize\slide@epsfsize} -\slidesmag{4} -\articlemag{0} -\def\do@pageparameters{% - \do\oddsidemargin - \do\evensidemargin - \do\marginparwidth - \do\marginparsep - \do\topmargin - \do\headheight - \do\headsep - \do\textheight - \do\textwidth - \do\topskip - \do\footskip - \do\footheight} -\ifarticle - \def\scale@pageparameters{% - \begingroup - \def\do##1{\global##1=\inverseartmag##1\relax}% - \do@pageparameters - \endgroup} -\else - \def\scale@pageparameters{% - \begingroup - \def\do##1{\global##1=\inverseslidesmag##1\relax}% - \do@pageparameters - \endgroup} -\fi -\addto@hook\before@document{\scale@pageparameters} -\addto@preamblecmds{\scale@pageparameters\do\do@pageparameters} -\def\allversions{} -\let\endallversions\relax -\@namedef{allversions*}{\@bsphack\globaldefs=1} -\@namedef{endallversions*}{\@esphack} -\def\slide@list{slide,slide*,allversions,allversions*} -\def\addtoslidelist#1{\xdef\slide@list{\slide@list,#1}} -\addto@preamblecmds{\addtoslidelist} -\ifslidesonly - \@ifundefined{xcomment@@@}{\@@input xcomment.sty }{} - \def\xcomment@hook{\@xcomment{@@@}{\slide@list}} - \newxcomment[]{note} -\else - \def\note{\@bsphack}% - \def\endnote{\@esphack}% -\fi -\def\noxcomment{\def\xcomment@hook{}} -\def\os@list{} -\newif\if@os -\def\onlyslides#1{\def\os@list{#1}\@ostrue - \def\os@warning{\@warning{\string\onlyslides\space argument - contains undefined references}}} -\def\notslides#1{\def\os@list{#1}\@osfalse - \def\os@warning{\@warning{\string\notslides\space argument - contains undefined references}}} -\addto@preamblecmds{\onlyslides\do\notslides} -\addto@hook\after@document{% - \ifx\os@list\@empty\else\os@expandlist\fi} -\def\os@expandlist{% - \let\os@@warning\relax - \begingroup - \def\ref##1{\@ifundefined{r@##1}{?}% - {\noexpand\@car\@nameuse{r@##1}\noexpand\@nil}}% - \edef\@tempd{\os@list}% - \xdef\os@list{}% - \@for\@tempc:=\@tempd - \do{\expandafter\os@expandrange\@tempc-:-:\@nil}% - \os@@warning - \endgroup - \let\os@expandrange\relax - \let\os@checknum\relax - \let\os@expandlist\relax} -\def\os@expandrange#1-#2-#3\@nil{% - \def\@tempa{?}\def\@tempb{#1}% - \ifx\@tempa\@tempb - \let\os@@warning\os@warning - \else - \@tempcnta=#1\relax - \def\@tempb{#2}% - \ifx\@tempa\@tempb - \let\os@@warning\os@warning - \else - \def\@tempa{:}% - \ifx\@tempa\@tempb - \@tempcntb=\@tempcnta - \else - \@tempcntb=#2\relax - \fi - \advance\@tempcnta by -1 - \advance\@tempcntb by 1 - \ifx\os@list\@empty - \xdef\os@list{\the\@tempcnta+\the\@tempcntb}% - \else - \xdef\os@list{\os@list,\the\@tempcnta+\the\@tempcntb}% - \fi - \fi - \fi} -\def\os@test{% - \@testtrue - \iflandscape - \ifnum\@landscapeonly=-1 \@testfalse\fi - \else - \ifnum\@landscapeonly=1 \@testfalse\fi - \fi - \if@test - \ifx\os@list\@empty\else - \if@os\@testfalse\fi - \@for\@tempa:=\os@list\do{\expandafter\os@testrange\@tempa\@nil}% - \fi - \fi} -\def\os@testrange#1+#2\@nil{% - \ifnum\c@slide>#1 - \ifnum\c@slide<#2 - \if@os\@testtrue\else\@testfalse\fi - \fi - \fi} -\def\onlynotestoo{% - \ifnotes\@testtrue\else\ifnotesonly\@testtrue\else\@testfalse\fi\fi - \if@test - \@ifundefined{xcomment@@@}{% - \edef\sem@temp{\the\catcode`\@}% - \catcode`\@=11 - \@@input xcomment.sty - \catcode`\@=\sem@temp\relax}{}% - \def\xcomment@hook{\@xcomment{@@@}{\slide@list}}% - \addto@hook\after@slide\onlynotes@too - \fi} -\def\onlynotes@too{% - \os@test - \if@test\gdef\do@end{}\else\gdef\do@end{\xc@begin}\fi} -\addto@preamblecmds\onlynotestoo -\def\ptsize#1{% - \@ifundefined{#1@semptsize}% - {\@seminarerr{\string\ptsize\space `#1' not valid.}\@eha}% - {\ifslide - \sem@ptsize{#1}\large\normalsize - \else - \edef\slide@ptsize{#1}% - \fi}} -\edef\slide@ptsize{1\@ptsize}% -\def\slidefontsizes{\ptsize} %For backwards compatibility?? -\def\slide@setsize#1#2#3#4{% - \@setsize{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}% - \set@slideskip{#2}} -\def\slide@@setsize#1#2#3#4{% - \slide@setsize{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}\slidedisplayskips} -\def\set@slideskip#1{% - \normallineskiplimit=#1 - \advance\normallineskiplimit-\normalbaselineskip - \multiply\normallineskiplimit-1 - \normallineskiplimit\slideskip\normallineskiplimit - \ifdim\normallineskiplimit<1pt\normallineskiplimit=1pt\fi - \normallineskip=\normallineskiplimit - minus \slideshrink\normallineskiplimit - \dimen@=\normalbaselineskip - \normalbaselineskip=\dimen@ minus \slideshrink\normallineskiplimit - \normalbaselines} -\def\slideskip{.75} -\def\slideshrink{.25} -\def\slidedisplayskips{% - \abovedisplayskip 1.75ex minus .35ex - \belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip - \abovedisplayshortskip .2ex minus .2ex - \belowdisplayshortskip 1ex minus .2ex} -\def\sem@ptsize#1{% - \@nameuse{#1@semptsize}% - \large\normalsize - \leftmargini\slideleftmargini\relax - \leftmarginii\slideleftmarginii\relax - \leftmarginiii\slideleftmarginiii\relax - \labelsep\slidelabelsep\relax - \parskip\slideparskip\relax - \parindent\slideparindent\relax - \slide@rightskip - \slide@listi - \skip\footins\slidefootins\relax - \footnotesep\slidefootnotesep\relax} -\def\slidefootins{2ex minus .8ex} -\def\slidefootnotesep{1.2ex} -\def\slideparindent{\z@} -\def\slideparskip{1ex minus .2ex} -\@namedef{8@semptsize}{% - \def\normalsize{\slide@@setsize\normalsize{9.5pt}\viiipt\@viiipt}% - \def\small{\slide@@setsize\small{8pt}\viipt\@viipt}% - \def\footnotesize{\slide@@setsize\footnotesize{8pt}\vipt\@vipt}% - \def\scriptsize{\slide@setsize\scriptsize{7pt}\vipt\@vipt}% - \def\tiny{\slide@setsize\tiny{6pt}\vpt\@vpt}% - \def\large{\slide@setsize\large{12pt}\xpt\@xpt}% - \def\Large{\slide@setsize\Large{14pt}\xiipt\@xiipt}% - \def\LARGE{\slide@setsize\LARGE{17pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}% - \def\huge{\slide@setsize\huge{20pt}\xviipt\@xviipt}% - \def\Huge{\slide@setsize\Huge{25pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}} -\@namedef{9@semptsize}{% - \def\normalsize{\slide@@setsize\normalsize{11pt}\ixpt\@ixpt}% - \def\small{\slide@@setsize\small{9.5pt}\viiipt\@viiipt}% - \def\footnotesize{\slide@@setsize\footnotesize{8pt}\viipt\@viipt}% - \def\scriptsize{\slide@setsize\scriptsize{7pt}\vipt\@vipt}% - \def\tiny{\slide@setsize\tiny{6pt}\vpt\@vpt}% - \def\large{\slide@setsize\large{12pt}\xpt\@xpt}% - \def\Large{\slide@setsize\Large{14pt}\xiipt\@xiipt}% - \def\LARGE{\slide@setsize\LARGE{17pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}% - \def\huge{\slide@setsize\huge{20pt}\xviipt\@xviipt}% - \def\Huge{\slide@setsize\Huge{25pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}} -\@namedef{10@semptsize}{% - \def\normalsize{\slide@@setsize\normalsize{12pt}\xpt\@xpt}% - \def\small{\slide@@setsize\small{11pt}\ixpt\@ixpt}% - \def\footnotesize{\slide@@setsize\footnotesize{9.5pt}\viiipt\@viiipt}% - \def\scriptsize{\slide@setsize\scriptsize{8pt}\viipt\@viipt}% - \def\tiny{\slide@setsize\tiny{6pt}\vpt\@vpt}% - \def\large{\slide@setsize\large{14pt}\xiipt\@xiipt}% - \def\Large{\slide@setsize\Large{18pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}% - \def\LARGE{\slide@setsize\LARGE{22pt}\xviipt\@xviipt}% - \def\huge{\slide@setsize\huge{25pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}% - \def\Huge{\slide@setsize\Huge{30pt}\xxvpt\@xxvpt}} -\@namedef{11@semptsize}{% - \def\normalsize{\slide@@setsize\normalsize{13.6pt}\xipt\@xipt}% - \def\small{\slide@@setsize\small{12pt}\xpt\@xpt}% - \def\footnotesize{\slide@@setsize\footnotesize{11pt}\ixpt\@ixpt}% - \def\scriptsize{\slide@setsize\scriptsize{9.5pt}\viiipt\@viiipt}% - \def\tiny{\slide@setsize\tiny{7pt}\vipt\@vipt}% - \def\large{\slide@setsize\large{14pt}\xiipt\@xiipt}% - \def\Large{\slide@setsize\Large{18pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}% - \def\LARGE{\slide@setsize\LARGE{22pt}\xviipt\@xviipt}% - \def\huge{\slide@setsize\huge{25pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}% - \def\Huge{\slide@setsize\Huge{30pt}\xxvpt\@xxvpt}} -\@namedef{12@semptsize}{% - \def\normalsize{\slide@@setsize\normalsize{14.5pt}\xiipt\@xiipt}% - \def\small{\slide@@setsize\small{13.6pt}\xipt\@xipt}% - \def\footnotesize{\slide@@setsize\footnotesize{12pt}\xpt\@xpt}% - \def\scriptsize{\slide@setsize\scriptsize{9.5pt}\viiipt\@viiipt}% - \def\tiny{\slide@setsize\tiny{7pt}\vipt\@vipt}% - \def\large{\slide@setsize\large{18pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}% - \def\Large{\slide@setsize\Large{22pt}\xviipt\@xviipt}% - \def\LARGE{\slide@setsize\LARGE{25pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}% - \def\huge{\slide@setsize\huge{30pt}\xxvpt\@xxvpt}% - \let\Huge\huge} -\@namedef{14@semptsize}{% - \def\normalsize{\slide@@setsize\normalsize{18pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}% - \def\small{\slide@@setsize\small{14.5pt}\xiipt\@xiipt}% - \def\footnotesize{\slide@@setsize\footnotesize{13.6pt}\xipt\@xipt}% - \def\scriptsize{\slide@setsize\scriptsize{12pt}\xpt\@xpt}% - \def\tiny{\slide@setsize\tiny{9.5pt}\viiipt\@viiipt}% - \def\large{\slide@setsize\large{22pt}\xviipt\@xviipt}% - \def\Large{\slide@setsize\Large{25pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}% - \def\LARGE{\slide@setsize\LARGE{30pt}\xxvpt\@xxvpt}% - \let\huge\LARGE - \let\Huge\LARGE} -\@namedef{17@semptsize}{% - \def\normalsize{\slide@@setsize\normalsize{22pt}\xviipt\@xviipt}% - \def\small{\slide@@setsize\small{18pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}% - \def\footnotesize{\slide@@setsize\footnotesize{14.5pt}\xiipt\@xiipt}% - \def\scriptsize{\slide@setsize\scriptsize{13.6pt}\xipt\@xipt}% - \def\tiny{\slide@setsize\tiny{12pt}\xpt\@xpt}% - \def\large{\slide@setsize\large{25pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}% - \def\Large{\slide@setsize\Large{30pt}\xxvpt\@xxvpt}% - \let\LARGE\Large - \let\huge\Large - \let\Huge\Large} -\def\twoup{\@ifnextchar[{\@twoup}{\@twoup[0]}} -\ifarticle - \ifportrait - \def\@twoup[#1]{% - \@tempcnta=\the@articlemag\relax - \@tempcntb=\@tempcnta - \advance\@tempcntb by #1\relax - \advance\@tempcntb by -2\relax - \ifnum\@tempcntb>-6\relax - \@@input 2up.tex - \source{\@magstep\@tempcnta}{\paperheight}{\paperwidth}% - \target{\@magstep\@tempcntb}{\paperwidth}{\paperheight}% - \targetlayout{topbottom}% - \printlandscapefalse - \else - \@seminarerr{Article magnification is too low for - \string\twoup\space to handle}\@eha - \fi - \def\articlemag##1{\@semtwoupmagerr\articlemag}} - \else - \def\@twoup[#1]{% - \@tempcnta=\the@articlemag\relax - \@tempcntb=\@tempcnta - \advance\@tempcntb by #1\relax - \advance\@tempcntb by -2\relax - \ifnum\@tempcntb>-6\relax - \@@input 2up.tex - \source{\@magstep\@tempcnta}{\paperwidth}{\paperheight}% - \target{\@magstep\@tempcntb}{\paperheight}{\paperwidth}% - \if@twoside - \targetlayout{twosided}% - \fi - \printlandscapetrue - \else - \@seminarerr{Article magnification is too low for - \string\twoup\space to handle}\@eha - \fi - \def\articlemag##1{\@semtwoupmagerr\articlemag}} - \fi -\else - \ifportrait - \def\@twoup[#1]{% - \@tempcnta=\the@slidesmag\relax - \@tempcntb=\@tempcnta - \advance\@tempcntb by #1\relax - \advance\@tempcntb by -3\relax - \ifnum\@tempcntb>-6\relax - \@@input 2up.tex - \source{\@magstep\@tempcnta}{\paperwidth}{\paperheight}% - \advance\@tempcnta by -3 - \target{\@magstep\@tempcnta}{\paperheight}{\paperwidth}% - \printlandscapetrue - \else - \@seminarerr{Slides magnification is too low for - \string\twoup\space to handle}\@eha - \fi - \def\slidesmag##1{\@semtwoupmagerr\slidesmag}} - \else - \def\@twoup[#1]{% - \@tempcnta=\the@slidesmag\relax - \@tempcntb=\@tempcnta - \advance\@tempcntb by #1\relax - \advance\@tempcntb by -3\relax - \ifnum\@tempcntb>-6\relax - \@@input 2up.tex - \source{\@magstep\@tempcnta}{\paperheight}{\paperwidth}% - \target{\@magstep\@tempcntb}{\paperwidth}{\paperheight}% - \targetlayout{topbottom}% - \printlandscapefalse - \else - \@seminarerr{Slides magnification is too low for - \string\twoup\space to handle}\@eha - \fi - \def\slidesmag##1{\@semtwoupmargerr\slidesmag}}% - \fi -\fi -\def\@semtwoupmagerr#1{% - \@seminarerr{\string#1 must come before \string\twoup}\@eha} -\addto@preamblecmds{\twoup\do\@twoup} -% -\InputIfFileExists{seminar.con}{} -%\ifeof1\else\closein1 \relax\@@input seminar.con\fi -% -\endinput -%% -%% END `seminar.cls'. - diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/seminar.con b/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/seminar.con deleted file mode 100644 index 7f96e43da3..0000000000 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/seminar.con +++ /dev/null @@ -1,929 +0,0 @@ -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -*- Mode: Latex -*- %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%% seminar.con --- Customization of the Seminar document class. -%% We take care to do this for easy adaptations in other -%% institutions and contexts. -%% -%% Author : Denis GIROU (CNRS/IDRIS - France) <Denis.Girou@idris.fr> -%% Created the : 1993 -%% Last mod. by : hv -%% Last mod. the : 2014-01-17 -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -\def\fileversion{3.3} -\def\filedate{2014/01/17} -% -\typeout{seminar.con file: example of customization of the Seminar - document class^^J% - (Version \fileversion\space of <\filedate> (DG,hv))} -\ProvidesFile{seminar.con}[\filedate\space v\fileversion\space `seminar.con' (dg,hv)] - -% Packages used -% ------------- - -% General packages (all are on CTAN) -\PassOptionsToPackage{pdffitwindow,colorlinks,pdfpagemode=UseNone,bookmarks,setpagesize=false}{hyperref} -\PassOptionsToPackage{dvipsnames,svgnames}{xcolor} -\usepackage{calc} % Simple computations with LaTeX variables -\usepackage[hang]{caption} % Improved captions -\usepackage{fancybox} % To have several backgrounds - % (must be loaded before `fancyvrb') -\usepackage{fancyhdr} % Headers and footers definitions -\usepackage{fancyvrb} % Fancy verbatim environments -%\usepackage{pstricks} % PSTricks with the standard color package -% % (before `graphicx' for the \scalebox macro) -\usepackage{graphicx} % Standard graphics package -\usepackage{multido} % General loop macro -\usepackage{pifont} % Ding symbols (mainly for lists) -\usepackage{pst-node} % PSTricks nodes -\usepackage{semcolor} % Seminar colored slides -\usepackage{semhelv} % Seminar helvetica fonts -\usepackage{semlayer} % Seminar overlays -\usepackage{slidesec} % Seminar sections and list of slides -\usepackage{pst-grad} % PSTricks gradient mode -\usepackage{pst-fr3d} % PSTricks 3D framed boxes -\usepackage{pst-slpe} % Improved PSTricks gradients -\usepackage{thumbpdf} % Thumbnails for PDF versions -\usepackage[breakwords]{truncate}% To truncate a string at a specified length -\usepackage{url} % Convenient URL typesetting - - -\edef\SeminarAtCode{\the\catcode`\@} -\catcode`\@=11\relax - -%\ifx\VTeXversion\@undefined - \input{seminar.bug} % Official bugs corrections - \input{seminar.bg2} % Unofficial bugs corrections - % (warning: you must load `longtable' before - % if you use it) -%\else -% \input{/usr/local/vtex/texmf/vtex/config/seminar.con}% Adjust this path%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - % As VTeX does not support the HSB color model, we make it identical - % to the RGB one. This will obviously produce strange color results, - % but this will allow to compile the sources using here our - % \PstFrameBoxThreeD macro. -% \def\color@hsb#1#2{\c@lor@@hsb#2\@@#1} -% \def\c@lor@@hsb#1,#2,#3\@@#4{% - % From the VTeX \c@lor@@rgb definition -% \vtexdef@checkarg{#1}{1}{rgb}% -% \vtexdef@fixedhex{#1}\vtexdef@hex@a -% \vtexdef@checkarg{#2}{1}{rgb}% -% \vtexdef@fixedhex{#2}\vtexdef@hex@b -% \vtexdef@checkarg{#3}{1}{rgb}% -% \vtexdef@fixedhex{#3}\vtexdef@hex@c -% \edef#4{c"\vtexdef@hex@a\vtexdef@hex@b\vtexdef@hex@c}}% -%\fi - -% Compatibility patch between `pst-key' and the \RequirePackage macro -% to avoid later a LaTeX warning about the version of `keyval' -% From pst-key.tex -\def\next[#1]{\catcode`\@=11 -% D.G. modification begin - Apr. 25, 2002 -% \expandafter\let\csname ver@keyval.sty\endcsname\empty - \expandafter\xdef\csname ver@keyval.sty\endcsname{#1}% -% D.G. modification end - \wlog{keyval: #1}}\next - [1998/07/23 v1.11 key=value parser (DPC)] - -%\usepackage{hyperref} % Hyperlinks for PDF versions - % (to load after `slidesec', seminar.bg2, etc.) - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -\iffalse -% Definition of new colors -% ------------------------ - -\definecolor{Apricot} {cmyk}{0,0.32,0.52,0} -\definecolor{Aquamarine} {cmyk}{0.82,0,0.30,0} -\definecolor{CadetBlue} {cmyk}{0.62,0.57,0.23,0} -\definecolor{DarkGray} {gray}{0.2} -\definecolor{DarkGreen} {rgb}{0,0.5,0} -\definecolor{ForestGreen} {cmyk}{0.91,0,0.88,0.12} -\definecolor{Gold} {rgb}{1.,0.84,0.} -\definecolor{Goldenrod} {cmyk}{0,0.10,0.84,0} -\definecolor{IndianRed} {rgb}{0.8,0.36,0.36} -\definecolor{Lavender} {cmyk}{0,0.48,0,0} -\definecolor{LemonChiffon}{rgb}{1.,0.98,0.8} -\definecolor{LightBlue} {rgb}{0.68,0.85,0.9} -\definecolor{LightCyan} {rgb}{0.88,1.,1.} -\definecolor{LightGray} {gray}{0.92} -\definecolor{LightYellow} {rgb}{1.,1.,0.88} -\definecolor{Melon} {cmyk}{0,0.46,0.50,0} -\definecolor{NavyBlue} {cmyk}{0.94,0.54,0,0} -\definecolor{Orange} {rgb}{1.,0.65,0.} -\definecolor{PaleGreen} {rgb}{0.6,0.98,0.6} -\definecolor{PaleGreenB} {rgb}{0.9,1,0.9} -\definecolor{Peach} {cmyk}{0,0.50,0.70,0} -\definecolor{PeachPuff} {rgb}{1.0,0.85,0.73} -\definecolor{PineGreen} {cmyk}{0.92,0,0.59,0.25} -\definecolor{Pink} {rgb}{1.,0.75,0.8} -\definecolor{RoyalBlue} {cmyk}{1,0.50,0,0} -\definecolor{SeaGreen} {cmyk}{0.69,0,0.50,0} -\definecolor{Salmon} {cmyk}{0,0.53,0.38,0} -\definecolor{Sepia} {cmyk}{0,0.83,1,0.70} -\definecolor{SlateBlue} {rgb}{0.42,0.35,0.8} -\definecolor{Thistle} {rgb}{0.85,0.75,0.85} -\definecolor{Turquoise} {cmyk}{0.85,0,0.20,0} -\definecolor{Violet} {cmyk}{0.79,0.88,0,0} -\definecolor{YellowOrange}{cmyk}{0,0.42,1,0} -\fi - -% Definition of the (La)TeX string -\newcommand{\AllTeX}{% -{\textrm{(L\kern-.36em\raise.3ex\hbox{\textsc{% -a}}\kern-.05em)T\kern-.1667em\lower.7ex\hbox{E}\kern-.125emX}}} - -% "dinglist" environment -% Redefinition of it to be able to use colored symbols -\renewenvironment{dinglist}[2][black] -{\begin{list}{\ding{#2}}{}}{\end{list}} -% Symbol definitions for these lists -\newcommand{\DingListSymbolA}{43} -\newcommand{\DingListSymbolB}{243} -\newcommand{\DingListSymbolC}{224} -\newcommand{\DingListSymbolD}{219} - -% Captions customizations -\setlength{\abovecaptionskip}{1.5mm} - -% Centered paragraph title -\newcommand{\CenteredParagraphTitle}[2][LemonChiffon]{% -\centerline{\psshadowbox[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=#1]{\large\HLe{#2}}}} - -% Paragraph title -\newcommand{\ParagraphTitle}[2][LemonChiffon]{% -\noindent\psshadowbox[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=#1]{\large\HLe{#2}}} - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -% `fancyvrb' customizations -% ------------------------- - -% Customized "Verbatim" environment -\RecustomVerbatimEnvironment{Verbatim}{Verbatim} -{commandchars=,fontfamily=tt,frame=single,numbersep=2pt,framerule=0.15mm} - -% "OutputResults" environment to emphasize program outputs -\DefineVerbatimEnvironment{OutputResults}{Verbatim} -{commandchars=,fontfamily=tt,frame=single,numbers=none, -rulecolor=\color{blue},framerule=1mm} - -% Not inside the preceding environments themselves, to allow -% local redefinitions -\fvset{baselinestretch=0.9,fontsize=\small,numbers=left} - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -% Seminar macros redefinitions -% ---------------------------- - -% We redefine the format of entries of the list of slides -\def\listofslides{% - \hfuzz=7pt % To avoid the "Overfull \hbox" messages - \def\l@slide##1##2##3##4{% - \slide@dottedcline{##1 -- \hyperlink{##4}{##2}}% - {\slidenumberline{##3}}}% - \def\l@subslide##1##2##3##4{% - \slide@dottedcline{\hspace{2mm}##1 -- \hyperlink{##4}{##2}}% - {\slidenumberline{##3}}}% - \@startlos} - -\def\slide@dottedcline{\@dottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{2.3em}} - -\def\slide@subheading[#1]#2{% - \H@refstepcounter{slidesubsection}% - \addtocontents{los}{% -% D.G. modification begin - Jan. 2, 2002 -% \protect\l@subslide{\the\c@slidesubsection}{\ignorespaces#1}% - \protect\l@subslide{\the\c@slidesection.\the\c@slidesubsection}% - {\ignorespaces#1}% -% D.G. modification end - {\@SCTR}{slideheading.\theslidesubsection}% - }% - \def\Hy@tempa{#2}% - \ifx\Hy@tempa\@empty - \else - {% - \edef\@currentlabel{% - \csname p@slidesubsection\endcsname\theslidesubsection - }% - \makeslidesubheading{#2}% - }% - \fi - \gdef\theslidesubheading{#1}% - \ifHy@hypertexnames - \ifHy@naturalnames - \hyper@@anchor{slideheading.\theslidesubsection}{\relax}% - \Hy@writebookmark - {\theslidesubsection}% - {#1}% - {slideheading.\theslidesubsection}% - {2}% - {toc}% - \else - \hyper@@anchor{slideheading.\theHslidesubsection}{\relax}% - \Hy@writebookmark - {\theslidesubsection}% - {#1}% - {slideheading.\theHslidesubsection}% - {2}% - {toc}% - \fi - \else - \Hy@GlobalStepCount\Hy@linkcounter - \hyper@@anchor{slideheading.\the\Hy@linkcounter}{\relax}% - \Hy@writebookmark - {\theslidesubsection}% - {#1}% - {slideheading.\the\Hy@linkcounter}% - {1}% - {toc}% - \fi -}% - -% We will need, for demonstration purposes, to define sections and subsections -% without putting them in the list of slides -\def\SlideHeadingsNoListOfSlides{% -\def\slide@heading[##1]##2{% - \refstepcounter{slidesection}% - \@addtoreset{slidesubsection}{slidesection} -% D.G. modification begin - Feb. 22, 2002 -% \addtocontents{los}{\protect\l@slide -% {\the\c@slidesection}{\ignorespaces##1}{\@SCTR}}% -% D.G. modification end - \def\@tempa{##2}% - \ifx\@tempa\@empty\else - {\edef\@currentlabel{\csname p@slidesection\endcsname\theslidesection}% - \makeslideheading{##2}}% - \fi - \gdef\theslideheading{##1}% - \gdef\theslidesubheading{}} -% -\def\slide@subheading[##1]##2{% - \refstepcounter{slidesubsection}% -% D.G. modification begin - Feb. 22, 2002 -% \addtocontents{los}{\protect\l@subslide -% {\the\c@slidesubsection}{\ignorespaces##1}{\@SCTR}}% -% D.G. modification end - \def\@tempa{##2}% - \ifx\@tempa\@empty\else - {\edef\@currentlabel{\csname p@slidesubsection\endcsname - \theslidesubsection}\makeslidesubheading{##2}}% - \fi - \gdef\theslidesubheading{##1}}} - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -% Seminar customizations -% ---------------------- - -% No default frame (really useful for old plastic slides only) -\slideframe{none} - -% To center horizontally the headers and footers (see seminar.bug) -\renewcommand{\headwidth}{\textwidth} - -% To adjust the frame length to the header and footer ones -% \autoslidemarginstrue - -% Headers and footers, using the `fancyhdr' package - -\slidepagestyle{fancy} - -\newcommand{\SeminarHeader}[1]{\fancyhead[C]{\Large\textbf{\HLe{#1}}}} - -\newcommand{\SeminarStandardHeaderFooter}[4]{% -\fancyhf{}% -\fancyhead[R]{\theslide} -\SeminarHeader{#1} -\fancyfoot[L]{\raisebox{2.5mm}{\textbf{#2}}} -\fancyfoot[R]{\raisebox{3mm}{\scriptsize#3 \@date}\\[-4.5mm] - {\tiny\textbf{#4}}}% -% Change of the width of header and footer rules -\def\headrulewidth{0.15mm}% -\def\footrulewidth{0.15mm}% -% Redefinition of the head line separator to have a double one -\def\headrule{% -\if@fancyplain\headrulewidth\plainheadrulewidth\fi -\hrule\@height\headrulewidth\@width\headwidth \vskip 0.5mm -\hrule\@height\headrulewidth\@width\headwidth \vskip -1mm}} - -% Customization of the headings and subheadings -\renewcommand{\makeslideheading}[1]{% -\CenteredParagraphTitle[red]{% -\textcolor{white}{\textbf{\theslidesection{} -- #1}}}} -\renewcommand{\makeslidesubheading}[1]{% -\CenteredParagraphTitle{\theslidesubsection{} -- #1}} - -% For automatic definition of headers -% ("Number - chapter : sub-chapter" or "Number - chapter" if no sub-chapter) -% (we also suppress the first uppercase letter of the sub-chapter name, -% if the optional "AsIs" keyword is not specified) -\def\AsIs{AsIs} -\def\SeminarStandardHeader@Separator{: } -\newcommand{\SeminarStandardHeader}[1][]{% -\SeminarHeader{% -\ifx\theslidesubheading\empty - \theslidesection{} -- \theslideheading% -\else - \edef\@tempa{#1}% - \ifx\@tempa\AsIs - \theslidesection{} -- \theslideheading{}\SeminarStandardHeader@Separator - \theslidesubheading% - \else - \theslidesection{} -- \theslideheading{}\SeminarStandardHeader@Separator % - \SeminarStandardHeader@i{\theslidesubheading}% - \fi -\fi}} - -\def\SeminarStandardHeader@i#1{\expandafter\SeminarStandardHeader@ii#1\@nil} -\def\SeminarStandardHeader@ii#1#2\@nil{\MakeLowercase{#1}#2} - -% Outline of the presentation -\newcommand{\SeminarOutlinePresentation}[4]{% -\ifx\SeminarColorVersion\AnswerYes - \begingroup - \SeminarHeader{#1}% - \def\SeminarOutlinePresentationBoolean{true}% - \renewcommand{\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorFirst}{#2}% - \renewcommand{\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorSecond}{#3}% - \SeminarSlideFrameBackground{SeminarBackgroundCompositeE}% - \pst@dimh=\slideleftmargin - \advance\pst@dimh by 35mm - \renewcommand{\slideleftmargin}{\the\pst@dimh}% - \setlength{\slidewidth}{289mm}% - \addtolength{\slidewidth}{-\slideleftmargin}% - \addtolength{\slidewidth}{-\sliderightmargin}% - \renewcommand{\slidestretch}{0}% To compact the list - \begin{slide} - \begingroup - \hypersetup{linkcolor=#4}% - \Slidecontents - \endgroup - \end{slide} - \endgroup -\fi} - -% Backgrounds -% ----------- - -% Solid backgrounds - -% Default color -\newcommand{\SeminarBackgroundSolidColor}{PeachPuff} - -\SeminarNewSlideFrameBackground{SeminarBackgroundSolid}{% -\psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=\SeminarBackgroundSolidColor] - (\SeminarPaperHeight,\SeminarPaperWidth)} - -% Gradient backgrounds - -% Default begin color, end color, angle and middle point -\newcommand{\SeminarBackgroundGradientColorBegin}{LightYellow} -\newcommand{\SeminarBackgroundGradientColorEnd}{Gold} -\newcommand{\SeminarBackgroundGradientAngle}{0} -\newcommand{\SeminarBackgroundGradientMidPoint}{0} - -\SeminarNewSlideFrameBackground{SeminarBackgroundGradient}{% -\psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient, - gradangle=\SeminarBackgroundGradientAngle, - gradmidpoint=\SeminarBackgroundGradientMidPoint, - gradbegin=\SeminarBackgroundGradientColorBegin, - gradend=\SeminarBackgroundGradientColorEnd] - (\SeminarPaperHeight,\SeminarPaperWidth)} - -% Default slope style, steps and center -\newcommand{\SeminarBackgroundGradientSlopeStyle}{radslope} -\newcommand{\SeminarBackgroundGradientSlopeSteps}{300} -\newcommand{\SeminarBackgroundGradientSlopeCenter}{0.5 0.5} -\newcommand{\SeminarBackgroundGradientSlopeAngle}{0} -\newcommand{\SeminarBackgroundGradientSlopeRadius}{0} - -\SeminarNewSlideFrameBackground{SeminarBackgroundGradientSlope}{% -\psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=\SeminarBackgroundGradientSlopeStyle, - slopebegin=\SeminarBackgroundGradientColorBegin, - slopeend=\SeminarBackgroundGradientColorEnd, - slopesteps=\SeminarBackgroundGradientSlopeSteps, - slopecenter=\SeminarBackgroundGradientSlopeCenter, - slopeangle=\SeminarBackgroundGradientSlopeAngle, - sloperadius=\SeminarBackgroundGradientSlopeRadius] - (\SeminarPaperHeight,\SeminarPaperWidth)} - -% Composite backgrounds - -% Default colors -\newcommand{\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorFirst}{LightBlue} -\newcommand{\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorSecond}{NavyBlue} -\newcommand{\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorThird}{RoyalBlue} - -% Utility macros for the composite backgrounds - -\newcount\PstFractal@DeepRecursion - -% The recursion macro used (from David Carlisle) -\def\Recursion #1{% -#1\relax - \expandafter\@firstoftwo -\else - \expandafter\@secondoftwo -\fi} - -% General definition of a fractal -\def\PstFractal#1{% -\ifx\PstFractalBegin\undefined -\else - \PstFractalBegin -\fi -\Recursion - {\ifnum#1>\@ne\relax} - {\PstFractal@DeepRecursion=#1% - \advance\PstFractal@DeepRecursion\m@ne - \PstFractalRepeat{\PstFractal@DeepRecursion}} - {\PstFractalDefinition}} - -\def\PstSpiralSquare#1{% -\def\PstFractalDefinition{\psframe(1,1)}% -\def\PstFractalBegin{\PstFractalDefinition}% -\def\PstFractalRepeat##1{% - % sqrt(0.2^2 + (1-0.2)^2)=0.824621 - % arcsin(0.2/0.824621)=14.036246 - \rput{-14.036246}(0,0.2){\psset{unit=0.824621}\PstFractal{##1}}}% -\pspicture(1,1) - \PstFractal{#1} -\endpspicture} - -% Composite background A -\SeminarNewSlideFrameBackground{SeminarBackgroundCompositeA}{{% -\psframe[linestyle=none, - fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorFirst] - (\SeminarPaperHeight,\SeminarPaperWidth)% -\rput(4truemm,190truemm){% - \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradmidpoint=1,gradangle=90, - gradbegin=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorSecond, - gradend=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorFirst](8,0.2)}} -\rput(293truemm,14truemm){% - \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradmidpoint=1,gradangle=90, - gradbegin=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorFirst, - gradend=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorSecond](-8,0.2)}} - -% Composite background B -\SeminarNewSlideFrameBackground{SeminarBackgroundCompositeB}{{% -\psframe[linestyle=none, - fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorFirst] - (\SeminarPaperHeight,\SeminarPaperWidth)% -\rput(4truemm,190truemm){% - \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradmidpoint=1,gradangle=90, - gradbegin=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorSecond, - gradend=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorFirst](-0.1,0)(5,0.2) - \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradmidpoint=1, - gradbegin=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorSecond, - gradend=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorFirst](-0.1,0.03)(0.1,-5)}} -\rput(293truemm,14truemm){% - \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradmidpoint=1,gradangle=90, - gradbegin=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorFirst, - gradend=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorSecond](-5,0.2)(0.1,0) - \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradmidpoint=1, - gradbegin=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorFirst, - gradend=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorSecond](-0.1,5)(0.1,0)}} - -% Composite background C -\SeminarNewSlideFrameBackground{SeminarBackgroundCompositeC}{{% -\psframe[linestyle=none, - fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorFirst] - (\SeminarPaperHeight,\SeminarPaperWidth)} -\psset{xunit=1.3333,linecolor=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorSecond}% -\@tempdima=\SeminarPaperHeight -\divide\@tempdima\tw@ -\@tempdimb=\SeminarPaperWidth -\divide\@tempdimb\tw@ -\multido{\nLength=5.5+-0.2,\iAngle=0+1}{30}{% - \rput{\iAngle}(\@tempdima,\@tempdimb){% - \psframe(-\nLength,-\nLength)(\nLength,\nLength)}}} - -% Composite background D -\SeminarNewSlideFrameBackground{SeminarBackgroundCompositeD}{{% -\psset{linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradmidpoint=0}% -\psframe[gradbegin=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorFirst, - gradend=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorSecond] - (\SeminarPaperHeight,\SeminarPaperWidth) -\multips(4truemm,50truemm)(10truemm,30truemm){3}{% - \psframe[gradbegin=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorSecond, - gradend=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorFirst] - (5truemm,180truemm)} -\@tempdima=\SeminarPaperHeight -\advance\@tempdima -29truemm -\multips(\@tempdima,0)(10truemm,-30truemm){3}{% - \psframe[gradbegin=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorSecond, - gradend=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorFirst] - (5truemm,160truemm)}}} - -% Composite background E -\SeminarNewSlideFrameBackground{SeminarBackgroundCompositeE}{{% -\psset{linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradmidpoint=0.5}% -\psframe[gradbegin=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorFirst, - gradend=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorSecond] - (\SeminarPaperHeight,\SeminarPaperWidth) -\psframe[gradbegin=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorSecond, - gradend=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorFirst] - (5truemm,0)(35truemm,\SeminarPaperWidth) -\multips(10truemm,10truemm)(0,20truemm){11}{% - \psframe[gradangle=90, - gradbegin=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorFirst, - gradend=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorSecond] - (20truemm,10truemm)}}} - -% Composite background F -\SeminarNewSlideFrameBackground{SeminarBackgroundCompositeF}{{% -\psset{linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradmidpoint=1,gradangle=90}% -\psframe[gradbegin=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorFirst, - gradend=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorSecond] - (\SeminarPaperHeight,\SeminarPaperWidth) -\@tempdima=\SeminarPaperWidth -\advance\@tempdima -15truemm -\psframe[gradbegin=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorSecond, - gradend=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorFirst] - (0,\@tempdima)(\SeminarPaperHeight,\SeminarPaperWidth) -\psframe[gradbegin=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorSecond, - gradend=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorFirst] - (0,0)(\SeminarPaperHeight,15truemm)}} - -% Composite background G -\SeminarNewSlideFrameBackground{SeminarBackgroundCompositeG}{{% -\psset{linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradmidpoint=0,gradangle=30}% -\psframe[gradbegin=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorFirst, - gradend=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorSecond] - (\SeminarPaperHeight,\SeminarPaperWidth) -\@tempdima=\SeminarPaperWidth -\advance\@tempdima -15truemm -\psframe[gradbegin=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorSecond, - gradend=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorFirst] - (15truemm,-15truemm)(\SeminarPaperHeight,\@tempdima) -\psframe[gradbegin=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorFirst, - gradend=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorSecond] - (15truemm,0)(\SeminarPaperHeight,15truemm)}} - -% Composite background H -\SeminarNewSlideFrameBackground{SeminarBackgroundCompositeH}{{% -\psset{linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradmidpoint=1}% -\psframe[gradangle=0,gradbegin=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorFirst, - gradend=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorSecond] - (17mm,\SeminarPaperWidth) -\@tempdima=\SeminarPaperWidth -\advance\@tempdima -15mm -\psframe[gradangle=90,gradbegin=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorFirst, - gradend=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorSecond] - (0,\@tempdima)(\SeminarPaperHeight,\SeminarPaperWidth) -\advance\@tempdima 5mm -\psframe*[linecolor=white,framearc=0.3](12mm,-20mm)(300mm,\@tempdima) -\advance\@tempdima -5mm -\psline[linestyle=solid,linewidth=0.3]{c-c}(4mm,\@tempdima)(90mm,\@tempdima)}} - -% Composite background I -\SeminarNewSlideFrameBackground{SeminarBackgroundCompositeI}{{% -\psset{linestyle=none,unit=15,fillstyle=gradient,gradmidpoint=0, - gradbegin=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorSecond, - gradend=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorFirst}% -\@tempdima=\SeminarPaperHeight -\divide\@tempdima\tw@ -\@tempdimb=\SeminarPaperWidth -\divide\@tempdimb\tw@ -\rput(\@tempdima,\@tempdimb){\PstSpiralSquare{15}}}} - -% Composite background J - -% Sierpinski carpet -\newcommand{\PstSierpinskiCarpet}[1]{{% -\def\PstFractalDefinition{% - \psframe(1,1) - \psframe[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=white](0.3333,0.3333)(0.6667,0.6667)}% -\def\PstFractalBegin{\PstFractalDefinition}% -\def\PstFractalRepeat##1{% - \rput(0,0){\psset{xunit=0.3333,yunit=0.3333}\PstFractal{##1}} - \rput(0.3333,0){\psset{xunit=0.3333,yunit=0.3333}\PstFractal{##1}} - \rput(0.6667,0){\psset{xunit=0.3333,yunit=0.3333}\PstFractal{##1}} - \rput(0,0.3333){\psset{xunit=0.3333,yunit=0.3333}\PstFractal{##1}} - \rput(0.6667,0.3333){\psset{xunit=0.3333,yunit=0.3333}\PstFractal{##1}} - \rput(0,0.6667){\psset{xunit=0.3333,yunit=0.3333}\PstFractal{##1}} - \rput(0.3333,0.6667){\psset{xunit=0.3333,yunit=0.3333}\PstFractal{##1}} - \rput(0.6667,0.6667){\psset{xunit=0.3333,yunit=0.3333}\PstFractal{##1}}}% -\psset{dimen=middle}% -\pspicture(1,1) - \PstFractal{#1} -\endpspicture}} - -\SeminarNewSlideFrameBackground{SeminarBackgroundCompositeJ}{{% -\psset{linestyle=none,xunit=\SeminarPaperHeight,yunit=\SeminarPaperWidth, - fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorFirst}% -\@tempdima=\SeminarPaperHeight -\divide\@tempdima\tw@ -\@tempdimb=\SeminarPaperWidth -\divide\@tempdimb\tw@ -\rput(\@tempdima,\@tempdimb){\PstSierpinskiCarpet{3}}}} - -% Composite background K - -% Sierpinski triangle -\newcommand{\PstSierpinskiTriangle}[1]{{% -\def\PstFractalDefinition{% - \pspolygon(1;0)(1;1)(1;2) - \rput{-2}(0,0){\pspolygon(0.5;0.5)(0.5;1.5)(0.5;2.5)}}% -\def\PstFractalBegin{\PstFractalDefinition}% -\def\PstFractalRepeat##1{% - \rput(0.5;0){\psset{unit=0.5}\PstFractal{##1}} - \rput(0.5;1){\psset{unit=0.5}\PstFractal{##1}} - \rput(0.5;2){\psset{unit=0.5}\PstFractal{##1}}}% -\rput{90}(0,0){% - \SpecialCoor - \degrees[3] - \psset{dimen=middle}% - \PstFractal{#1}}}} - -\SeminarNewSlideFrameBackground{SeminarBackgroundCompositeK}{{% -\NormalCoor % Needed when \SpecialCoor is currently active -\psset{linestyle=none,unit=6.8,fillstyle=gradient,gradmidpoint=0, - gradbegin=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorSecond, - gradend=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorFirst}% -\@tempdima=\SeminarPaperHeight -\divide\@tempdima\tw@ -\@tempdimb=\SeminarPaperWidth -\divide\@tempdimb\tw@ -\advance\@tempdimb -35truemm -\rput(\@tempdima,\@tempdimb){\PstSierpinskiTriangle{4}}}} - -% Backgrounds with external images - -% With image file name -\newcommand{\SeminarBackgroundImageAngle}{0} -\newcommand{\SeminarBackgroundImageFile}{Undefined} - -\SeminarNewSlideFrameBackground{SeminarBackgroundImage}{{% -\@tempdima=\SeminarPaperHeight -\divide\@tempdima\tw@ -\@tempdimb=\SeminarPaperWidth -\divide\@tempdimb\tw@ -\rput(\@tempdima,\@tempdimb){% - \includegraphics[angle=\SeminarBackgroundImageAngle, - width=\SeminarPaperHeight,height=\SeminarPaperWidth] - {\SeminarBackgroundImageFile}}}} - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -% To choice color or black and white version -% ------------------------------------------ - -% Note: we do not use booleans because we want to manage three states: -% true, false and undefined. We must be able to force the value in front -% of the file, before the \documentclass macro. If this is not done, -% a question will be asked interactively (this can be falsely interactivity, -% using for instance a command like "echo y | latex ..." on Unix systems) - -\def\AnswerYes{y} -\def\SeminarColorQuestion{y} -\def\SeminarPaperQuestion{n} - -% Definition of the styles to enrich text (color or black and white version) -\def\SeminarColorVersion{\SeminarColorQuestion} - \usepackage{hcolor} - -% Screen or paper version? -\def\SeminarPaperVersion]{\SeminarPaperQuestion} - \def\special@paper{297mm,210mm}% A4 format - -% A4 format -\usepackage{sem-a4} -\setlength{\slidewidth}{281mm} -\setlength{\slideheight}{170mm} -\def\SeminarPaperWidth{210truemm} -\def\SeminarPaperHeight{297truemm} - -% Letter format -%\setlength{\slidewidth}{261mm} -%\setlength{\slideheight}{176mm} -%\def\SeminarPaperWidth{215.9truemm} -%\def\SeminarPaperHeight{279.4truemm} - -% General size parameters for all formats -\renewcommand{\slidetopmargin}{15.5mm} -\renewcommand{\slidebottommargin}{13mm} -\renewcommand{\slideleftmargin}{4mm} -\renewcommand{\sliderightmargin}{4mm} - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -% Some general PSTricks useful add-ons -% ------------------------------------ - -% Initialization of PSTricks parameters - -% As \psset, but, opposite to it, this version allow the following syntax: -% \def\MyPstFrame#1{{% -% \def\Temp{#1}% -% \ifx\Temp\empty -% \else -% \PstSet{#1} -% \fi -% \begin{pspicture}(2,2) -% \psframe(2,2) -% \end{pspicture}}} -% -% \def\PstParams{linecolor=red,fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=yellow} -% \MyPstFrame{\PstParams} -% -% The syntax \MyPstFrame{linecolor=cyan,fillstyle=vlines} still work, -% as with \psset - -\def\PstSet#1{\PstSet@i#1,\@nil\ignorespaces} - -\def\PstSet@i#1,{% -\expandafter\PstSet@ii#1,\@nil -\@ifnextchar\@nil{\@gobble}{\PstSet@i}} - -\def\PstSet@ii#1,{% -\PstSet@iii#1=\@nil -\@ifnextchar\@nil{\@gobble}{\PstSet@ii}} - -\def\PstSet@iii#1=#2\@nil{\psset{#1=#2}} - -% \DoPerChar macro from Juergen Schlegelmilch -% -% (<schlegel@Informatik.Uni-Rostock.de> - posted on c.t.t. Jan. 27, 1998) -\def\DoPerChar#1#2#3\@nil{% -#1#2% -\edef\@tempa{#3}% -\ifx\@tempa\@empty -\else - \DoPerChar#1#3\@nil -\fi} - -% To write a text vertically (but with letters horizontal) -% -\def\TextTurn#1{\DoPerChar\TextTurn@CharacterTurn#1\@nil} -\def\TextTurn@CharacterTurn#1{\rotateleft{\,\hbox to 0mm{\hss#1\hss}}\,} - -% To print a string in a framebox of a specified length -% -\def\PstTab{\@ifnextchar[{\PstTab@i}{\PstTab@i[]}} -\def\PstTab@i[#1]#2#3{{% -\psset{#1}% -\psframebox[framesep=0.06,framearc=0.8,shadow=true,shadowangle=45,shadowsize=0.1]{% - \rule[-0.5mm]{0mm}{2.5mm}% - \truncate[.]{#3}{\hfil#2\hfil}}}} - -% To print tabs for the sections -% -\def\SeminarTabs#1#2#3#4{% -% #1 = length for each tab, #2 = font specifications (if changed), -% #3 = color of the current section, -% #4 = color for all sections except the current one -% -% Temporary redefinition of the OvalFrame PostScript macro -% for better look for a tab -\pst@Verb{% -/OvalFrame { - x1 x2 eq y1 y2 eq or - { pop pop x1 y1 moveto x2 y2 L } - { y1 y2 sub abs - x1 x2 sub abs - 2 copy gt { exch pop } { pop } ifelse - 2 div exch - { dup 3 1 roll mul exch } if - 2 copy lt { pop } { exch pop } ifelse - /b ED - x1 y1 y2 add 2 div moveto - x1 y2 x2 y2 b arcto - x2 y2 x2 y1 b arcto -% D.G. modification begin - Mar. 20, 2002 -% x2 y1 x1 y1 b arcto -% x1 y1 x1 y2 b arcto - x2 y1 x1 y1 0 arcto - x1 y1 x1 y2 0 arcto -% D.G. modification end - 16 { pop } repeat - closepath } - ifelse } def}% -% -\def\l@slide##1##2##3##4{\l@slide@i##1##2\@nil##4\@@nil}% -\def\l@slide@i##1\ignorespaces ##2\@nil##3\@@nil{% -\pst@@killglue% To eat the end of line after the \l@slide macro -\ifnum##1=\c@slidesection - \def\SeminarTabsCurrentSectionColor{#3}% -\else - \def\SeminarTabsCurrentSectionColor{#4}% -\fi -#2% To be able to change the font size, serie, etc. -\hyperlink{##3}{% - \PstTab[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=\SeminarTabsCurrentSectionColor] - {##2}{#1}}}% -\let\l@subslide\@gobblefour -\@startlos} - -% General annotation macro -% - -% To add annotations on a page (slide), specially when using overlays -% This is specially useful to add comments on a set of equations -% or on program lines on a listing - -\newdimen\PstAnnotation@BoxBaselineskipDim -\define@key[psset]{}{AnnotationBoxBaselineskip}{\pssetlength{\PstAnnotation@BoxBaselineskipDim}{#1}} -\define@key[psset]{}{AnnotationBoxCommand}{\def\PstAnnotation@BoxCommand{#1}} -\define@key[psset]{}{AnnotationBoxJustification}{\def\PstAnnotation@BoxJustification{#1}} - -\newdimen\PstAnnotation@BoxLengthDim -\define@key[psset]{}{AnnotationBoxLength}{\pssetlength{\PstAnnotation@BoxLengthDim}{#1}} -\define@key[psset]{}{AnnotationBoxStyle}{\def\PstAnnotation@BoxStyle{#1}} -\define@key[psset]{}{AnnotationConnectionCommand}{\def\PstAnnotation@ConnectionCommand{#1}} - -\define@key[psset]{}{AnnotationConnectionBasicStyle}{\def\PstAnnotation@ConnectionBasicStyle{#1}} - -\define@key[psset]{}{AnnotationConnectionSpecialStyle}{\def\PstAnnotation@ConnectionSpecialStyle{#1}} - -\define@key[psset]{}{AnnotationReferencePoint}{\def\PstAnnotation@ReferencePoint{#1}} - -\define@key[psset]{}{AnnotationTextStyle}{\def\PstAnnotation@TextStyle{#1}} - -\define@key[psset]{}{AnnotationPositionX}{\def\PstAnnotation@PositionX{#1}} - -\define@key[psset]{}{AnnotationPositionY}{\def\PstAnnotation@PositionY{#1}} - -% Default values -\psset{% - AnnotationBoxBaselineskip=0.5mm, - AnnotationBoxCommand=\psframebox, - AnnotationBoxLength=4cm, - AnnotationBoxJustification=r, - AnnotationBoxStyle={linewidth=0.015,framesep=0.05}, - AnnotationConnectionCommand=\ncline, - AnnotationConnectionBasicStyle={arrows=->,nodesep=0.1}, - AnnotationConnectionSpecialStyle=, - AnnotationReferencePoint=l, - AnnotationTextStyle=\scriptsize, - AnnotationPositionX=13.45, - AnnotationPositionY=0} - -\SpecialCoor - -\def\PstAnnotation{\@ifnextchar[{\PstAnnotation@i}{\PstAnnotation@i[]}} -\def\PstAnnotation@i[#1]#2#3{{% -\psset{#1}% -\PstAnnotation@TextStyle -\rput(\PstAnnotation@PositionX,0 | #2){% - \rput[\PstAnnotation@BoxJustification](0,\PstAnnotation@PositionY){% - \rnode[\PstAnnotation@ReferencePoint]{AnnotationNodeTemp}{% - \ifx\PstAnnotation@BoxStyle\@empty - \else - \PstSet{\PstAnnotation@BoxStyle} - \fi - \PstAnnotation@BoxCommand{% - \normalbaselineskip=\PstAnnotation@BoxBaselineskipDim - \begin{minipage}{\PstAnnotation@BoxLengthDim} - #3 - \end{minipage}}}}} -\ifx\PstAnnotation@ConnectionBasicStyle\@empty -\else - \PstSet{\PstAnnotation@ConnectionBasicStyle} -\fi -\ifx\PstAnnotation@ConnectionSpecialStyle\@empty -\else - \PstSet{\PstAnnotation@ConnectionSpecialStyle} -\fi -\PstAnnotation@ConnectionCommand{AnnotationNodeTemp}{#2}}} - -% To put a right brace to point an annotation -\newcommand{\RightBrace}[1]{{% #1 = number of lines to put the brace around -\@tempdima=#1 pt -\advance\@tempdima\m@ne pt -\divide\@tempdima\tw@ -\ifx\BaseLineStretchBrace\@undefined - \@tempdimb=\normalbaselineskip -\else - \@tempdimb=\BaseLineStretchBrace\normalbaselineskip -\fi -\@tempdimc=\strip@pt\@tempdima\@tempdimb -\advance\@tempdimc-0.1\@tempdimb -% -\setbox\z@\hbox{A}% -\ifdim\@tempdimc<0.5\ht\z@ - \advance\@tempdimc0.75\ht\z@ -\fi -% -$\left \}\rule[-\@tempdimc]{0mm}{\@tempdimc}\right.$}} - -% Macros useful when using overlays with the `listings' package -% ------------------------------------------------------------- - -\def\pnodeLstDown#1{% -\@tempdima=0.5\normalbaselineskip -\setbox\z@\hbox{A}% -\ifdim\@tempdima<0.5\ht\z@ - \advance\@tempdima0.25\ht\z@ -\else - \advance\@tempdima-0.5\ht\z@ -\fi -\pnode(0,-\@tempdima){#1}} -\def\pnodeLstUp#1{\setbox\z@\hbox{A}\pnode(0,0.5\ht\z@){#1}} -\def\rnodeLst#1#2#3{\rnode[#1]{#2}{#3}} - -\catcode`\@=\SeminarAtCode\relax -\endinput -% End seminar.con diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/seminar.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/seminar.sty deleted file mode 100644 index 077602f530..0000000000 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/seminar.sty +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1170 +0,0 @@ -%% BEGIN seminar.sty -%% -%% This is file `seminar.sty', generated -%% on <1993/4/2> with the docstrip utility (2.0r). -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% seminar.doc -%% -\def\fileversion{1.62} -\def\filedate{14/05/12} -%% -%% LaTeX document style `seminar', for use with LaTeX v2.09. -%% This is a style for typesetting notes and slides. -%% -%% COPYRIGHT 1993, by Timothy Van Zandt, Timothy.VAN-ZANDT@insead.edu -%% -%% -%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 of this license -%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this -%% license is in: -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version -%% 1999/12/01 or later. -%% -%% -\@ifundefined{@seminarerr}{}{\endinput} -\typeout{% - Document Style: `seminar' v\fileversion \space <\filedate> (tvz)} -\def\test@member#1#2{% - \edef\@tempg{,#2,#1,}% - \edef\@temph{####1,#1,}% - \expandafter\def\expandafter\@temph\@temph##2\@nil{% - \def\@tempg{##2}% - \ifx\@tempg\@empty\@testfalse\else\@testtrue\fi}% - \expandafter\@temph\@tempg\@nil} -\def\addto@hook#1#2{#1\expandafter{\the#1#2}} -\@ifundefined{reset@font}{\def\reset@font{\normalsize\rm}}{} -\def\@seminarerr#1#2{% - \edef\@tempc{#2}\expandafter\errhelp\expandafter{\@tempc}% - \typeout{^^JSeminar.sty error.\space\space\space - Type \space H <return> \space for immediate help.^^J}% - \errmessage{#1^^J}} -\def\notslide@err#1{Cannot use \string#1 in slide environments} -\def\new@slidebox{\alloc@4\box\chardef\insc@unt} -\newdimen\slidewidth \slidewidth 8.5in -\newdimen\slideheight \slideheight 6.3in -\@ifundefined{paperwidth}{\def\paperwidth{8.5in}}{} -\@ifundefined{paperheight}{\def\paperheight{11in}}{} -\def\addto@preamblecmds#1{% - \begingroup - \def\do{\noexpand\do\noexpand}% - \xdef\@preamblecmds{\@preamblecmds\do#1}% - \endgroup} -\addto@preamblecmds{\addto@preamblecmds\do\@preamblecmds} -\def\sem@temp#1{\@ifundefined{if#1}% - {\def\@tempa{\csname newif\endcsname} - \expandafter\@tempa\csname if#1\endcsname}{}} -\sem@temp{article}{} -\sem@temp{slidesonly}{} -\sem@temp{notes}{} -\sem@temp{notesonly}{} -\sem@temp{notesonlystar}{} -\sem@temp{portrait}{} -\def\ds@article{\articletrue} -\def\ds@slidesonly{\slidesonlytrue\notesfalse\notesonlyfalse} -\def\ds@notes{\notestrue\slidesonlyfalse\notesonlyfalse} -\def\ds@notesonly{\notesonlytrue\slidesonlyfalse\notesfalse} -\@namedef{ds@notesonly*}{\ds@notesonly\notesonlystartrue} -\def\ds@portrait{\portraittrue} -\@namedef{ds@a4}{% - \def\paperwidth{210mm} - \def\paperheight{297mm} - \slidewidth 222mm - \slideheight 152mm\relax} -\@@input article.sty -\ifnotesonly\else\notesonlystarfalse\fi -\@@input sem-page.sty -\newtoks\before@document -\newtoks\after@document -\let\xcomment@hook\relax -\before@document{\endgroup\the\before@document\begingroup} -\after@document{\the\after@document\xcomment@hook} -\expandafter\@temptokena\expandafter{\document} -\edef\document{\the\before@document\the\@temptokena\the\after@document} -\before@document{} -\after@document{} -\newtoks\before@enddocument -\before@enddocument{\the\before@enddocument} -\expandafter\@temptokena\expandafter{\enddocument} -\edef\enddocument{\the\before@enddocument\the\@temptokena} -\before@enddocument{} -\newif\ifprintlandscape -\ifportrait - \ifarticle\printlandscapetrue\fi -\else - \ifarticle\else\printlandscapetrue\fi -\fi -\addto@hook\before@document{\ifprintlandscape\printlandscape\fi} -\addto@preamblecmds{\printlandscape} -\def\printlandscape{\addto@hook\before@enddocument{% - \typeout{^^J% - *******************************************************^^J% - ***** !! PRINT THIS DOCUMENT IN LANDSCAPE MODE !! *****^^J% - *******************************************************}}} -\def\slide{% - \NestedSlide@Error{slide}% - \landscapetrue - \@ifnextchar[{\begin@slide}{\begin@slide[\slidewidth,\slideheight]}} -\def\endslide{\end@slide} -\@namedef{slide*}{% - \NestedSlide@Error{slide*}% - \landscapefalse - \@ifnextchar[{\begin@slide}{\begin@slide[\slidewidth,\slideheight]}}% -\@namedef{endslide*}{\end@slide} -\newcounter{slide} -\def\theslide{\arabic{slide}} -\newcount\slide@count -\newbox\@slidebox -\newbox\not@slidebox -\newif\ifslide -\newif\iflandscape -\def\@landscapeonly{0} -\def\landscapeonly{\def\@landscapeonly{1}} -\def\portraitonly{\def\@landscapeonly{-1}} -\def\NestedSlide@Error#1{% - \ifslide - \endgroup - \@seminarerr{Nested slide environments. Perhaps missing - \string\end{\@currenvir}. May be fatal}\@ehd - \expandafter\end\expandafter{\@currenvir}% - \ifslide\expandafter\end\expandafter{\@currenvir}\fi - \begingroup - \def\@currenvir{#1}% - \fi} -\def\begin@slide[#1,#2]{% - \slide@clearpage - \setlength\slidewidth{#1}% - \setlength\slideheight{#2}% - \begingroup - \ifarticle - \output{% - \advance\count@ 1 - \global\setbox\not@slidebox\box\@cclv}% - \par\@@par\penalty-\@M - \fi - \output{\slide@output}% - \slidetrue - \ifarticle\global\slide@count=\z@\fi - \refstepcounter{slide}% - \ifnotesonlystar\xdef\first@slidemarker{\the\c@slide}\fi - \def\do##1{\setcounter{##1}\z@}\slide@reset - \ifarticle\else - \edef\page@textheight{\number\textheight sp}% - \edef\page@textwidth{\number\textwidth sp}% - \fi - \set@slidesize - \slidebox@restore - \the\slide@hook - \the\before@newslide - \everyslide} -\def\end@slide{% - \par\penalty-\@M - \xdef\@tempg{\@currenvir}% - \endgroup - \ifslide - \@seminarerr{Perhaps missing `\string\end{\@tempg}', - \iffalse{\fi`\string}' or `\string\endgroup'}\@ehd - \def\next{\endgroup\ifslide\expandafter\next\fi}% - \next - \fi - \begingroup - \output{\setbox\@tempboxa\box\@cclv}% - \@@par\penalty-\@M - \endgroup - \global\advance\c@slide-1 - \def\do##1{\setcounter{##1}{\@nameuse{saved@c@##1}}}% - \slide@reset - \ifarticle\outputloop@savedslides\fi - \the\after@slide} -\let\slideclearpagetrue\relax -\let\slideclearpagefalse\relax -\ifarticle - \def\slide@clearpage{\par\penalty\z@} - \ifnotes - \def\slideclearpagetrue{\def\slide@clearpage{\clearpage}} - \def\slideclearpagefalse{\def\slide@clearpage{\par\penalty\z@}} - \else - \ifnotesonly - \def\slideclearpagetrue{\def\slide@clearpage{\clearpage}} - \def\slideclearpagefalse{\def\slide@clearpage{\par\penalty\z@}} - \fi - \fi -\else - \def\slide@clearpage{\clearpage} -\fi -\newtoks\slide@hook -\def\everyslide{} -\newtoks\after@slide -\def\slidebox@restore{% - \def\thepage{\theslide}% - \def\newpage{\newslide}% - \def\clearpage{\newslide}% - \def\thispagestyle{\notslide@err{\thispagestyle}}% - \pagestyle{\slide@pagestyle}% - \@twocolumnfalse - \def\twocolumn{\notslide@err{\twocolumn}}% - \def\onecolumn{\notslide@err{\onecolumn}}% - \def\marginpar{\notslide@err{\marginpar}}% - \def\thanks{\slidethanks}% - \def\maketitle{\slidemaketitle}% - \fix@floats - \fix@whatsits - \slide@footnotes - \def\do##1{\expandafter\xdef\csname - saved@c@##1\endcsname{\the\@nameuse{c@##1}}}% - \slide@reset - \topskip\z@ \maxdepth\z@ - \slide@listparameters - \slidefonts - \def\baselinestretch{\slidestretch}% - \def\arraystretch{\slidearraystretch}% - \sem@ptsize{\slide@ptsize}} -\def\date#1{\gdef\@date{#1}\gdef\thedate{#1}} -\def\author#1{\gdef\@author{#1}\gdef\theauthor{#1}} -\def\title#1{\gdef\@title{#1}\gdef\thetitle{#1}} -\date{\today} -\let\slidethanks\thanks -\def\thethanks{\@thanks}% -\def\slidemaketitle{% - \par - \begin{center}\bf - {\large \thetitle}\par\vskip 1ex - \begin{tabular}[t]{c} \theauthor \end{tabular}\par\vskip 1ex - \thedate - \end{center}% - \thethanks\par} -\def\fix@floats{% - \def\@xfloat##1[##2]{% - \expandafter\let\csname end##1\endcsname\end@float - \par\medskip\vbox\bgroup\def\@captype{##1}\parindent\z@ - \ignorespaces}% - \def\end@float{\par\vskip\z@\egroup\medskip}% - \def\@dblfloat{\@float}\def\end@dblfloat{\end@float}% - \def\endfigure{\end@float}\def\endtable{\end@float}} -\let\normal@write\write -\let\normal@read\read -\let\normal@openout\openout -\let\normal@closeout\closeout -\def\fix@whatsits{% - \def\write{\immediate\normal@write}% - \def\read{\immediate\normal@read}% - \def\openout{\immediate\normal@openout}% - \def\closeout{\immediate\normal@closeout}} -\newinsert\slide@footins -\skip\slide@footins=\bigskipamount -\count\slide@footins=1000 -\dimen\slide@footins=4in -\def\theslidefootnote{\alph{footnote}} -\def\slide@footnotes{% - \def\thefootnote{\theslidefootnote}% - \let\footins\slide@footins - \interfootnotelinepenalty\@M} -\def\slidefonts{} -\def\slidestretch{1.18} -\def\slidearraystretch{1.2} -\def\raggedslides{\@ifnextchar[{\@raggedslides}{\@raggedslides[1fil]}} -\def\@raggedslides[#1]{% - \edef\slide@@rightskip{#1}% - \ifslide\slide@rightskip\fi} -\def\slide@rightskip{% - \@rightskip\z@ plus \slide@@rightskip\relax \rightskip\@rightskip} -\def\slide@@rightskip{1fil} -\newcount\slide@listdepth -\def\slide@listparameters{% - \let\@listdepth\slide@listdepth - \slide@listdepth\z@ - \def\@listi{\slide@listi}% - \def\@listii{\slide@listii}% - \def\@listiii{\slide@listiii}% - \let\@listiv\relax\let\@listv\relax\let\@listvi\relax} -\def\slide@listi{% - \leftmargin\leftmargini - \labelwidth\leftmargini \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep - \parsep\parskip \divide\parsep2 - \partopsep\slidepartopsep\relax - \advance\partopsep-\parskip - \ifdim\partopsep<\z@\partopsep\z@\fi - \itemsep\slideitemsep\relax - \ifdim\parsep<\itemsep - \topsep\itemsep \advance\topsep-\parsep - \else - \itemsep\parsep \topsep\z@ - \fi} -\def\slide@listii{% - \leftmargin\leftmarginii - \labelwidth\leftmarginii \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep - \divide\itemsep2 \divide\parsep2 - \divide\topsep2 \divide\partopsep2\relax}% -\def\slide@listiii{% - \leftmargin\leftmarginiii - \labelwidth\leftmarginiii \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep - \itemsep \z@ \parsep\z@ \topsep\z@}% -\def\slideleftmargini{1.8em} -\def\slideleftmarginii{1.4em} -\def\slideleftmarginiii{1em} -\def\slidelabelsep{.5em} -\def\slideitemsep{.8ex minus .2ex} -\def\slidepartopsep{1ex minus .2ex} -\newbox\saved@specials -\def\save@slidespecials{% - \begingroup - \output{% - \global\setbox\saved@specials=\box\@cclv - \global\wd\saved@specials=\z@ - \global\dp\saved@specials=\z@ - \global\ht\saved@specials=\z@}% - \hbox{}\penalty-\@M - \global\let\saved@texttop\@texttop - \gdef\@texttop{% - \ifvoid\saved@specials\else\box\saved@specials\nointerlineskip\fi - \saved@texttop - \global\let\@texttop\saved@texttop}% - \endgroup} -\addto@hook\after@document{\save@slidespecials} -\ifarticle\else - \def\insert@specials{% - \ifvoid\saved@specials\else - \setbox\@slidebox\hbox{\box\saved@specials\box\@slidebox}% - \fi - \global\let\insert@specials\relax} -\fi -\def\extraslideheight#1{% - \@tempdima #1\relax - \edef\X@SlideHeight{\number\@tempdima sp} - \ifslide\set@slidesize\fi} -\extraslideheight{6pt} -\def\set@slidesize{% - \iflandscape - \hsize=\inverseslidesmag\slidewidth - \vsize=\inverseslidesmag\slideheight - \else - \hsize=\inverseslidesmag\slideheight - \vsize=\inverseslidesmag\slidewidth - \fi - \edef\slide@vsize{\number\vsize sp}% - \textheight\vsize - \advance\vsize\X@SlideHeight\relax - \textwidth\hsize\columnwidth\hsize\linewidth\hsize} -\def\newslide{% - \par\penalty-\@M - \def\do##1{\setcounter{##1}\z@}\slide@reset - \the\before@newslide - \set@slidesize} -\newtoks\before@newslide -\def\slide@reset{\do{footnote}} -\def\slidereset#1{\def\slide@reset{}\addtoslidereset{#1}} -\def\addtoslidereset#1{% - \edef\@tempa{#1}\expandafter\addto@slidereset\@tempa,\@nil,} -\def\addto@slidereset#1,{% - \ifx\@nil#1\else - \@ifundefined{c@#1}% - {\@seminarerr{Counter `#1' not defined}\@ehd}% - {\expandafter\def\expandafter\slide@reset\expandafter{% - \slide@reset\do{#1}}}% - \expandafter\addto@slidereset - \fi} -\def\slide@output{% - \@makeslide - \@testfalse - \ifnotesonly\else - \iflandscape - \ifnum\@landscapeonly>-1 \os@test\fi - \else - \ifnum\@landscapeonly<1 \os@test\fi - \fi - \fi - \if@test - \reset@slideoutput - \@@makeslide - \process@slide - \fi - \refstepcounter{slide}} -\def\reset@slideoutput{% - \let\par\@@par - \reset@font - \def\baselinestretch{1}% - \@nameuse{1\@ptsize @semptsize}% - \catcode`\ =10 - \let\-\@dischyph \let\'\@acci \let\`\@accii \let\=\@acciii} -\newif\ifcenterslides -\centerslidestrue -\def\@makeslide{% - \setbox\@slidebox\vbox{% - \unvbox\@cclv - \ifvoid\slide@footins\else - \vskip\skip\slide@footins - \footnoterule - \unvbox\slide@footins - \fi - \vskip\z@}} -\def\@@makeslide{% - \overfullslide@warning - \setbox\@slidebox\hbox{% - \vfuzz=\slidefuzz\relax - \vbox to\slide@vsize{% - \ifcenterslides\vskip\z@ plus .0001fil \fi - \unvbox\@slidebox - \vskip\z@ plus .0001fil}% - \the\after@slidepage}% - \wd\@slidebox\textwidth} -\def\overfullslide@warning{% - \dimen@\ht\@slidebox - \advance\dimen@-\slide@vsize\relax - \ifdim\dimen@>\slidefuzz\relax - \@warning{Slide \theslide\space overfull by \the\dimen@}% - \fi} -\def\slidefuzz{2pt} -\newtoks\after@slidepage -\newif\ifrotateheaders -\def\sliderotation#1{\@ifundefined{semsr@#1}% - {\@latexerr{Slide rotation `#1' not defined.}\@eha}% - {\@nameuse{semsr@#1}}} -\def\semsr@left{% - \def\rotate@slide{% - \setbox\@slidebox\hbox{\leftsliderotation{\box\@slidebox}}}} -\def\semsr@right{% - \def\rotate@slide{% - \setbox\@slidebox\hbox{\rightsliderotation{\box\@slidebox}}}} -\def\semsr@none{\let\rotate@slide\relax} -\sliderotation{none} -\def\leftsliderotation#1{% - \@seminarerr{\string\leftsliderotation\space has not been defined}% - \@ehd} -\let\rightsliderotation\leftsliderotation -\def\@ifrotateslide#1{% - \ifx\rotate@slide\relax\else - \iflandscape\ifportrait#1\fi\else\ifportrait\else#1\fi\fi - \fi} -\def\process@slide{% - \slideframewidth=\inverseslidesmag\slideframewidth - \slideframesep=\inverseslidesmag\slideframesep - \fboxrule\slideframewidth - \fboxsep\slideframesep - \ifarticle - \@ifrotateslide\rotate@slide - \else - \ifrotateheaders\else\@ifrotateslide\rotate@slide\fi - \fi - \process@@slide} -\def\process@@slide{\finish@slide\output@slide} -\def\finish@slide{% - \theslideframe - \add@slidelabel\slidelabel} -\ifarticle - \def\output@slide{% - \global\advance\slide@count1 - \@ifundefined{slidebox@\the\slide@count}% - {{\globaldefs=1\expandafter - \new@slidebox\csname slidebox@\the\slide@count\endcsname}}{}% - \expandafter\global\expandafter\setbox\csname - slidebox@\the\slide@count\endcsname\box\@slidebox} -\else - \def\output@slide{% - \begingroup - \hoffset=-\inverseslidesmag in - \voffset=-\inverseslidesmag in - \setslidelength\@tempdima{% - \ifportrait\paperwidth\else\paperheight\fi} - \setslidelength\@tempdimb{% - \ifportrait\paperheight\else\paperwidth\fi} - \ifrotateheaders - \@ifrotateslide{% - \dimen@=\@tempdima - \@tempdima=\@tempdimb - \@tempdimb=\dimen@} - \fi - % \oddsidemargin, \evensidemargin, \headheight, \footheight - % used for scratch: - \setslidelength\oddsidemargin\slideleftmargin - \setslidelength\evensidemargin\sliderightmargin - \setslidelength\headheight\slidetopmargin - \setslidelength\footheight\slidebottommargin - % Some page styles like to know \textwidth: - \textwidth=\@tempdima - \advance\textwidth-\oddsidemargin - \advance\textwidth-\evensidemargin - \setbox\@slidebox=\hbox to \@tempdima{% - \kern\oddsidemargin - \vbox to\@tempdimb{% - \ifnum\fancyput@flag>-1 - \hbox{\kern-\oddsidemargin\do@fancyput}% - \fi - \let\label\@gobble - \let\index\@gobble - \let\glossary\@gobble - \vbox to\headheight{% - \vfill - \hbox{% - \slideheadfont\relax\strut - \hbox to\textwidth{\@oddhead}}% - \kern\z@}% - \vfill - \hbox to\textwidth{\hss\box\@slidebox\hss}% - \vfill - \vbox to\footheight{% - \hbox{% - \slidefootfont\relax\strut - \hbox to\textwidth{\@oddfoot}}% - \vfill}}% - \hss}% - \ifrotateheaders\@ifrotateslide\rotate@slide\fi - \insert@specials - \shipout\box\@slidebox - \endgroup - \let\firstmark\botmark} - \@ifundefined{fancyput@flag}{\def\fancyput@flag{-1}}{} -\fi -\newskip\slidesep -\slidesep\intextsep -\ifarticle - \def\fps@fslide{htbp} - \def\ftype@fslide{32} - \def\float@savedslide{% - \begingroup\@float{fslide}% - \centerline{\box\@slidebox}% - \end@float\endgroup}% - \@namedef{float*@savedslide}{% - \begingroup\@dblfloat{fslide}% - \centerline{\box\@slidebox}% - \end@dblfloat\endgroup}% - \def\center@slide{\hbox{% - \kern-\@totalleftmargin - \hbox to \columnwidth{\hss\box\@slidebox\hss}}}% - \def\onepercol@savedslide{% - \vbox to .996\textheight{\vss\center@slide\vss}\goodbreak}% - \def\twopercol@savedslide{% - \dimen@.5\textheight - \advance\dimen@-\slidesep - \ifdim\ht\@slidebox>\dimen@ - \onepercol@savedslide - \else - \vbox to .498\textheight{\vss\center@slide\vss}\goodbreak - \fi} - \def\here@savedslide{% - \addvspace\slidesep\center@slide\addvspace\slidesep} - \@namedef{here*@savedslide}{% - \goodbreak \hrule \@height\z@ \nobreak \vskip\slidesep \nobreak - \center@slide - \nobreak \vskip\slidesep \nobreak \hrule\@height\z@ \goodbreak} -\fi -\ifarticle - \def\slideplacement#1{\@ifundefined{#1@savedslide}% - {\@seminarerr{Slide placement `#1' undefined}\@ehd}% - {\expandafter\let\expandafter\output@savedslide - \csname #1@savedslide\endcsname}} -\else - \def\slideplacement#1{} -\fi -\ifarticle - \ifnotes - \ifportrait - \slideplacement{float} - \else - \slideplacement{float*} - \fi - \else - \ifportrait - \slideplacement{onepercol} - \else - \slideplacement{twopercol} - \fi - \fi -\fi -\ifarticle - \def\outputloop@savedslides{% - \global\maxdepth\@maxdepth - \ifvoid\not@slidebox\else - \dimen@=\dp\not@slidebox - \unvbox\not@slidebox - \hrule height\z@ - \prevdepth\dimen@ - \penalty\z@ - \fi - \edef\slide@@count{\the\slide@count\relax}% - \slide@count\z@ - \loop - \ifnum\slide@count<\slide@@count - \advance\slide@count1 - \expandafter\setbox\expandafter\@slidebox\expandafter\box - \csname slidebox@\the\slide@count\endcsname - \output@savedslide - \repeat - \ifnotesonlystar\make@slidemarker\fi} -\fi -\def\make@slidemarker{% - \addvspace\slidesep - \moveleft\@totalleftmargin - \vbox{% - \hsize\columnwidth - \hrule height 1pt - \kern 8pt - \hbox to \columnwidth{% - \hss - \LARGE\bf\the@slidemarker - \hss}% - \kern 8pt - \hrule height 1pt}% - \addvspace\slidesep} -\def\the@slidemarker{% - Slide% - \ifnum\c@slide=\first@slidemarker\else - s {\c@slide\first@slidemarker\relax\theslide} --\fi - { }\theslide}% -\ifarticle - \let\c@note\c@page - \def\p@note{\p@page} - \def\thenote{\thepage} -\else - \newcounter{note} - \def\thenote{\theslide-\arabic{note}} - \def\thepage{\thenote} - \addto@hook\after@slide{\setcounter{note}{1}} - \expandafter\def\expandafter\@outputpage\expandafter{% - \@outputpage\stepcounter{note}} -\fi -\ifarticle\else - \let\c@page\c@slide - \countdef\c@slide=0 - \c@slide=0 - \c@page=1 -\fi -\ifarticle - \let\truepagenumbers\relax -\else - \def\truepagenumbers{% - \let\c@slide\c@page - \countdef\c@page=0 - \c@page=1 - \c@slide=0 - \let\truepagenumbers\relax} -\fi -\addto@preamblecmds{\truepagenumbers} -\newdimen\slideframewidth \slideframewidth 4pt -\newdimen\slideframesep \slideframesep .3in -\def\newslideframe#1{% - \@ifnextchar[{\@newslideframe{#1}}{\@newslideframe{#1}[]}} -\def\@newslideframe#1[#2]{% - \@namedef{semsfops@#1}{#2}% - \@namedef{semsf@#1}##1} -\newslideframe{plain}{\fbox{#1}} -\def\slideframe{\@slideframe{slide}} -\def\@slideframe#1{% - \@ifstar{\@testtrue\@@slideframe{#1}}{\@testfalse\@@slideframe{#1}}} -\def\@@slideframe#1{% - \@ifnextchar[{\@@@slideframe{#1}}{\@@@slideframe{#1}[]}} -\def\@@@slideframe#1[#2]#3{% - \def\@tempa{none}% - \def\@tempb{#3}% - \ifx\@tempa\@tempb - \@namedef{the#1frame}{\relax}% - \else - \ifx\@tempb\@empty - \@namedef{the#1frame}{}% - \else - \@ifundefined{semsf@#3}% - {\@seminarerr{Slide frame `#3' undefined}\@eha}% - {\if@test - \@@@@slideframe{#1}[#2]{#3}% - \else - \@namedef{the#1frame}{\setbox\@slidebox=\hbox{{% - \@nameuse{semsfops@#3}#2\@nameuse{semsf@#3}{\box\@slidebox}}}}% - \fi}% - \fi - \fi} -\def\@@@@slideframe#1[#2]#3{% - \expandafter\let\expandafter\@tempa\csname the#1frame\endcsname - \edef\next{% - \noexpand\def\expandafter\noexpand\csname the#1frame\endcsname}% - \expandafter\next\expandafter{\@tempa - \setbox\@slidebox=\hbox{{% - \@nameuse{semsfops@#3}% - #2% - \@nameuse{semsf@#3}{\box\@slidebox}}}}}% -\slideframe{plain} -\def\slidestyle#1{\@ifundefined{ss@#1}% - {\@seminarerr{Slide style `#1' undefined}\@eha}% - {\@nameuse{ss@#1}}} -\def\ss@empty{\let\add@slidelabel\@gobble} -\def\ss@left{\def\add@slidelabel##1{% - \setbox\@slidebox=\hbox{% - \vbox to \ht\@slidebox{\vss - \hbox to 0pt{\hss##1\hskip 15pt}% - \vss}\box\@slidebox}}} -\def\ss@bottom{\def\add@slidelabel##1{% - \setbox\@slidebox=\vbox{\copy\@slidebox\vskip 9pt - \hbox to\wd\@slidebox{\hss##1\hss}}}}% -\ifarticle - \ifportrait\slidestyle{bottom}\else\slidestyle{left}\fi -\else - \slidestyle{empty} -\fi -\def\slidelabel{\bf Slide \theslide} -\def\newpagestyle#1#2#3{% - \expandafter\newcommand\csname ps@#1\endcsname{% - \def\@oddhead{#2}\let\@evenhead\@oddhead - \def\@oddfoot{#3}\let\@evenfoot\@oddfoot}} -\def\renewpagestyle#1#2#3{% - \expandafter\renewcommand\csname ps@#1\endcsname{% - \def\@oddhead{#2}\let\@evenhead\@oddhead - \def\@oddfoot{#3}\let\@evenfoot\@oddfoot}} -\def\@ifgoodps#1{% - \@ifundefined{ps@#1}{\@seminarerr{Page style `#1' undefined}\@eha}} -\def\slidepagestyle#1{% - \@ifgoodps{#1}% - {\ifslide\pagestyle{#1}\else\edef\slide@pagestyle{#1}\fi}} -\def\ps@{} -\slidepagestyle{} -\ifarticle - \def\ps@align{} -\else - \def\ps@align{% - \def\@oddhead{\thepage\hfil+}\let\@evenhead\@oddhead - \def\@oddfoot{+\hfil+}\let\@evenfoot\@oddfoot} -\fi -\def\slideheadfont{\scriptsize} -\def\slidefootfont{\scriptsize} -\def\magstep#1{\ifcase#1 \@m\or 1200\or 1440\or 1728\or - 2074\or 2488\or 2986\or 3583\or 4300\or 5160\fi\relax} -\def\magstepminus#1{% - \ifcase#1 \@m\or 833\or 694\or 579\or 482\or 401\fi\relax} -\def\@magstep#1{% - \ifnum#1<\z@\magstepminus{-#1}\else\magstep#1\fi} -{\catcode`\p=12\catcode`\t=12 - \gdef\@@inv@@mag#1pt#2{\def#2{#1}}} -\def\invert@mag#1{\@tempdima=1000pt - \divide\@tempdima by #1\relax - \expandafter\@@inv@@mag\the\@tempdima#1} -\def\@slidesmag#1{% - \@tempcnta=#1\relax% - \ifnum\@tempcnta>0 - \edef\inverseslidesmag{\the\@tempcnta}% - \invert@mag\inverseslidesmag - \ifarticle\else\mag\@tempcnta\fi - \else - \@seminarerr{\string\@slidesmag\space argument must be an - integer equal to 1000 times the magnification}\@eha - \fi} -\def\@articlemag#1{% - \@tempcnta=#1\relax% - \ifnum\@tempcnta>0 - \edef\inverseartmag{\the\@tempcnta}% - \invert@mag\inverseartmag - \ifarticle\mag\@tempcnta\fi - \else - \@seminarerr{\string\articlemag\space argument must be an - integer equal to 1000 times the magnification}\@eha - \fi} -\addto@preamblecmds{\@slidesmag\do\@articlemag} -\newdimen\semin -\newdimen\semcm -\def\@semmagerr#1{% - \@seminarerr{\string#1 argument must be an integer - between -5 and 9}\@eha} -\def\slidesmag#1{% - \@tempcnta=#1\relax - \ifnum\@tempcnta>-6 - \ifnum\@tempcnta<10 - \edef\the@slidesmag{\the\@tempcnta}% - \@slidesmag{\@magstep\@tempcnta}% - \else - \@semmagerr\slidesmag - \fi - \else - \@semmagerr\slidesmag - \fi - \setslidelength\semin\seminlength - \setslidelength\semcm\semcmlength} -\def\seminlength{1in} -\def\semcmlength{1cm} -\def\articlemag#1{% - \@tempcnta=#1\relax - \ifnum\@tempcnta>-6 - \ifnum\@tempcnta<10 - \edef\the@articlemag{\the\@tempcnta}% - \@articlemag{\@magstep\@tempcnta}% - \else - \@semmagerr\articlemag - \fi - \else - \@semmagerr\articlemag - \fi} -\addto@preamblecmds{\slidesmag\do\articlemag} -\def\setslidelength#1#2{% - #1=#2\relax - #1=\inverseslidesmag#1}% -\def\addtoslidelength#1#2{% - \dimen@=#2\relax - \advance#1 by \inverseslidesmag\dimen@} -\def\setartlength#1#2{% - #1=#2\relax - #1=\inverseartmag#1} -\def\addtoartlength#1#2{% - \dimen@=#2\relax - \advance#1 by \inverseartmag\dimen@} -\def\slide@epsfsize#1#2{% - \ifdim\epsfxsize=0pt - \ifdim\epsfysize=0pt - \inverseslidesmag#1% - \else - 0pt - \fi - \else - \inverseslidesmag\epsfxsize - \fi - \epsfysize - \ifdim\epsfysize=0pt - \ifdim\epsfxsize=0pt - \inverseslidesmag#2% - \else - 0pt - \fi - \else - \inverseslidesmag\epsfysize - \fi} -\def\epsfslidesize{\let\epsfsize\slide@epsfsize} -\slidesmag{4} -\articlemag{0} -\def\do@pageparameters{% - \do\oddsidemargin - \do\evensidemargin - \do\marginparwidth - \do\marginparsep - \do\topmargin - \do\headheight - \do\headsep - \do\textheight - \do\textwidth - \do\topskip - \do\footskip - \do\footheight} -\ifarticle - \def\scale@pageparameters{% - \begingroup - \def\do##1{\global##1=\inverseartmag##1\relax}% - \do@pageparameters - \endgroup} -\else - \def\scale@pageparameters{% - \begingroup - \def\do##1{\global##1=\inverseslidesmag##1\relax}% - \do@pageparameters - \endgroup} -\fi -\addto@hook\before@document{\scale@pageparameters} -\addto@preamblecmds{\scale@pageparameters\do\do@pageparameters} -\def\allversions{} -\let\endallversions\relax -\@namedef{allversions*}{\@bsphack\globaldefs=1} -\@namedef{endallversions*}{\@esphack} -\def\slide@list{slide,slide*,allversions,allversions*} -\def\addtoslidelist#1{\xdef\slide@list{\slide@list,#1}} -\addto@preamblecmds{\addtoslidelist} -\ifslidesonly - \@ifundefined{xcomment@@@}{\@@input xcomment.sty }{} - \def\xcomment@hook{\@xcomment{@@@}{\slide@list}} - \newxcomment[]{note} -\else - \def\note{\@bsphack}% - \def\endnote{\@esphack}% -\fi -\def\noxcomment{\def\xcomment@hook{}} -\def\os@list{} -\newif\if@os -\def\onlyslides#1{\def\os@list{#1}\@ostrue - \def\os@warning{\@warning{\string\onlyslides\space argument - contains undefined references}}} -\def\notslides#1{\def\os@list{#1}\@osfalse - \def\os@warning{\@warning{\string\notslides\space argument - contains undefined references}}} -\addto@preamblecmds{\onlyslides\do\notslides} -\addto@hook\after@document{% - \ifx\os@list\@empty\else\os@expandlist\fi} -\def\os@expandlist{% - \let\os@@warning\relax - \begingroup - \def\ref##1{\@ifundefined{r@##1}{?}% - {\noexpand\@car\@nameuse{r@##1}\noexpand\@nil}}% - \edef\@tempd{\os@list}% - \xdef\os@list{}% - \@for\@tempc:=\@tempd - \do{\expandafter\os@expandrange\@tempc-:-:\@nil}% - \os@@warning - \endgroup - \let\os@expandrange\relax - \let\os@checknum\relax - \let\os@expandlist\relax} -\def\os@expandrange#1-#2-#3\@nil{% - \def\@tempa{?}\def\@tempb{#1}% - \ifx\@tempa\@tempb - \let\os@@warning\os@warning - \else - \@tempcnta=#1\relax - \def\@tempb{#2}% - \ifx\@tempa\@tempb - \let\os@@warning\os@warning - \else - \def\@tempa{:}% - \ifx\@tempa\@tempb - \@tempcntb=\@tempcnta - \else - \@tempcntb=#2\relax - \fi - \advance\@tempcnta by -1 - \advance\@tempcntb by 1 - \ifx\os@list\@empty - \xdef\os@list{\the\@tempcnta+\the\@tempcntb}% - \else - \xdef\os@list{\os@list,\the\@tempcnta+\the\@tempcntb}% - \fi - \fi - \fi} -\def\os@test{% - \@testtrue - \iflandscape - \ifnum\@landscapeonly=-1 \@testfalse\fi - \else - \ifnum\@landscapeonly=1 \@testfalse\fi - \fi - \if@test - \ifx\os@list\@empty\else - \if@os\@testfalse\fi - \@for\@tempa:=\os@list\do{\expandafter\os@testrange\@tempa\@nil}% - \fi - \fi} -\def\os@testrange#1+#2\@nil{% - \ifnum\c@slide>#1 - \ifnum\c@slide<#2 - \if@os\@testtrue\else\@testfalse\fi - \fi - \fi} -\def\onlynotestoo{% - \ifnotes\@testtrue\else\ifnotesonly\@testtrue\else\@testfalse\fi\fi - \if@test - \@ifundefined{xcomment@@@}{% - \edef\sem@temp{\the\catcode`\@}% - \catcode`\@=11 - \@@input xcomment.sty - \catcode`\@=\sem@temp\relax}{}% - \def\xcomment@hook{\@xcomment{@@@}{\slide@list}}% - \addto@hook\after@slide\onlynotes@too - \fi} -\def\onlynotes@too{% - \os@test - \if@test\gdef\do@end{}\else\gdef\do@end{\xc@begin}\fi} -\addto@preamblecmds\onlynotestoo -\def\ptsize#1{% - \@ifundefined{#1@semptsize}% - {\@seminarerr{\string\ptsize\space `#1' not valid.}\@eha}% - {\ifslide - \sem@ptsize{#1}\large\normalsize - \else - \edef\slide@ptsize{#1}% - \fi}} -\edef\slide@ptsize{1\@ptsize}% -\def\slidefontsizes{\ptsize} %For backwards compatibility?? -\def\slide@setsize#1#2#3#4{% - \@setsize{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}% - \set@slideskip{#2}} -\def\slide@@setsize#1#2#3#4{% - \slide@setsize{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}\slidedisplayskips} -\def\set@slideskip#1{% - \normallineskiplimit=#1 - \advance\normallineskiplimit-\normalbaselineskip - \multiply\normallineskiplimit-1 - \normallineskiplimit\slideskip\normallineskiplimit - \ifdim\normallineskiplimit<1pt\normallineskiplimit=1pt\fi - \normallineskip=\normallineskiplimit - minus \slideshrink\normallineskiplimit - \dimen@=\normalbaselineskip - \normalbaselineskip=\dimen@ minus \slideshrink\normallineskiplimit - \normalbaselines} -\def\slideskip{.75} -\def\slideshrink{.25} -\def\slidedisplayskips{% - \abovedisplayskip 1.75ex minus .35ex - \belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip - \abovedisplayshortskip .2ex minus .2ex - \belowdisplayshortskip 1ex minus .2ex} -\def\sem@ptsize#1{% - \@nameuse{#1@semptsize}% - \large\normalsize - \leftmargini\slideleftmargini\relax - \leftmarginii\slideleftmarginii\relax - \leftmarginiii\slideleftmarginiii\relax - \labelsep\slidelabelsep\relax - \parskip\slideparskip\relax - \parindent\slideparindent\relax - \slide@rightskip - \slide@listi - \skip\footins\slidefootins\relax - \footnotesep\slidefootnotesep\relax} -\def\slidefootins{2ex minus .8ex} -\def\slidefootnotesep{1.2ex} -\def\slideparindent{\z@} -\def\slideparskip{1ex minus .2ex} -\@namedef{8@semptsize}{% - \def\@normalsize{\slide@@setsize\normalsize{9.5pt}\viiipt\@viiipt}% - \def\small{\slide@@setsize\small{8pt}\viipt\@viipt}% - \def\footnotesize{\slide@@setsize\footnotesize{8pt}\vipt\@vipt}% - \def\scriptsize{\slide@setsize\scriptsize{7pt}\vipt\@vipt}% - \def\tiny{\slide@setsize\tiny{6pt}\vpt\@vpt}% - \def\large{\slide@setsize\large{12pt}\xpt\@xpt}% - \def\Large{\slide@setsize\Large{14pt}\xiipt\@xiipt}% - \def\LARGE{\slide@setsize\LARGE{17pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}% - \def\huge{\slide@setsize\huge{20pt}\xviipt\@xviipt}% - \def\Huge{\slide@setsize\Huge{25pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}} -\@namedef{9@semptsize}{% - \def\@normalsize{\slide@@setsize\normalsize{11pt}\ixpt\@ixpt}% - \def\small{\slide@@setsize\small{9.5pt}\viiipt\@viiipt}% - \def\footnotesize{\slide@@setsize\footnotesize{8pt}\viipt\@viipt}% - \def\scriptsize{\slide@setsize\scriptsize{7pt}\vipt\@vipt}% - \def\tiny{\slide@setsize\tiny{6pt}\vpt\@vpt}% - \def\large{\slide@setsize\large{12pt}\xpt\@xpt}% - \def\Large{\slide@setsize\Large{14pt}\xiipt\@xiipt}% - \def\LARGE{\slide@setsize\LARGE{17pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}% - \def\huge{\slide@setsize\huge{20pt}\xviipt\@xviipt}% - \def\Huge{\slide@setsize\Huge{25pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}} -\@namedef{10@semptsize}{% - \def\@normalsize{\slide@@setsize\normalsize{12pt}\xpt\@xpt}% - \def\small{\slide@@setsize\small{11pt}\ixpt\@ixpt}% - \def\footnotesize{\slide@@setsize\footnotesize{9.5pt}\viiipt\@viiipt}% - \def\scriptsize{\slide@setsize\scriptsize{8pt}\viipt\@viipt}% - \def\tiny{\slide@setsize\tiny{6pt}\vpt\@vpt}% - \def\large{\slide@setsize\large{14pt}\xiipt\@xiipt}% - \def\Large{\slide@setsize\Large{18pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}% - \def\LARGE{\slide@setsize\LARGE{22pt}\xviipt\@xviipt}% - \def\huge{\slide@setsize\huge{25pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}% - \def\Huge{\slide@setsize\Huge{30pt}\xxvpt\@xxvpt}} -\@namedef{11@semptsize}{% - \def\@normalsize{\slide@@setsize\normalsize{13.6pt}\xipt\@xipt}% - \def\small{\slide@@setsize\small{12pt}\xpt\@xpt}% - \def\footnotesize{\slide@@setsize\footnotesize{11pt}\ixpt\@ixpt}% - \def\scriptsize{\slide@setsize\scriptsize{9.5pt}\viiipt\@viiipt}% - \def\tiny{\slide@setsize\tiny{7pt}\vipt\@vipt}% - \def\large{\slide@setsize\large{14pt}\xiipt\@xiipt}% - \def\Large{\slide@setsize\Large{18pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}% - \def\LARGE{\slide@setsize\LARGE{22pt}\xviipt\@xviipt}% - \def\huge{\slide@setsize\huge{25pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}% - \def\Huge{\slide@setsize\Huge{30pt}\xxvpt\@xxvpt}} -\@namedef{12@semptsize}{% - \def\@normalsize{\slide@@setsize\normalsize{14.5pt}\xiipt\@xiipt}% - \def\small{\slide@@setsize\small{13.6pt}\xipt\@xipt}% - \def\footnotesize{\slide@@setsize\footnotesize{12pt}\xpt\@xpt}% - \def\scriptsize{\slide@setsize\scriptsize{9.5pt}\viiipt\@viiipt}% - \def\tiny{\slide@setsize\tiny{7pt}\vipt\@vipt}% - \def\large{\slide@setsize\large{18pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}% - \def\Large{\slide@setsize\Large{22pt}\xviipt\@xviipt}% - \def\LARGE{\slide@setsize\LARGE{25pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}% - \def\huge{\slide@setsize\huge{30pt}\xxvpt\@xxvpt}% - \let\Huge\huge} -\@namedef{14@semptsize}{% - \def\@normalsize{\slide@@setsize\normalsize{18pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}% - \def\small{\slide@@setsize\small{14.5pt}\xiipt\@xiipt}% - \def\footnotesize{\slide@@setsize\footnotesize{13.6pt}\xipt\@xipt}% - \def\scriptsize{\slide@setsize\scriptsize{12pt}\xpt\@xpt}% - \def\tiny{\slide@setsize\tiny{9.5pt}\viiipt\@viiipt}% - \def\large{\slide@setsize\large{22pt}\xviipt\@xviipt}% - \def\Large{\slide@setsize\Large{25pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}% - \def\LARGE{\slide@setsize\LARGE{30pt}\xxvpt\@xxvpt}% - \let\huge\LARGE - \let\Huge\LARGE} -\@namedef{17@semptsize}{% - \def\@normalsize{\slide@@setsize\normalsize{22pt}\xviipt\@xviipt}% - \def\small{\slide@@setsize\small{18pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}% - \def\footnotesize{\slide@@setsize\footnotesize{14.5pt}\xiipt\@xiipt}% - \def\scriptsize{\slide@setsize\scriptsize{13.6pt}\xipt\@xipt}% - \def\tiny{\slide@setsize\tiny{12pt}\xpt\@xpt}% - \def\large{\slide@setsize\large{25pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}% - \def\Large{\slide@setsize\Large{30pt}\xxvpt\@xxvpt}% - \let\LARGE\Large - \let\huge\Large - \let\Huge\Large} -\def\twoup{\@ifnextchar[{\@twoup}{\@twoup[0]}} -\ifarticle - \ifportrait - \def\@twoup[#1]{% - \@tempcnta=\the@articlemag\relax - \@tempcntb=\@tempcnta - \advance\@tempcntb by #1\relax - \advance\@tempcntb by -2\relax - \ifnum\@tempcntb>-6\relax - \@@input 2up.tex - \source{\@magstep\@tempcnta}{\paperheight}{\paperwidth}% - \target{\@magstep\@tempcntb}{\paperwidth}{\paperheight}% - \targetlayout{topbottom}% - \printlandscapefalse - \else - \@seminarerr{Article magnification is too low for - \string\twoup\space to handle}\@eha - \fi - \def\articlemag##1{\@semtwoupmagerr\articlemag}} - \else - \def\@twoup[#1]{% - \@tempcnta=\the@articlemag\relax - \@tempcntb=\@tempcnta - \advance\@tempcntb by #1\relax - \advance\@tempcntb by -2\relax - \ifnum\@tempcntb>-6\relax - \@@input 2up.tex - \source{\@magstep\@tempcnta}{\paperwidth}{\paperheight}% - \target{\@magstep\@tempcntb}{\paperheight}{\paperwidth}% - \if@twoside - \targetlayout{twosided}% - \fi - \printlandscapetrue - \else - \@seminarerr{Article magnification is too low for - \string\twoup\space to handle}\@eha - \fi - \def\articlemag##1{\@semtwoupmagerr\articlemag}} - \fi -\else - \ifportrait - \def\@twoup[#1]{% - \@tempcnta=\the@slidesmag\relax - \@tempcntb=\@tempcnta - \advance\@tempcntb by #1\relax - \advance\@tempcntb by -3\relax - \ifnum\@tempcntb>-6\relax - \@@input 2up.tex - \source{\@magstep\@tempcnta}{\paperwidth}{\paperheight}% - \advance\@tempcnta by -3 - \target{\@magstep\@tempcnta}{\paperheight}{\paperwidth}% - \printlandscapetrue - \else - \@seminarerr{Slides magnification is too low for - \string\twoup\space to handle}\@eha - \fi - \def\slidesmag##1{\@semtwoupmagerr\slidesmag}} - \else - \def\@twoup[#1]{% - \@tempcnta=\the@slidesmag\relax - \@tempcntb=\@tempcnta - \advance\@tempcntb by #1\relax - \advance\@tempcntb by -3\relax - \ifnum\@tempcntb>-6\relax - \@@input 2up.tex - \source{\@magstep\@tempcnta}{\paperheight}{\paperwidth}% - \target{\@magstep\@tempcntb}{\paperwidth}{\paperheight}% - \targetlayout{topbottom}% - \printlandscapefalse - \else - \@seminarerr{Slides magnification is too low for - \string\twoup\space to handle}\@eha - \fi - \def\slidesmag##1{\@semtwoupmargerr\slidesmag}}% - \fi -\fi -\def\@semtwoupmagerr#1{% - \@seminarerr{\string#1 must come before \string\twoup}\@eha} -\addto@preamblecmds{\twoup\do\@twoup} -\openin1 seminar.con -\ifeof1\else\closein1 \relax\@@input seminar.con\fi -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `seminar.sty'. diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/semlayer.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/semlayer.sty deleted file mode 100644 index de15ca1d9e..0000000000 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/semlayer.sty +++ /dev/null @@ -1,158 +0,0 @@ -%% BEGIN semlayer.sty -%% -%% This is file `semlayer.sty', generated -%% on <1993/4/2> with the docstrip utility (2.0r). -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% semlayer.doc -%% -\def\fileversion{1.0} -\def\filedate{93/04/01} -%% -%% LaTeX style option `semlayer.sty'. -%% For use with LaTeX v2.09 and the `seminar' document style. -%% -%% COPYRIGHT 1993, by Timothy Van Zandt, Timothy.VAN-ZANDT@insead.edu -%% -%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 of this license -%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this -%% license is in: -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version -%% 1999/12/01 or later. -%% -%% -\addto@hook\before@newslide{% - \global\def\overlay@list{}% - \setcounter{overlay}{0}} -\newbox\@@slidebox -\def\process@@slide{% - \ifx\overlay@list\@empty - \finish@slide - \output@slide - \else - \setbox\@@slidebox\box\@slidebox - \make@overlay{0}% - \finish@slide - \output@slide - {\let\theoverlay\theslide\layer@loop{0}}% - \overlay@loop - \fi} -\def\overlay@loop{% - \begingroup - \overlay@prep - \c@overlay=1 - \@whilenum\c@overlay<10 - \do{% - \test@member{\the\c@overlay}{\overlay@list}% - \if@test - \make@overlay{\the\c@overlay}% - \finish@slide - \output@slide - \fi - \layer@loop{\the\c@overlay}% - \advance\c@overlay by 1}% - \endgroup} -\def\layer@loop#1{% - \begingroup - \layer@prep - \@for\currlayer:=\layer@list\do{% - \test@member{#1-\currlayer}{\overlay@list}% - \if@test - \make@overlay{#1-\currlayer}% - \finish@slide - \output@slide - \fi}% - \endgroup} -\def\layer@prep{% - \ifarticle\pagestyle{\layer@pagestyle}\fi - \let\thepage\thelayer - \ifx\thelayerframe\@empty\else\let\theslideframe\thelayerframe\fi - \let\slidelabel\layerlabel} -\def\overlay@prep{% - \ifarticle\pagestyle{\overlay@pagestyle}\fi - \let\thepage\theoverlay - \ifx\theoverlayframe\@empty\else\let\theslideframe\theoverlayframe\fi - \let\slidelabel\overlaylabel} -\def\layerframe{\@slideframe{layer}} -\def\overlayframe{\@slideframe{overlay}} -\def\thelayerframe{} -\def\theoverlayframe{} -\def\overlaylabel{\bf Overlay \theoverlay} -\def\layerlabel{\bf Layer \thelayer} -\@ifundefined{c@overlay}{\newcounter{overlay}}{}%%% hv 20131224 -%\newcounter{overlay} -\def\theoverlay{\theslide-\alph{overlay}} -\def\currlayer{} -\def\thelayer{\theoverlay-\currlayer} -\newif\ifoverlays -\newif\iflayers -\@ifundefined{@overlay}% - {\let\@overlay\relax}% - {\ifarticle\else\overlaystrue\layerstrue\fi} -\def\nooverlays@err{% - \@seminarerr{You need to use additional macros for overlays, - e.g., semcolor.sty}\@ehd - \global\overlaysfalse - \global\layersfalse} -\@ifundefined{@overlay}{}{} -\def\overlay#1{% - \ifoverlays\ifx\@overlay\relax\nooverlays@err\fi\fi - \ifslide - \@tempcnta=#1 - \@testfalse - \ifnum\@tempcnta>-1 \ifnum\@tempcnta<10 \@testtrue\fi\fi - \if@test - \c@overlay=\@tempcnta - \ifnum\c@overlay=0 - \advance\c@slide by -1 - \refstepcounter{slide}% - \else - \advance\c@overlay by -1 - \refstepcounter{overlay}% - \ifoverlays - \xdef\overlay@list{\overlay@list,\the\c@overlay}% - \fi - \fi - \ifoverlays - \@overlay{\the\c@overlay}% - \fi - \else - \@seminarerr{\string\overlay\space argument must be - an integer between 0 and 9}\@eha - \fi - \else - \@seminarerr{\string\overlay\space can only be used - in slide environments}\@eha - \fi - \ignorespaces} -\def\colorlayers#1{% - \edef\@tempc{#1}% - \edef\layer@list{\layer@list,#1}% - \def\@tempa##1{% - \@namedef{##1}{% - \iflayers\ifx\@overlay\relax\nooverlays@err\fi\fi - \ifslide - \iflayers - \xdef\overlay@list{\overlay@list,\the\c@overlay-##1}% - \@overlay{\the\c@overlay-##1}% - \fi - \else - \@seminarerr{Color layer `##1' can only be used in - slide environments}\@eha - \fi}} - \@for\@tempb:=\@tempc\do{% - \expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\@tempb}}} -\def\layer@list{} -\def\overlaypagestyle#1{\@ifgoodps{#1}{\edef\overlay@pagestyle{#1}}} -\def\layerpagestyle#1{\@ifgoodps{#1}{\edef\layer@pagestyle{#1}}} -\overlaypagestyle{} -\layerpagestyle{} - -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `semlayer.sty'. diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/semlcmss.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/semlcmss.sty deleted file mode 100644 index 8276f8f179..0000000000 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/semlcmss.sty +++ /dev/null @@ -1,170 +0,0 @@ -%% BEGIN semlcmss.sty -\def\fileversion{1.0 (2e)} -\def\filedate{94/02/01} -%% -%% LaTeX style option `semlcmss.sty' for the `seminar' document style. -%% For use with LaTeX v2.09 and the New Font Selection Scheme (1 or 2) -%% or (some day) with LaTeX2e. -%% -%% COPYRIGHT 1994, by Timothy Van Zandt, Timothy.VAN-ZANDT@insead.edu -%% -%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 of this license -%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this -%% license is in: -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version -%% 1999/12/01 or later. -%% -%% -%% This file contains the external font information needed to load -%% the SliTeX sans serif fonts for use by seminar.sty. -%% -\csname semlcmss@loaded\endcsname -\let\semlcmss@loaded\endinput -\typeout{Style Option: `semlcmss' \fileversion\space <\filedate> (tvz)} -\@ifundefined{selectfont} - {\@seminarerr{`semlcmss' style option can only be used - with the New Font Selection Scheme}\@eha\endinput}{} -% -\expandafter\ifx\csname DeclareSizeFunction\endcsname\relax - -% First, the font definitions: -\new@fontshape{lcmss}{m}{n}{% - <5>lcmss8 scaled 695% - <6>lcmss8 scaled 833% - <7>lcmss8 scaled 913% - <8>lcmss8 % - <9>lcmss8 scaled 1095% - <10>lcmss8 scaled 1200% - <11>lcmss8 scaled 1314% - <12>lcmss8 scaled 1440% - <14>lcmss8 scaled 1727% - <17>lcmss8 scaled 2074% - <20>lcmss8 scaled 2488% - <25>lcmss8 scaled 2986% - }{} -\extra@def{lcmss}{}{} -% -\new@fontshape{lcmss}{m}{it}{% - <5>lcmssi8 scaled 695% - <6>lcmssi8 scaled 833% - <7>lcmssi8 scaled 913% - <8>lcmssi8 % - <9>lcmssi8 scaled 1095% - <10>lcmssi8 scaled 1200% - <11>lcmssi8 scaled 1314% - <12>lcmssi8 scaled 1440% - <14>lcmssi8 scaled 1727% - <17>lcmssi8 scaled 2074% - <20>lcmssi8 scaled 2488% - <25>lcmssi8 scaled 2986% - }{} -\extra@def{lcmss}{}{} -\subst@fontshape{lcmss}{m}{sl}{lcmss}{m}{it} -% -\new@fontshape{lcmss}{bx}{n}{% - <5>lcmssb8 scaled 695% - <6>lcmssb8 scaled 833% - <7>lcmssb8 scaled 913% - <8>lcmssb8 % - <9>lcmssb8 scaled 1095% - <10>lcmssb8 scaled 1200% - <11>lcmssb8 scaled 1314% - <12>lcmssb8 scaled 1440% - <14>lcmssb8 scaled 1727% - <17>lcmssb8 scaled 2074% - <20>lcmssb8 scaled 2488% - <25>lcmssb8 scaled 2986% - }{} -\extra@def{cmssb}{}{} -\subst@fontshape{lcmss}{bx}{it}{lcmss}{bx}{n} -\subst@fontshape{lcmss}{bx}{sl}{lcmss}{bx}{n} - -% -% Now define \slidefonts: -\ifarticle - \def\slidefonts{% - \def\default@family{lcmss}% - \def\rmdefault{lcmss}% - \def\sfdefault{lcmss}% - \family\default@family\selectfont} -\else - \def\default@family{lcmss}% - \def\rmdefault{lcmss}% - \def\sfdefault{lcmss}% - \family\default@family\selectfont -\fi - -\else - -\DeclareFontFamily{OT1}{lcmss}{}{} -\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{lcmss}{m}{n}{ - <5>s*[1.1120]lcmss8 - <6>s*[1.1107]lcmss8 - <7>s*[1.0434]lcmss8 - <8>lcmss8 - <9>s*[0.9733]lcmss8 - <10><10.95><12><14.4><17.28><20.74><24.88>s*[0.96]lcmss8}{} - -\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{lcmss}{m}{sl}{ - <5>s*[1.1120]lcmssi8 - <6>s*[1.1107]lcmssi8 - <7>s*[1.0434]lcmssi8 - <8>lcmssi8 - <9>s*[0.9733]lcmssi8 - <10><10.95><12><14.4><17.28><20.74><24.88>s*[0.96]lcmssi8}{} - -\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{lcmss}{bx}{n}{ - <5>s*[1.1120]lcmssb8 - <6>s*[1.1107]lcmssb8 - <7>s*[1.0434]lcmssb8 - <8>lcmssb8 - <9>s*[0.9733]lcmssb8 - <10><10.95><12><14.4><17.28><20.74><24.88>s*[0.96]lcmssb8}{} - -\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{lcmss}{m}{it}{<-> ssub * lcmss/m/sl }{} -\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{lcmss}{bx}{it}{<-> sub * lcmss/bx/n }{} -\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{lcmss}{bx}{sl}{<-> sub * lcmss/bx/n }{} - -% Now define \slidefonts: -\ifarticle - \def\slidefonts{% - \def\default@family{lcmss}% - \def\rmdefault{lcmss}% - \def\sfdefault{lcmss}% - \fontfamily\default@family\selectfont} -\else - \def\default@family{lcmss}% - \def\rmdefault{lcmss}% - \def\sfdefault{lcmss}% - \fontfamily\default@family\selectfont -\fi - -\fi - -% Now set up a few things for seminar.sty: -% These fonts are intended to be used with the 10pt font size -% declarations (and \magstep4), slightly modified: -\ptsize{10}\slidesmag{4}\articlemag{0} -\@namedef{10@semptsize}{% - \def\@normalsize{\slide@@setsize\normalsize{12pt}\xpt\@xpt}% - \def\small{\footnotesize}% - \def\footnotesize{\slide@@setsize\footnotesize{9.5pt}\viiipt\@viiipt}% - \def\scriptsize{\footnotesize}% - \def\tiny{\slide@setsize\tiny{6pt}\vpt\@vpt}% - \def\large{\slide@setsize\large{14pt}\xiipt\@xiipt}% - \def\Large{\slide@setsize\Large{18pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}% - \def\LARGE{\slide@setsize\LARGE{22pt}\xviipt\@xviipt}% - \def\huge{\slide@setsize\huge{25pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}% - \def\Huge{\huge}} -\def\semlcmss@warning#1{% - \@warning{Can't use `\string#1' with the semlcmss option!}} -\def\ptsize#1{\semlcmss@warning\ptsize} -\def\slidesmag#1{\semlcmss@warning\slidesmag} -\def\articlemag#1{\semlcmss@warning\articlemag} - -\endinput -%% END semlcmss.sty diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/semrot.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/semrot.sty deleted file mode 100644 index 4b0d400a0d..0000000000 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/semrot.sty +++ /dev/null @@ -1,80 +0,0 @@ -%% BEGIN sem-rot.sty -\def\fileversion{1.0} -\def\filedate{93/04/01} -%% -%% LaTeX style option `semrot.sty'. -%% For use with LaTeX v2.09 and the `seminar' document style. -%% -%% COPYRIGHT 1993, by Timothy Van Zandt, Timothy.VAN-ZANDT@insead.edu -%% -%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 of this license -%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this -%% license is in: -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version -%% 1999/12/01 or later. -%% -%% -%% The following is just an interface for seminar.sty: -\def\leftsliderotation#1{\@rotate[l]{#1}} -\def\rightsliderotation#1{\@rotate[r]{#1}} -\sliderotation{left} -%% -%% And the rest is rotate.sty, as distributed with Rokicki's dvips. -%% -% These macros allow you to rotate or flip a \TeX\ box. Very useful for -% sideways tables or upsidedown answers. -% -% To use, create a box containing the information you want to rotate. -% (An hbox or vbox will do.) Now call \@rotr\boxnum to rotate the -% material and create a new box with the appropriate (flipped) dimensions. -% \@rotr rotates right, \@rotl rotates left, \@rotu turns upside down, and -% \@rotf flips. These boxes may contain other rotated boxes. -% -\newdimen\@rotdimen -\newbox\@rotbox - -\def\@vspec#1{\special{ps:#1}}% passes #1 verbatim to the output -\def\@rotstart#1{\@vspec{gsave currentpoint currentpoint translate - #1 neg exch neg exch translate}}% #1 can be any origin-fixing transformation -\def\@rotfinish{\@vspec{currentpoint grestore moveto}}% gets back in synch -% -% First, the rotation right. The reference point of the rotated box -% is the lower right corner of the original box. -% -\def\@rotr#1{\@rotdimen=\ht#1\advance\@rotdimen by\dp#1% - \hbox to\@rotdimen{\hskip\ht#1\vbox to\wd#1{\@rotstart{90 rotate}% - \box#1\vss}\hss}\@rotfinish} -% -% Next, the rotation left. The reference point of the rotated box -% is the upper left corner of the original box. -% -\def\@rotl#1{\@rotdimen=\ht#1\advance\@rotdimen by\dp#1% - \hbox to\@rotdimen{\vbox to\wd#1{\vskip\wd#1\@rotstart{270 rotate}% - \box#1\vss}\hss}\@rotfinish}% -% -% Upside down is simple. The reference point of the rotated box -% is the upper right corner of the original box. (The box's height -% should be the current font's xheight, \fontdimen5\font, -% if you want that xheight to be at the baseline after rotation.) -% -\def\@rotu#1{\@rotdimen=\ht#1\advance\@rotdimen by\dp#1% - \hbox to\wd#1{\hskip\wd#1\vbox to\@rotdimen{\vskip\@rotdimen - \@rotstart{-1 dup scale}\box#1\vss}\hss}\@rotfinish}% -% -% And flipped end for end is pretty ysae too. We retain the baseline. -% -\def\@rotf#1{\hbox to\wd#1{\hskip\wd#1\@rotstart{-1 1 scale}% - \box#1\hss}\@rotfinish}% -% -% Now the user interface for LaTeX: \rotate[type]{text} where -% ``type'' is `l' for left, `r' for right, `u' for upside-down, or -% `f' for flip. `l' is the default. -% -\def\rotate{\@ifnextchar[{\@rotate}{\@rotate[l]}} -\def\@rotate[#1]#2{\setbox\@rotbox=\hbox{#2}\@nameuse{@rot#1}\@rotbox} -\endinput -%% END sem-rot.sty diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/slidesec.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/slidesec.sty deleted file mode 100644 index a7dd283ef2..0000000000 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/slidesec.sty +++ /dev/null @@ -1,198 +0,0 @@ -%% BEGIN slidesec.sty -\def\fileversion{v0.9} -\def\filedate{92/05/07} -%% -%% Style option slidesec.sty, for use with LaTeX 2.09 or SliTeX. -%% -%% COPYRIGHT 1992, by Timothy Van Zandt, Timothy.VAN-ZANDT@insead.edu -%% -%% -%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 of this license -%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this -%% license is in: -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version -%% 1999/12/01 or later. -%% -%% -% DISCLAIMER: -% -% Someone who actually uses something like this should rewrite it. -% -% DESCRIPTION: -% -% This file contains macros for sections, headings, tables of contents, -% and lists of slides, for slides. It can probably be used with your -% favorite LaTeX slide package (e.g., seminar.sty). -% However: -%% If the counter used to keep track of slides is not slide , -%% then change the following line: -\def\@SCTR{\theslide} -%% -% ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS: -% -% The idea comes from Young U. Ryu's lslides.sty. -% -% USAGE: -% -% \slideheading[#1]{#2} -% * Analogous to \section. -% * [#1] is optional; \slideheading{#1} is same as \slideheading[#1]{#2}. -% * Advances slidesection counter. -% * Sets \theslideheading to #1; can be used, e.g., in headers and footers. -% * Adds #1 to slide contents file. -% * If #2 is non-empty, invokes \makeslideheading{#2} to make a heading. -% Default definition of \makeslideheading is -% \begin{center}\large\bf #2 \end{center} -% but you can redefine this to suit your tastes. -% -% \slidesubheading[#1]{#2} -% * Analogous to \subsection. -% * Like \slideheading, but add "sub" to all the names. -% -% \slideheading and \slidesubheading are meant to be used at most once in -% a slide, but this is not a binding restriction. -% -% You may want to define abbreviated forms. E.g., -% \newcommand{heading}{\slideheading} -% \newcommand{subheading}{\slidesubheading} -% -% \listofslides -% * Analogous to \listoftables. -% -% \slidecontents -% * Analogous to \tableofcontents -% -% \Slidecontents -% * List \slidecontents, but puts some check marks and stuff to -% indicate what you have covered so far and what is coming up. -% Meant to be used in the middle of a presentation. -% -% To change fonts and otherwise customize what you get from \listofslides, -% \slidecontents, and \Slidecontents, you have to hack at the definitions -% of these macros. -% -% BUGS: -% -% These macros have not been tested very much. -% -% IMPLEMENTATION: -% -\@ifundefined{@startlos}{}{\endinput} -\typeout{File `slidesec.sty' \fileversion\space\space - \filedate\space\space <tvz>} -% -% If we use \@starttoc{los} to read in \jobname.los, then its contents -% are destroyed and we can't read it again. \@startlos is like \@starttoc, -% but it sets the flae \los@flag to 1, and then we add a few commands -% to \enddocument that open \filename.los if \los@flag=1. -% -\def\los@flag{0}% -\def\@startlos{% - \begingroup\makeatletter\@input{\jobname.los}\endgroup - \gdef\los@flag{1}\global\@nobreakfalse} -\newtoks\@temptokenb -\@temptokena{% - \ifnum\los@flag=1\if@filesw - \newwrite\tf@los\immediate\openout\tf@los\jobname.los\relax - \fi\fi} -\expandafter\@temptokenb\expandafter{\enddocument} -\edef\enddocument{\the\@temptokena\the\@temptokenb} -% -\newcounter{slidesection} -\newcounter{slidesubsection} -\def\theslidesection{\arabic{slidesection}} -\def\thesubslidesection{\theslidesection.\arabic{subslidesection}} -% -\def\slideheading{\@dblarg\slide@heading}% -\def\slide@heading[#1]#2{% - \stepcounter{slidesection}% - \addtocontents{los}{\protect\l@slide - {\the\c@slidesection}{\ignorespaces#1}{\@SCTR}}% - \gdef\theslideheading{#1}% - \def\@tempa{#2}% - \ifx\@tempa\@empty\else - {\edef\@currentlabel{\csname p@slidesection\endcsname\theslidesection}% - \makeslideheading{#2}}% - \fi} -\def\slidesubheading{\@dblarg\slide@subheading} -\def\slide@subheading[#1]#2{% - \stepcounter{slidesection}% - \addtocontents{los}{\protect\l@subslide - {\the\c@slidesubsection}{\ignorespaces#1}{\@SCTR}}% - \gdef\theslidesubheading{#1}% - \def\@tempa{#2}% - \ifx\@tempa\@empty\else - {\edef\@currentlabel{\csname p@slidesubsection\endcsname - \theslidesubsection}\makeslideheading{#2}}% - \fi} -\def\theslideheading{}\def\theslidesubheading{} -% -\def\makeslideheading#1{% - \begin{center}\large\bf #1\end{center}} -\def\makeslidesubheading{\makeslideheading} -% -\def\@undottedtocline#1#2#3#4#5{\vskip \z@ plus .2pt - \bgroup - \leftskip #2\relax \parindent #2\relax\@afterindenttrue - \interlinepenalty\@M - \leavevmode - \@tempdima #3\relax \advance\leftskip \@tempdima - \hbox{}\hskip -\leftskip - #4\par - \egroup} -\def\slide@dottedcline{\@dottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{2.3em}} -\def\slide@undottedcline{\@undottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{2.3em}} -\def\slide@cline{\slide@dottedcline} -% -\def\slidenumberline#1{\hbox to\@tempdima{\hss#1\hskip 1em}} -% -\def\listofslides{\section*{List of Slides% - \@mkboth{LIST OF SLIDES}{LIST OF SLIDES}}% - \def\l@slide##1##2##3{% - \slide@undottedcline{\slidenumberline{##3}{##2}}{}}% - \let\l@subslide\l@slide - \@startlos} -% -\def\slidecontents{\@ifstar% - {\def\slide@cline{\slide@undottedcline}\slide@contents}% - {\def\slide@cline{\slide@dottedcline}\slide@contents}} -\def\slide@contents{% - \def\l@slide##1##2##3{% - \slide@cline{\slidenumberline{$\bullet$}{##2}}{##3}}% - \let\l@subslide\@gobbletwo - \@startlos} -% -\def\Slidecontents{\@ifstar% - {\def\slide@cline{\slide@undottedcline}\Slide@contents}% - {\def\slide@cline{\slide@dottedcline}\Slide@contents}} -\def\Slide@contents{% - \def\l@slide##1##2##3{% - \ifcase\lslide@flag - \message{##1 ** \the\c@slidesection} - \ifnum##1>\c@slidesection - \def\lslide@flag{1}{\large\slide@cline{% - \slidenumberline{$\Rightarrow\bullet$}{##2}}{##3}}% - \else - {\large\slide@cline{% - \slidenumberline{$\surd\;\bullet$}{##2}}{##3}}% - \fi - \or - \def\lslide@flag{2}{\large\slide@cline{% - \slidenumberline{$\bullet$}{##2}}{##3}}% - \or - {\large\slide@cline{% - \slidenumberline{$\bullet$}{##2}}{##3}}% - \fi}% - \def\l@subslide##1##2##3{% - \ifnum\lslide@flag=1 - \@undottedtocline{2}{3.8em}{3.2em}{##2}{}% - \fi}% - \def\lslide@flag{0}% - \@startlos} -% -\endinput -%% END slidesec.sty diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/src/sem-code.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/src/sem-code.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 451baaeed7..0000000000 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/src/sem-code.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,110 +0,0 @@ -%% BEGIN sem-code.tex. -\def\FileVersion{1.0} -\def\FileDate{93/04/01} -%% -%% For printing documented code for seminar.sty. -%% -%% COPYRIGHT 1993, by Timothy Van Zandt, Timothy.VAN-ZANDT@insead.edu -%% -%% -%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 of this license -%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this -%% license is in: -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version -%% 1999/12/01 or later. -%% -%% This LaTeX file inputs seminar.doc and semlayer.doc, -%% and prints the documented code. -%% -%% You must also have Frank Mittelbach's -%% doc.sty and gind.ist -%% (available from ftp.uni-stuttgart.de), as well as my -%% tvz-hax.sty, tvz-code.sty and fancybox.sty -%% (distributed with seminar.sty). -%% -%% gind.ist is for the index. I.e., -%% makeindex -s gind.ist sem-code.idx -%% -%% STYLE OPTIONS: -%% `a4' : For A4 paper. -%% `twoside' : For two-sided printing. -%% `2up' : For two-up printing. (Uses non-standard font magnifications. -%% See 2up.doc for details.) - -\documentstyle{tvz-code} - -\CheckVersion{seminar.doc} - -% Comment out to suppress generation of .idx file. Speeds things up. -\MakeIndex - -% Include to suppress checksums for drafts: -% \def\StopEventually#1{\let\Finale\relax} - -\MakeShortVerb\" - -\ShortMeta - -\begin{document} - -\def\thetitle{{\tt seminar.sty}: Documented Code} - -\begingroup - \renewcommand{\thefootnote}{\fnsymbol{footnote}} - \thispagestyle{empty} - \let\footnotesize\small - \let\footnoterule\relax - \setcounter{page}{0} - \null - \vfill - \begin{center} - {\Huge\bf seminar.sty}\\[10pt] - {\huge\bf A \bLaTeX{} style for slides and notes}\\[18pt] - {\huge\bf Documented Code}\par - \vskip 1cm - \large Timothy Van Zandt\\[2pt] - {\normalsize\tt Timothy.VAN-ZANDT@insead.edu} - \vskip 1cm - {\large \thefiledate\\ Version \fileversion\par} - \end{center} - \par -\endgroup - -\vfill -\begin{quote} -"seminar.sty" is a \LaTeX{} document style for typesetting slides or -transparencies, and accompanying notes. - -This is the documented code. There is also a {\em User's Guide}, which -contains installation instructions. -\end{quote} -\vfill - -\clearpage - -\pagenumbering{roman} -\thispagestyle{empty} -\tableofcontents -\clearpage -\pagenumbering{arabic} - -\StopEventually{} -\DocInput{seminar.doc} -\Finale -\clearpage - -\StopEventually{} -\DocInput{semlayer.doc} -\Finale -\clearpage - -\DeleteShortMeta - -\PrintIndex - -\end{document} -%% END sem-code.tex diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/src/sem-make.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/src/sem-make.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 4a2f81365c..0000000000 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/src/sem-make.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,27 +0,0 @@ -%% BEGIN sem-make.tex -%% -%% A batch file for extracting the code from seminar.doc and semlayer.doc, -%% using Frank Mittelbach's docstrip.tex utility. -%% Tested with docstrip.tex V2.0r. Might not work with other versions. -%% -%% Run with TeX or LaTeX. -%% -%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 of this license -%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this -%% license is in: -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version -%% 1999/12/01 or later. -%% -%% -\def\batchfile{sem-make.tex} -\input docstrip -\preamble -\endpreamble -\processFile{seminar}{doc}{sty}{t} -\processFile{semlayer}{doc}{sty}{t} -%% -%% END sem-make.tex diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/src/seminar.doc b/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/src/seminar.doc deleted file mode 100644 index 5813afc3b8..0000000000 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/src/seminar.doc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2048 +0,0 @@ -% BEGIN seminar.doc -%% -\def\fileversion{1.0} -\def\filedate{93/04/01} -%% -%% LaTeX document style `seminar', for use with LaTeX v2.09. -%% This is a style for typesetting notes and slides. -%% -%% COPYRIGHT 1993, by Timothy Van Zandt, Timothy.VAN-ZANDT@insead.edu -%% -%% -%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 of this license -%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this -%% license is in: -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version -%% 1999/12/01 or later. -%% -%% -% ************************************************************************** -% This is `seminar.doc', the documented code for `seminar.sty'. -% You can copy this to `seminar.sty' and use it as is. -% You can also create a stripped input file `seminar.sty' using sem-make.tex. -% You can print the documented code using sem-code.tex. -% sem-make.tex and sem-code.tex are distributed with seminar.sty. -% ************************************************************************** -% -% \EndDocPreamble -% -% \CheckSum{3062} -% \CharacterTable -% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z -% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z -% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9 -% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \# -% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \& -% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \) -% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \, -% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/ -% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \< -% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \? -% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\ -% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_ -% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| -% Right brace \} Tilde \~} -% -% -% \section{Overview} -% -% In principle, a slides style is a simple matter; just a question of -% resetting the magnification and changing a few page parameters. However, -% allowing notes and slides to be put in the same file but treated -% differently, and allowing everything to be printed in various formats, -% complicates things a bit. -% -% The code starts by checking that the file is not loaded, and announcing the -% file on the terminal. -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifundefined{@seminarerr}{}{\endinput} -\typeout{% - Document Style: `seminar' v\fileversion \space <\filedate> (tvz)} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% -% \section{Useful hacks} -% -% \begin{macro}{\test@member} -% The second argument to "\test@member" is a comma-separated list. -% "\test@member" checks whether the first argument is a member of this list -% (after expanding both the list and the first argument), setting "\if@test" -% appropriately. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\test@member#1#2{% - \edef\@tempg{,#2,#1,}% - \edef\@temph{####1,#1,}% - \expandafter\def\expandafter\@temph\@temph##2\@nil{% - \def\@tempg{##2}% - \ifx\@tempg\@empty\@testfalse\else\@testtrue\fi}% - \expandafter\@temph\@tempg\@nil} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\addto@hook} -% The first argument of "\addto@hook" is a token register. "\addto@hook" adds -% its second argument to this register. This is a standard macro in the Mainz -% distribution,. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\addto@hook#1#2{#1\expandafter{\the#1#2}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\reset@font} -% "\reset@font" is part of later releases of \LaTeX. -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifundefined{reset@font}{\def\reset@font{\normalsize\rm}}{} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\@seminarerr} -% "\@seminarerr" is analogous to "\@latexerr". -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\@seminarerr#1#2{% - \edef\@tempc{#2}\expandafter\errhelp\expandafter{\@tempc}% - \typeout{^^JSeminar.sty error.\space\space\space - Type \space H <return> \space for immediate help.^^J}% - \errmessage{#1^^J}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\notslide@err} -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\notslide@err#1{Cannot use \string#1 in slide environments} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\new@slidebox} -% Since "\newbox" is "\outer". -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\new@slidebox{\alloc@4\box\chardef\insc@unt} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\slidewidth,\slideheight} -% \begin{macrocode} -\newdimen\slidewidth \slidewidth 8.5in -\newdimen\slideheight \slideheight 6.3in -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\paperwidth,\paperheight} -% "\paperwidth" and "\paperheight" are used by "sem-page.sty" to set the page -% parameters. "\twoup" also uses the values. -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifundefined{paperwidth}{\def\paperwidth{8.5in}}{} -\@ifundefined{paperheight}{\def\paperheight{11in}}{} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\addto@preamblecmds} -% Various commands used in this style are added to "\@preamblecmds". This -% macros makes it easier to do this as we go along. Argument is a list of -% commands separated by "\do". -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\addto@preamblecmds#1{% - \begingroup - \def\do{\noexpand\do\noexpand}% - \xdef\@preamblecmds{\@preamblecmds\do#1}% - \endgroup} -\addto@preamblecmds{\addto@preamblecmds\do\@preamblecmds} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \section{Auxilary files and style options} -% -% The formats and selections are specified using style options, but these do -% not correspond to independent files. -% It is possible to set the flags before inputting "seminar.sty". -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\sem@temp#1{\@ifundefined{if#1}% - {\def\@tempa{\csname newif\endcsname} - \expandafter\@tempa\csname if#1\endcsname}{}} -\sem@temp{article}{} -\sem@temp{slidesonly}{} -\sem@temp{notes}{} -\sem@temp{notesonly}{} -\sem@temp{notesonlystar}{} -\sem@temp{portrait}{} -\def\ds@article{\articletrue} -\def\ds@slidesonly{\slidesonlytrue\notesfalse\notesonlyfalse} -\def\ds@notes{\notestrue\slidesonlyfalse\notesonlyfalse} -\def\ds@notesonly{\notesonlytrue\slidesonlyfalse\notesfalse} -\@namedef{ds@notesonly*}{\ds@notesonly\notesonlystartrue} -\def\ds@portrait{\portraittrue} -\@namedef{ds@a4}{% - \def\paperwidth{210mm} - \def\paperheight{297mm} - \slidewidth 222mm - \slideheight 152mm\relax} -% \end{macrocode} -% This style is based in part on the \LaTeX{} "article" style, which we now -% input. "article.sty" takes care of executing the options. -% \begin{macrocode} -\@@input article.sty -\ifnotesonly\else\notesonlystarfalse\fi -\@@input sem-page.sty -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \section{Document hooks} -% -% \begin{macro}{\document} -% "\document" is redefined to incorporate hooks, in the following order: -% \begin{LVerbatim} -% \endgroup -% \the\before@document -% \begingroup -% \document -% \the\after@document -% \xcomment@hook -% \end{LVerbatim} -% "\before@document" and "\after@document" are token registers that can be -% added to using "\addto@hook". These will be used for things like invoking -% "\landscape". "\xcomment@hook" is a command sequence that will be used to -% invoke the "xcomment" macros for commenting out the notes in the -% "slidesonly" selection. -% -% Messing with the definition of "\document" creates potential conflicts with -% other optional style files that do the same. However, we add these commands -% in a very friendly way: (i) it shouldn't cause problems even if "\document" -% does not have its standard definition, and (ii) if some other macros -% subsequently change the definition of "\document" in the same way, -% "seminar.sty" should not break. Styles designed specifically for use with -% "seminar.sty" should use "\before@document" and "\after@document" to add -% their own modifications to the "\document" command. \codelabel{document} -% -% In the code below, "\before@document" and "\after@document" are used as -% temporary token registers during the modification of "\document". -% \begin{macrocode} -\newtoks\before@document -\newtoks\after@document -\let\xcomment@hook\relax -\before@document{\endgroup\the\before@document\begingroup} -\after@document{\the\after@document\xcomment@hook} -\expandafter\@temptokena\expandafter{\document} -\edef\document{\the\before@document\the\@temptokena\the\after@document} -\before@document{} -\after@document{} -% \end{macrocode} -% \codelabel*{document*} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\enddocument} -% Now we do something similar with "\end@document", adding the token register -% "\before@enddocument" to the beginning of the definition of "\enddocument". -% This might be used, for example, to warn the user to print in landscape -% mode. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newtoks\before@enddocument -\before@enddocument{\the\before@enddocument} -\expandafter\@temptokena\expandafter{\enddocument} -\edef\enddocument{\the\before@enddocument\the\@temptokena} -\before@enddocument{} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\landscape} -% "\printlandscape" is invoked at the beginning of landscape documents. It is -% defined here to warn the user to print in landscape mode. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newif\ifprintlandscape -\ifportrait - \ifarticle\printlandscapetrue\fi -\else - \ifarticle\else\printlandscapetrue\fi -\fi -\addto@hook\before@document{\ifprintlandscape\printlandscape\fi} -\addto@preamblecmds{\printlandscape} -\def\printlandscape{\addto@hook\before@enddocument{% - \typeout{^^J% - *******************************************************^^J% - ***** !! PRINT THIS DOCUMENT IN LANDSCAPE MODE !! *****^^J% - *******************************************************}}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \section{Slide-making macros} -% -% \begin{macro}{\slide,\endslide,\slide*,\endslide*} -% Let's start from the outside and move in. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\slide{% - \NestedSlide@Error{slide}% - \landscapetrue - \@ifnextchar[{\begin@slide}{\begin@slide[\slidewidth,\slideheight]}} -\def\endslide{\end@slide} -\@namedef{slide*}{% - \NestedSlide@Error{slide*}% - \landscapefalse - \@ifnextchar[{\begin@slide}{\begin@slide[\slidewidth,\slideheight]}}% -\@namedef{endslide*}{\end@slide} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\theslide} -% "slide" is the counter for slides. "slide@count" keeps track of the number -% of slides in the current slide environment. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcounter{slide} -\def\theslide{\arabic{slide}} -\newcount\slide@count -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\@slidebox} -% Each slide is stored in the box "\@slidebox". The current page of notes -% might be saved in "\not@slidebox". -% \begin{macrocode} -\newbox\@slidebox -\newbox\not@slidebox -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\ifslide,\iflandscape} -% "\ifslide" is true in any slide environment. This allows commands to be -% active only in slide environments (important for overlays, for example). -% "\iflandscape" is true for landscape slides, and false for portrait slides. -% This allows embellishments to customize their behavior, although it is not -% actually used by any of the macros defined in "seminar.sty". -% \begin{macrocode} -\newif\ifslide -\newif\iflandscape -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\@landscapeonly,\landscapeonly,\portraitonly} -% "\@landscapeonly" is defined to be "1" if only landscape slides should be -% printed, "-1" if only portrait slides should be printed, and "0" if both -% orientations should be printed. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\@landscapeonly{0} -\def\landscapeonly{\def\@landscapeonly{1}} -\def\portraitonly{\def\@landscapeonly{-1}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\NestedSlide@Error} -% We will check for nested slide environments, and attempt to recover the best -% we can. Otherwise, forgetting the end of a slide environment could cause -% \TeX{} to procede to the end of the document without generating any input, -% and then give unlightening error messages. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\NestedSlide@Error#1{% - \ifslide - \endgroup - \@seminarerr{Nested slide environments. Perhaps missing - \string\end{\@currenvir}. May be fatal}\@ehd - \expandafter\end\expandafter{\@currenvir}% - \ifslide\expandafter\end\expandafter{\@currenvir}\fi - \begingroup - \def\@currenvir{#1}% - \fi} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\begin@slide} -% This is the meat of "\slide" and "\slide*". -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\begin@slide[#1,#2]{% - \slide@clearpage - \setlength\slidewidth{#1}% - \setlength\slideheight{#2}% -% \end{macrocode} -% The current contents of the page is saved in "\not@slidebox", and then the -% output routine is set to "\slide@output". -% \begin{macrocode} - \begingroup - \ifarticle - \output{% - \advance\count@ 1 - \global\setbox\not@slidebox\box\@cclv}% - \par\@@par\penalty-\@M - \fi - \output{\slide@output}% -% \end{macrocode} -% The flag "\ifslide" is set, and the counter "\slide@count", which keeps -% track of the number of slides in the current slide environment, is -% initialized. -% \begin{macrocode} - \slidetrue - \ifarticle\global\slide@count=\z@\fi - \refstepcounter{slide}% - \ifnotesonlystar\xdef\first@slidemarker{\the\c@slide}\fi - \def\do##1{\setcounter{##1}\z@}\slide@reset -% \end{macrocode} -% Save current "\textheight" and "\textwidth", to be used later by the output -% routine in the "slides" format. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifarticle\else - \edef\page@textheight{\number\textheight sp}% - \edef\page@textwidth{\number\textwidth sp}% - \fi - \set@slidesize -% \end{macrocode} -% Now we finish customizing the slide environment. -% \begin{macrocode} - \slidebox@restore - \the\slide@hook - \the\before@newslide - \everyslide} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\end@slide} -% This is "\endslide" and "\endslide*". We first make sure that there are -% balanced groups so that the normal output routine is restored. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\end@slide{% - \par\penalty-\@M - \xdef\@tempg{\@currenvir}% - \endgroup - \ifslide - \@seminarerr{Perhaps missing `\string\end{\@tempg}', - \iffalse{\fi`\string}' or `\string\endgroup'}\@ehd - \def\next{\endgroup\ifslide\expandafter\next\fi}% - \next - \fi -% \end{macrocode} -% If there is anything on the page, it was inserted with "\aftergroup" and -% should be discarded. (This can happen with color commands, for example.) -% \begin{macrocode} - \begingroup - \output{\setbox\@tempboxa\box\@cclv}% - \@@par\penalty-\@M - \endgroup -% \end{macrocode} -% The slide counter was stepped when the last slide was output. Now we need to -% set it back one. With the "article" format, we now have to output all the -% acculumulated slides. -% \begin{macrocode} - \global\advance\c@slide-1 - \def\do##1{\setcounter{##1}{\@nameuse{saved@c@##1}}}% - \slide@reset - \ifarticle\outputloop@savedslides\fi - \the\after@slide} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\slideclearpagetrue,\slideclearpagefalse,\slide@clearpage} -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\slideclearpagetrue\relax -\let\slideclearpagefalse\relax -\ifarticle - \def\slide@clearpage{\par\penalty\z@} - \ifnotes - \def\slideclearpagetrue{\def\slide@clearpage{\clearpage}} - \def\slideclearpagefalse{\def\slide@clearpage{\par\penalty\z@}} - \else - \ifnotesonly - \def\slideclearpagetrue{\def\slide@clearpage{\clearpage}} - \def\slideclearpagefalse{\def\slide@clearpage{\par\penalty\z@}} - \fi - \fi -\else - \def\slide@clearpage{\clearpage} -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\slide@hook,\everyslide,\after@slide} -% "\slide@hook" and "\everyslide" are hooks for modifying the slide -% environments. "\slide@hook" is a token register. Commands can be added to it -% without destroying previously added commands using the "\addto@hook" -% command. -% "\everyslide" is an ordinary command sequence to be used by users. -% "\after@slide" can be used to initialize things for notes. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newtoks\slide@hook -\def\everyslide{} -\newtoks\after@slide -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \section{$\setminus$slidebox@restore\label{everyslide}} -% -% \begin{macro}{\slidebox@restore} -% "\slidebox@restore" sets up the spacing parameters at the beginning of every -% slide. The component commands are defined following this macro. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\slidebox@restore{% - \def\thepage{\theslide}% - \def\newpage{\newslide}% - \def\clearpage{\newslide}% - \def\thispagestyle{\notslide@err{\thispagestyle}}% - \pagestyle{\slide@pagestyle}% - \@twocolumnfalse - \def\twocolumn{\notslide@err{\twocolumn}}% - \def\onecolumn{\notslide@err{\onecolumn}}% - \def\marginpar{\notslide@err{\marginpar}}% - \def\thanks{\slidethanks}% - \def\maketitle{\slidemaketitle}% - \fix@floats - \fix@whatsits - \slide@footnotes - \def\do##1{\expandafter\xdef\csname - saved@c@##1\endcsname{\the\@nameuse{c@##1}}}% - \slide@reset - \topskip\z@ \maxdepth\z@ - \slide@listparameters - \slidefonts - \def\baselinestretch{\slidestretch}% - \def\arraystretch{\slidearraystretch}% - \sem@ptsize{\slide@ptsize}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\thedate,\theauthor,\thetitle,\thethanks} -% The "\date", "\author" and "\title" commands are redefined so that they save -% their information in accessible command sequences, "\thedate", "\theauthor" -% and "\thetitle". "\thanks" is saved so that it can be restored during slide -% environments. "\thethanks" is set to "\@thanks" so that it is easier to -% redefine "\slidemaketitle" in the preamble. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\date#1{\gdef\@date{#1}\gdef\thedate{#1}} -\def\author#1{\gdef\@author{#1}\gdef\theauthor{#1}} -\def\title#1{\gdef\@title{#1}\gdef\thetitle{#1}} -\date{\today} -\let\slidethanks\thanks -\def\thethanks{\@thanks}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\slidemaketitle} -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\slidemaketitle{% - \par - \begin{center}\bf - {\large \thetitle}\par\vskip 1ex - \begin{tabular}[t]{c} \theauthor \end{tabular}\par\vskip 1ex - \thedate - \end{center}% - \thethanks\par} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\fix@floats} -% Floats are neutralized, but the captions work as usual. This makes it easier -% to just transfer a float from some other document to a slide. This only -% works if end of floating environment is "\def"ined to be "\end@float", -% rather than "\let" to be "\end@float", or if "\@float{foo}" is ended by -% "\endfoo". This should get 99\% of the cases. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\fix@floats{% - \def\@xfloat##1[##2]{% - \expandafter\let\csname end##1\endcsname\end@float - \par\medskip\vbox\bgroup\def\@captype{##1}\parindent\z@ - \ignorespaces}% - \def\end@float{\par\vskip\z@\egroup\medskip}% - \def\@dblfloat{\@float}\def\end@dblfloat{\end@float}% - \def\endfigure{\end@float}\def\endtable{\end@float}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\fix@whatsits} -% The whatsits "\write", "\openout" and "\closeout" are problematic in slides -% for two reasons: -% \begin{enumerate} -% \item First, an otherwise empty vertical list with a whatsit is not empty. -% Thus, if a slide begins with a "\write" command, followed by a line a text, -% "\parskip" is inserted before the text. This can be quite noticable in a -% slide environment, since by default "\parskip" is about 2.5\% of the height -% of a slide. This problem is likely to arise because it is convenient to put -% a slide's "\label" command first. -% \item Second, the slides are omitted in the "notesonly" selection, but we -% want to preserve cross-referencing. -% \end{enumerate} -% We solve both problems by making the three whatsits mentioned above -% "\immediate" within the slide environments. This might cause unforeseen -% problems for some macros. It also introduces a known problem: slide -% cross-references may not be accurate if \TeX\ is doing the page breaking -% automatically. -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\normal@write\write -\let\normal@read\read -\let\normal@openout\openout -\let\normal@closeout\closeout -\def\fix@whatsits{% - \def\write{\immediate\normal@write}% - \def\read{\immediate\normal@read}% - \def\openout{\immediate\normal@openout}% - \def\closeout{\immediate\normal@closeout}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\slide@footins,\theslidefootnote,\slide@footnotes} -% We want to set up a parallel footnote system for slides. It acts just like -% regular footnotes, but -% \begin{LVerbatim} -% \interfootnotelinepenalty\@M -% \end{LVerbatim} -% means that footnotes will not be split across pages. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newinsert\slide@footins -\skip\slide@footins=\bigskipamount -\count\slide@footins=1000 -\dimen\slide@footins=4in -\def\theslidefootnote{\alph{footnote}} -\def\slide@footnotes{% - \def\thefootnote{\theslidefootnote}% - \let\footins\slide@footins - \interfootnotelinepenalty\@M} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\slidefonts,\ifslidefonts} -% "\slidefonts" should set up any special fonts for the slides. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\slidefonts{} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\slidestretch,\slidearraystretch} -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\slidestretch{1.18} -\def\slidearraystretch{1.2} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\raggedslides} -% "\ragggedslides[0pt]" means justified, "\raggedslides[1fil]" means -% "\raggedright". Ideally, we would also like a version that breaks lines the -% same way as with justified text, but then doesn't stretch any glue to -% justify the margin. This is impossible, but "\raggedslides[1em]", e.g., is -% meant to be an intermediate case. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\raggedslides{\@ifnextchar[{\@raggedslides}{\@raggedslides[1fil]}} -\def\@raggedslides[#1]{% - \edef\slide@@rightskip{#1}% - \ifslide\slide@rightskip\fi} -\def\slide@rightskip{% - \@rightskip\z@ plus \slide@@rightskip\relax \rightskip\@rightskip} -\def\slide@@rightskip{1fil} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\slide@listparameters} -% The list parameters are generally tightened up, compared to the usual -% spacing in "article.sty", to compensate for the large "\parskip" and -% "\baselinestretch". -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcount\slide@listdepth -\def\slide@listparameters{% - \let\@listdepth\slide@listdepth - \slide@listdepth\z@ - \def\@listi{\slide@listi}% - \def\@listii{\slide@listii}% - \def\@listiii{\slide@listiii}% - \let\@listiv\relax\let\@listv\relax\let\@listvi\relax} -\def\slide@listi{% - \leftmargin\leftmargini - \labelwidth\leftmargini \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep - \parsep\parskip \divide\parsep2 - \partopsep\slidepartopsep\relax - \advance\partopsep-\parskip - \ifdim\partopsep<\z@\partopsep\z@\fi - \itemsep\slideitemsep\relax - \ifdim\parsep<\itemsep - \topsep\itemsep \advance\topsep-\parsep - \else - \itemsep\parsep \topsep\z@ - \fi} -\def\slide@listii{% - \leftmargin\leftmarginii - \labelwidth\leftmarginii \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep - \divide\itemsep2 \divide\parsep2 - \divide\topsep2 \divide\partopsep2\relax}% -\def\slide@listiii{% - \leftmargin\leftmarginiii - \labelwidth\leftmarginiii \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep - \itemsep \z@ \parsep\z@ \topsep\z@}% -\def\slideleftmargini{1.8em} -\def\slideleftmarginii{1.4em} -\def\slideleftmarginiii{1em} -\def\slidelabelsep{.5em} -\def\slideitemsep{.8ex minus .2ex} -\def\slidepartopsep{1ex minus .2ex} -% \end{macrocode} -% \codelabel{defaultpar*}% -% \end{macro} -% -% \section{Slide output routines: $\setminus$output} -% -% \begin{macro}{\save@slidespecials} -% First, a trick to make sure that "\special"'s in the preamble end up on the -% first page of the document, even if the first slide is omitted, or if the -% first item in the document is a float (in which case \LaTeX\ discards -% "\special"'s). "\@textop" is used to insert the specials if the first page -% is processed by \LaTeX's usual output routines, and "\insert@specials" is -% used to insert the specials if the first page is a slide in the "slides" -% format (see the definition of "\output@slide" below). -% \begin{macrocode} -\newbox\saved@specials -\def\save@slidespecials{% - \begingroup - \output{% - \global\setbox\saved@specials=\box\@cclv - \global\wd\saved@specials=\z@ - \global\dp\saved@specials=\z@ - \global\ht\saved@specials=\z@}% - \hbox{}\penalty-\@M - \global\let\saved@texttop\@texttop - \gdef\@texttop{% - \ifvoid\saved@specials\else\box\saved@specials\nointerlineskip\fi - \saved@texttop - \global\let\@texttop\saved@texttop}% - \endgroup} -\addto@hook\after@document{\save@slidespecials} -\ifarticle\else - \def\insert@specials{% - \ifvoid\saved@specials\else - \setbox\@slidebox\hbox{\box\saved@specials\box\@slidebox}% - \fi - \global\let\insert@specials\relax} -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\extraslideheight} -% This increases the height of a slide for the purpose of page-breaking. We -% use unscaled dimensions so that \TeX's warnings about overfull "\vbox"'s -% will be comparable. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\extraslideheight#1{% - \@tempdima #1\relax - \edef\X@SlideHeight{\number\@tempdima sp} - \ifslide\set@slidesize\fi} -\extraslideheight{6pt} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\set@slidesize} -% In addition to setting "\hsize" and "\vsize", this sets the \LaTeX\ -% parameters such as "\textheight" and "\textwidth" so that slides seem like a -% regular page, whatever format is being used. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\set@slidesize{% - \iflandscape - \hsize=\inverseslidesmag\slidewidth - \vsize=\inverseslidesmag\slideheight - \else - \hsize=\inverseslidesmag\slideheight - \vsize=\inverseslidesmag\slidewidth - \fi - \edef\slide@vsize{\number\vsize sp}% - \textheight\vsize - \advance\vsize\X@SlideHeight\relax - \textwidth\hsize\columnwidth\hsize\linewidth\hsize} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\newslide} -% This includes things you want to initialize whenever a new page is started -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\newslide{% - \par\penalty-\@M - \def\do##1{\setcounter{##1}\z@}\slide@reset - \the\before@newslide - \set@slidesize} -\newtoks\before@newslide -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\slidereset,\addtoslidereset} -% "\addto@slidereset{foo,bar}" sets "\slide@reset" to -% \begin{quote} -% "\slide@reset\do{foo}\do{bar}" -% \end{quote} -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\slide@reset{\do{footnote}} -\def\slidereset#1{\def\slide@reset{}\addtoslidereset{#1}} -\def\addtoslidereset#1{% - \edef\@tempa{#1}\expandafter\addto@slidereset\@tempa,\@nil,} -\def\addto@slidereset#1,{% - \ifx\@nil#1\else - \@ifundefined{c@#1}% - {\@seminarerr{Counter `#1' not defined}\@ehd}% - {\expandafter\def\expandafter\slide@reset\expandafter{% - \slide@reset\do{#1}}}% - \expandafter\addto@slidereset - \fi} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\slide@output} -% "\os@test" checks whether according to some "\onlyslides" or "\notslides" -% command, this slide should not be output; "\os@test" is defined in Section -% \ref{os}. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\slide@output{% - \@makeslide - \@testfalse - \ifnotesonly\else - \iflandscape - \ifnum\@landscapeonly>-1 \os@test\fi - \else - \ifnum\@landscapeonly<1 \os@test\fi - \fi - \fi - \if@test - \reset@slideoutput - \@@makeslide - \process@slide - \fi - \refstepcounter{slide}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\reset@slideoutput} -% Some things should be reset for the slide embellishments. E.g., you don't -% want slide labels or headers and footers to be affected by the current font. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\reset@slideoutput{% - \let\par\@@par - \reset@font - \def\baselinestretch{1}% - \@nameuse{1\@ptsize @semptsize}% - \catcode`\ =10 - \let\-\@dischyph \let\'\@acci \let\`\@accii \let\=\@acciii} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\ifcenterslides} -% This is the flag for vertically centering slides. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newif\ifcenterslides -\centerslidestrue -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\@makeslide,\@@makeslide} -% Take care of footnotes and verticle positioning. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\@makeslide{% - \setbox\@slidebox\vbox{% - \unvbox\@cclv - \ifvoid\slide@footins\else - \vskip\skip\slide@footins - \footnoterule - \unvbox\slide@footins - \fi - \vskip\z@}} -\def\@@makeslide{% - \overfullslide@warning - \setbox\@slidebox\hbox{% - \vfuzz=\slidefuzz\relax - \vbox to\slide@vsize{% - \ifcenterslides\vskip\z@ plus .0001fil \fi - \unvbox\@slidebox - \vskip\z@ plus .0001fil}% - \the\after@slidepage}% - \wd\@slidebox\textwidth} -\def\overfullslide@warning{% - \dimen@\ht\@slidebox - \advance\dimen@-\slide@vsize\relax - \ifdim\dimen@>\slidefuzz\relax - \@warning{Slide \theslide\space overfull by \the\dimen@}% - \fi} -\def\slidefuzz{2pt} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\after@slidepage} -% "\after@slidepage" is executed at the end of each page of a slide -% environment during the slide output routine. It is meant to reset things -% that might have been set by "\special"'s within the slide. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newtoks\after@slidepage -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \section{Rotation} -% -% Rotation macros must be implemented by "\special"'s, such as in -% "semcolor.sty". The interface for rotation is built into "seminar.sty", -% however. -% -% \begin{macro}{\ifrotateheaders} -% In the "slides" format, the slides can either be rotated before being placed -% on the page, or the whole page can be rotated, including headers. -% "\ifrotateheaders" controls which procedure is used. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newif\ifrotateheaders -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\sliderotation} -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\sliderotation#1{\@ifundefined{semsr@#1}% - {\@latexerr{Slide rotation `#1' not defined.}\@eha}% - {\@nameuse{semsr@#1}}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\semsr@none,\semsr@left,\semsr@right} -% A slide rotation should define "\rotate@slide" to rotate "\@slidebox".. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\semsr@left{% - \def\rotate@slide{% - \setbox\@slidebox\hbox{\leftsliderotation{\box\@slidebox}}}} -\def\semsr@right{% - \def\rotate@slide{% - \setbox\@slidebox\hbox{\rightsliderotation{\box\@slidebox}}}} -\def\semsr@none{\let\rotate@slide\relax} -\sliderotation{none} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\leftsliderotation,\rightsliderotation} -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\leftsliderotation#1{% - \@seminarerr{\string\leftsliderotation\space has not been defined}% - \@ehd} -\let\rightsliderotation\leftsliderotation -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\@ifrotateslide} -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\@ifrotateslide#1{% - \ifx\rotate@slide\relax\else - \iflandscape\ifportrait#1\fi\else\ifportrait\else#1\fi\fi - \fi} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \section{Slide output routines: $\setminus$process@slide\label{slideoutput}} -% -% This is the version-dependent stuff, where we decide what to do with the -% slide. -% -% \begin{macro}{\process@slide} -% "\process@@slide" is kept separate because it can be redefined for doing -% overlays. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\process@slide{% - \slideframewidth=\inverseslidesmag\slideframewidth - \slideframesep=\inverseslidesmag\slideframesep - \fboxrule\slideframewidth - \fboxsep\slideframesep - \ifarticle - \@ifrotateslide\rotate@slide - \else - \ifrotateheaders\else\@ifrotateslide\rotate@slide\fi - \fi - \process@@slide} -\def\process@@slide{\finish@slide\output@slide} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\finish@slide} -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\finish@slide{% - \theslideframe - \add@slidelabel\slidelabel} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\output@slide} -% In the "article" format, the slides are saved until the end of the slide -% environment. -% \begin{macrocode} -\ifarticle - \def\output@slide{% - \global\advance\slide@count1 - \@ifundefined{slidebox@\the\slide@count}% - {{\globaldefs=1\expandafter - \new@slidebox\csname slidebox@\the\slide@count\endcsname}}{}% - \expandafter\global\expandafter\setbox\csname - slidebox@\the\slide@count\endcsname\box\@slidebox} -% \end{macrocode} -% In the "slides" format, we use a modification of \LaTeX's "\@outputpage". -% "\do@fancyput" is stuck in here in case "fancybox.sty" is being used. -% "\fancyput@flag" is initialized in case it is not -% \begin{macrocode} -\else - \def\output@slide{% - \begingroup - \hoffset=-\inverseslidesmag in - \voffset=-\inverseslidesmag in - \setslidelength\@tempdima{% - \ifportrait\paperwidth\else\paperheight\fi} - \setslidelength\@tempdimb{% - \ifportrait\paperheight\else\paperwidth\fi} - \ifrotateheaders - \@ifrotateslide{% - \dimen@=\@tempdima - \@tempdima=\@tempdimb - \@tempdimb=\dimen@} - \fi - % \oddsidemargin, \evensidemargin, \headheight, \footheight - % used for scratch: - \setslidelength\oddsidemargin\slideleftmargin - \setslidelength\evensidemargin\sliderightmargin - \setslidelength\headheight\slidetopmargin - \setslidelength\footheight\slidebottommargin - % Some page styles like to know \textwidth: - \textwidth=\@tempdima - \advance\textwidth-\oddsidemargin - \advance\textwidth-\evensidemargin - \setbox\@slidebox=\hbox to \@tempdima{% - \kern\oddsidemargin - \vbox to\@tempdimb{% - \ifnum\fancyput@flag>-1 - \hbox{\kern-\oddsidemargin\do@fancyput}% - \fi - \let\label\@gobble - \let\index\@gobble - \let\glossary\@gobble - \vbox to\headheight{% - \vfill - \hbox{% - \slideheadfont\relax\strut - \hbox to\textwidth{\@oddhead}}% - \kern\z@}% - \vfill - \hbox to\textwidth{\hss\box\@slidebox\hss}% - \vfill - \vbox to\footheight{% - \hbox{% - \slidefootfont\relax\strut - \hbox to\textwidth{\@oddfoot}}% - \vfill}}% - \hss}% - \ifrotateheaders\@ifrotateslide\rotate@slide\fi - \insert@specials - \shipout\box\@slidebox - \endgroup - \let\firstmark\botmark} - \@ifundefined{fancyput@flag}{\def\fancyput@flag{-1}}{} -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\output@savedslide} -% Now we take care of the saved slides in the "article" format. Lots of things -% can happen. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newskip\slidesep -\slidesep\intextsep -\ifarticle - \def\fps@fslide{htbp} - \def\ftype@fslide{32} - \def\float@savedslide{% - \begingroup\@float{fslide}% - \centerline{\box\@slidebox}% - \end@float\endgroup}% - \@namedef{float*@savedslide}{% - \begingroup\@dblfloat{fslide}% - \centerline{\box\@slidebox}% - \end@dblfloat\endgroup}% - \def\center@slide{\hbox{% - \kern-\@totalleftmargin - \hbox to \columnwidth{\hss\box\@slidebox\hss}}}% - \def\onepercol@savedslide{% - \vbox to .996\textheight{\vss\center@slide\vss}\goodbreak}% - \def\twopercol@savedslide{% - \dimen@.5\textheight - \advance\dimen@-\slidesep - \ifdim\ht\@slidebox>\dimen@ - \onepercol@savedslide - \else - \vbox to .498\textheight{\vss\center@slide\vss}\goodbreak - \fi} - \def\here@savedslide{% - \addvspace\slidesep\center@slide\addvspace\slidesep} - \@namedef{here*@savedslide}{% - \goodbreak \hrule \@height\z@ \nobreak \vskip\slidesep \nobreak - \center@slide - \nobreak \vskip\slidesep \nobreak \hrule\@height\z@ \goodbreak} -\fi -\ifarticle - \def\slideplacement#1{\@ifundefined{#1@savedslide}% - {\@seminarerr{Slide placement `#1' undefined}\@ehd}% - {\expandafter\let\expandafter\output@savedslide - \csname #1@savedslide\endcsname}} -\else - \def\slideplacement#1{} -\fi -\ifarticle - \ifnotes - \ifportrait - \slideplacement{float} - \else - \slideplacement{float*} - \fi - \else - \ifportrait - \slideplacement{onepercol} - \else - \slideplacement{twopercol} - \fi - \fi -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\outputloop@savedslides} -% This is the loop that spits out each of the saved slides. We start by -% reinserting whatever was on the current page when the slide environment -% started. -% \begin{macrocode} -\ifarticle - \def\outputloop@savedslides{% - \global\maxdepth\@maxdepth - \ifvoid\not@slidebox\else - \dimen@=\dp\not@slidebox - \unvbox\not@slidebox - \hrule height\z@ - \prevdepth\dimen@ - \penalty\z@ - \fi - \edef\slide@@count{\the\slide@count\relax}% - \slide@count\z@ - \loop - \ifnum\slide@count<\slide@@count - \advance\slide@count1 - \expandafter\setbox\expandafter\@slidebox\expandafter\box - \csname slidebox@\the\slide@count\endcsname - \output@savedslide - \repeat - \ifnotesonlystar\make@slidemarker\fi} -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\make@slidemarker} -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\make@slidemarker{% - \addvspace\slidesep - \moveleft\@totalleftmargin - \vbox{% - \hsize\columnwidth - \hrule height 1pt - \kern 8pt - \hbox to \columnwidth{% - \hss - \LARGE\bf\the@slidemarker - \hss}% - \kern 8pt - \hrule height 1pt}% - \addvspace\slidesep} -\def\the@slidemarker{% - Slide% - \ifnum\c@slide=\first@slidemarker\else - s {\c@slide\first@slidemarker\relax\theslide} --\fi - { }\theslide}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \section{Page numbering in the {\tt slides} format} -% -% In the "slides" format, we let the "page" counter be stepped as usual by the -% output routine, but we don't use it for anything except perhaps to keep -% track of the absolute page number. Instead, we have a counter "note" to keep -% track of the pages of notes, and "\thepage" is set to "\thenote" for notes -% and "\theslide" for slides (and "\theoverlay" for overlays and "\thelayer" -% for layers). -% -% \begin{macro}{\c@note} -% The "note" counter has to be stepped by the output routine, and reset by the -% slide environments. In the "article" format, we just make the "note" counter -% the same as the "page" counter. -% \begin{macrocode} -\ifarticle - \let\c@note\c@page - \def\p@note{\p@page} - \def\thenote{\thepage} -\else - \newcounter{note} - \def\thenote{\theslide-\arabic{note}} - \def\thepage{\thenote} - \addto@hook\after@slide{\setcounter{note}{1}} - \expandafter\def\expandafter\@outputpage\expandafter{% - \@outputpage\stepcounter{note}} -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% Which counter should the dvi driver pay attention to when numbering the -% pages in the "slides" format? This makes a difference when using the dvi -% driver to select pages. If the driver numbers pages by the slide number, -% then it is easier to use the driver to print selected slides. -% However, this can be cumbersome when there are many pages of notes or -% overlays, especially if the driver cannot pick out the $n^{th}$ occurence of -% a page, because many pages will have the same page number. In this case, -% keeping track of physical page numbers may be preferred. We allow both -% options. -% -% By default, the dvi driver pays attention to the slide counter; i.e., this -% counter is assigned register 0 -% \begin{macrocode} -\ifarticle\else - \let\c@page\c@slide - \countdef\c@slide=0 - \c@slide=0 - \c@page=1 -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \begin{macro}{\truepagenumbers} -% This switches back to having the driver recognize physical page numbers. -% \begin{macrocode} -\ifarticle - \let\truepagenumbers\relax -\else - \def\truepagenumbers{% - \let\c@slide\c@page - \countdef\c@page=0 - \c@page=1 - \c@slide=0 - \let\truepagenumbers\relax} -\fi -\addto@preamblecmds{\truepagenumbers} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \section{Slide frames} -% -% \begin{macro}{\slideframewidth,\slideframesep} -% \begin{macrocode} -\newdimen\slideframewidth \slideframewidth 4pt -\newdimen\slideframesep \slideframesep .3in -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\newslideframe,\slideframe} -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\newslideframe#1{% - \@ifnextchar[{\@newslideframe{#1}}{\@newslideframe{#1}[]}} -\def\@newslideframe#1[#2]{% - \@namedef{semsfops@#1}{#2}% - \@namedef{semsf@#1}##1} -\newslideframe{plain}{\fbox{#1}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\slideframe,\@slideframe} -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\slideframe{\@slideframe{slide}} -\def\@slideframe#1{% - \@ifstar{\@testtrue\@@slideframe{#1}}{\@testfalse\@@slideframe{#1}}} -\def\@@slideframe#1{% - \@ifnextchar[{\@@@slideframe{#1}}{\@@@slideframe{#1}[]}} -\def\@@@slideframe#1[#2]#3{% - \def\@tempa{none}% - \def\@tempb{#3}% - \ifx\@tempa\@tempb - \@namedef{the#1frame}{\relax}% - \else - \ifx\@tempb\@empty - \@namedef{the#1frame}{}% - \else - \@ifundefined{semsf@#3}% - {\@seminarerr{Slide frame `#3' undefined}\@eha}% - {\if@test - \@@@@slideframe{#1}[#2]{#3}% - \else - \@namedef{the#1frame}{\setbox\@slidebox=\hbox{{% - \@nameuse{semsfops@#3}#2\@nameuse{semsf@#3}{\box\@slidebox}}}}% - \fi}% - \fi - \fi} -\def\@@@@slideframe#1[#2]#3{% - \expandafter\let\expandafter\@tempa\csname the#1frame\endcsname - \edef\next{% - \noexpand\def\expandafter\noexpand\csname the#1frame\endcsname}% - \expandafter\next\expandafter{\@tempa - \setbox\@slidebox=\hbox{{% - \@nameuse{semsfops@#3}% - #2% - \@nameuse{semsf@#3}{\box\@slidebox}}}}}% -\slideframe{plain} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \section{Slide styles\label{slidestyles}} -% -% \begin{macro}{\slidestyle} -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\slidestyle#1{\@ifundefined{ss@#1}% - {\@seminarerr{Slide style `#1' undefined}\@eha}% - {\@nameuse{ss@#1}}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\ss@empty,\ss@plain,\ss@plainbottom} -% The "plain" slide style places the slide label on the left side of the -% framed slide, centered vertically. The caption is set in a box with zero -% width so that it does not affect the centering of the slide on the page. In -% the "plainbottom" style, the label is centered at the bottom of the slide. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\ss@empty{\let\add@slidelabel\@gobble} -\def\ss@left{\def\add@slidelabel##1{% - \setbox\@slidebox=\hbox{% - \vbox to \ht\@slidebox{\vss - \hbox to 0pt{\hss##1\hskip 15pt}% - \vss}\box\@slidebox}}} -\def\ss@bottom{\def\add@slidelabel##1{% - \setbox\@slidebox=\vbox{\copy\@slidebox\vskip 9pt - \hbox to\wd\@slidebox{\hss##1\hss}}}}% -\ifarticle - \ifportrait\slidestyle{bottom}\else\slidestyle{left}\fi -\else - \slidestyle{empty} -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\slidelabel} -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\slidelabel{\bf Slide \theslide} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \section{Page styles} -% -% \begin{macro}{\newpagestyle,\renewpagestyle} -% The next two commands allow one to define new pages styles in the preamble -% of a document without playing around with the catcode of "@". -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\newpagestyle#1#2#3{% - \expandafter\newcommand\csname ps@#1\endcsname{% - \def\@oddhead{#2}\let\@evenhead\@oddhead - \def\@oddfoot{#3}\let\@evenfoot\@oddfoot}} -\def\renewpagestyle#1#2#3{% - \expandafter\renewcommand\csname ps@#1\endcsname{% - \def\@oddhead{#2}\let\@evenhead\@oddhead - \def\@oddfoot{#3}\let\@evenfoot\@oddfoot}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\slidepagestyle} -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\@ifgoodps#1{% - \@ifundefined{ps@#1}{\@seminarerr{Page style `#1' undefined}\@eha}} -\def\slidepagestyle#1{% - \@ifgoodps{#1}% - {\ifslide\pagestyle{#1}\else\edef\slide@pagestyle{#1}\fi}} -\def\ps@{} -\slidepagestyle{} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\ps@align} -% \begin{macrocode} -\ifarticle - \def\ps@align{} -\else - \def\ps@align{% - \def\@oddhead{\thepage\hfil+}\let\@evenhead\@oddhead - \def\@oddfoot{+\hfil+}\let\@evenfoot\@oddfoot} -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\slideheadfont,\slidefootfont} -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\slideheadfont{\scriptsize} -\def\slidefootfont{\scriptsize} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \section{Magnification} -% -% \begin{macro}{\magstep,\magstepminus} -% We extend the definition of "\magstep"$n$ to $n=0,\ldots,9$, and define an -% analogous macro for reduction. The argument of "\@magstep" {\em must be a -% count register}. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\magstep#1{\ifcase#1 \@m\or 1200\or 1440\or 1728\or - 2074\or 2488\or 2986\or 3583\or 4300\or 5160\fi\relax} -\def\magstepminus#1{% - \ifcase#1 \@m\or 833\or 694\or 579\or 482\or 401\fi\relax} -\def\@magstep#1{% - \ifnum#1<\z@\magstepminus{-#1}\else\magstep#1\fi} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\invert@mag} -% If "\cs" is a command sequence (not a count register) that expands to an -% integer $n>0$, then "\invert@mag\cs" sets "\cs" to $1000 n^{-1}$. E.g., -% after the commands -% \begin{Ex} -% "\def\mymag{\magstep2}" -% "\invert@mag\mymag" -% \end{Ex} -% the meaning of "\mymag" is ".694444". We use dimension registers to access -% \TeX's internal arithmetic routines. -% \begin{macrocode} -{\catcode`\p=12\catcode`\t=12 - \gdef\@@inv@@mag#1pt#2{\def#2{#1}}} -\def\invert@mag#1{\@tempdima=1000pt - \divide\@tempdima by #1\relax - \expandafter\@@inv@@mag\the\@tempdima#1} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\@slidesmag,\@articlemag} -% "\@slidesmag" and "\@articlemag" define "\inverseslidesmag" and -% "\inverseartmag" for use by "\setslidelength", etc., using the "\invert@mag" -% routine defined above. They also set the magnification of the document in -% the "slides" or "article" format. Their arguments can be any magnification. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\@slidesmag#1{% - \@tempcnta=#1\relax% - \ifnum\@tempcnta>0 - \edef\inverseslidesmag{\the\@tempcnta}% - \invert@mag\inverseslidesmag - \ifarticle\else\mag\@tempcnta\fi - \else - \@seminarerr{\string\@slidesmag\space argument must be an - integer equal to 1000 times the magnification}\@eha - \fi} -\def\@articlemag#1{% - \@tempcnta=#1\relax% - \ifnum\@tempcnta>0 - \edef\inverseartmag{\the\@tempcnta}% - \invert@mag\inverseartmag - \ifarticle\mag\@tempcnta\fi - \else - \@seminarerr{\string\articlemag\space argument must be an - integer equal to 1000 times the magnification}\@eha - \fi} -\addto@preamblecmds{\@slidesmag\do\@articlemag} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\slidesmag,\articlemag} -% "\slidesmag" and "\articlemag" are an interface to "\@slidesmag" and -% "\@articlemag", and allow only "\magstep" type magnifications. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newdimen\semin -\newdimen\semcm -\def\@semmagerr#1{% - \@seminarerr{\string#1 argument must be an integer - between -5 and 9}\@eha} -\def\slidesmag#1{% - \@tempcnta=#1\relax - \ifnum\@tempcnta>-6 - \ifnum\@tempcnta<10 - \edef\the@slidesmag{\the\@tempcnta}% - \@slidesmag{\@magstep\@tempcnta}% - \else - \@semmagerr\slidesmag - \fi - \else - \@semmagerr\slidesmag - \fi - \setslidelength\semin\seminlength - \setslidelength\semcm\semcmlength} -\def\seminlength{1in} -\def\semcmlength{1cm} -\def\articlemag#1{% - \@tempcnta=#1\relax - \ifnum\@tempcnta>-6 - \ifnum\@tempcnta<10 - \edef\the@articlemag{\the\@tempcnta}% - \@articlemag{\@magstep\@tempcnta}% - \else - \@semmagerr\articlemag - \fi - \else - \@semmagerr\articlemag - \fi} -\addto@preamblecmds{\slidesmag\do\articlemag} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\setslidelength,\addtoslidelength} -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\setslidelength#1#2{% - #1=#2\relax - #1=\inverseslidesmag#1}% -\def\addtoslidelength#1#2{% - \dimen@=#2\relax - \advance#1 by \inverseslidesmag\dimen@} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\setartlength,\addtoartlength} -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\setartlength#1#2{% - #1=#2\relax - #1=\inverseartmag#1} -\def\addtoartlength#1#2{% - \dimen@=#2\relax - \advance#1 by \inverseartmag\dimen@} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\slide@epsfsize,\epsfslidesize} -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\slide@epsfsize#1#2{% - \ifdim\epsfxsize=0pt - \ifdim\epsfysize=0pt - \inverseslidesmag#1% - \else - 0pt - \fi - \else - \inverseslidesmag\epsfxsize - \fi - \epsfysize - \ifdim\epsfysize=0pt - \ifdim\epsfxsize=0pt - \inverseslidesmag#2% - \else - 0pt - \fi - \else - \inverseslidesmag\epsfysize - \fi} -\def\epsfslidesize{\let\epsfsize\slide@epsfsize} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% Now the default magnifications are set: -% \begin{macrocode} -\slidesmag{4} -\articlemag{0} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% -% \section{Page parameters\label{pageparameters}} -% -% When the the document begins, the page parameters are scaled depending on -% the format and the magnification for that format, so that it is as if the -% parameters were set with "true" dimensions. This allows a user to change the -% magnification in the preamble without having to go back and rescale the page -% parameters. -% -% \begin{macro}{\do@pageparameters} -% First, we define "\do@pageparameters" like "\do@specials", but with all the -% page parameters listed on page 163 of Lamport's \LaTeX{} User's Guide and -% Reference Manual. Parameters can be added the same way commands are added to -% "\@preamblecmds". -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\do@pageparameters{% - \do\oddsidemargin - \do\evensidemargin - \do\marginparwidth - \do\marginparsep - \do\topmargin - \do\headheight - \do\headsep - \do\textheight - \do\textwidth - \do\topskip - \do\footskip - \do\footheight} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\scale@pageparameters} -% Now we define "\scale@pageparameters", which is invoked at the beginning of -% the document, to scale the page parameters. -% \begin{macrocode} -\ifarticle - \def\scale@pageparameters{% - \begingroup - \def\do##1{\global##1=\inverseartmag##1\relax}% - \do@pageparameters - \endgroup} -\else - \def\scale@pageparameters{% - \begingroup - \def\do##1{\global##1=\inverseslidesmag##1\relax}% - \do@pageparameters - \endgroup} -\fi -\addto@hook\before@document{\scale@pageparameters} -\addto@preamblecmds{\scale@pageparameters\do\do@pageparameters} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \section{Omitting and including notes} -% -% \begin{macro}{\allversions,\endallversions,\allversions*,\endallversions*} -% The "allversions" environments are processed in any version. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\allversions{} -\let\endallversions\relax -\@namedef{allversions*}{\@bsphack\globaldefs=1} -\@namedef{endallversions*}{\@esphack} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\slide@list,\addtoslidelist} -% "\slide@list" stores the list of environments that are to be included with -% the "slidesonly" selection. Environments are added to it using the -% "\addtoslidelist" command. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\slide@list{slide,slide*,allversions,allversions*} -\def\addtoslidelist#1{\xdef\slide@list{\slide@list,#1}} -\addto@preamblecmds{\addtoslidelist} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\xcomment@hook} -% The macro "\@xcomment", defined in "xcomment.sty", does the actual omitting -% of notes in the "slidesonly" format. Only environments in "\slide@list" are -% processed. -% \begin{macrocode} -\ifslidesonly - \@ifundefined{xcomment@@@}{\@@input xcomment.sty }{} - \def\xcomment@hook{\@xcomment{@@@}{\slide@list}} - \newxcomment[]{note} -\else - \def\note{\@bsphack}% - \def\endnote{\@esphack}% -\fi -\def\noxcomment{\def\xcomment@hook{}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \section{Omitting and including slides\label{os}} -% -% This is pretty bad code, but it works. -% -% \begin{macro}{\onlyslides,\notslides} -% "\onlyslides" and "\notslides" store their arguments, which should expand to -% a comma separated list of numbers and ranges, in the command sequence -% "\os@list". It is not immediately expanded, because the argument may contain -% references that are not yet defined; recall that the ".aux" file is -% processed at the beginning of the document. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\os@list{} -\newif\if@os -\def\onlyslides#1{\def\os@list{#1}\@ostrue - \def\os@warning{\@warning{\string\onlyslides\space argument - contains undefined references}}} -\def\notslides#1{\def\os@list{#1}\@osfalse - \def\os@warning{\@warning{\string\notslides\space argument - contains undefined references}}} -\addto@preamblecmds{\onlyslides\do\notslides} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\os@expandlist} -% "\os@expandlist" is invoked at the beginning of the document, after the -% ".aux" files has been processed. -% \begin{macrocode} -\addto@hook\after@document{% - \ifx\os@list\@empty\else\os@expandlist\fi} -% \end{macrocode} -% "\os@expandlist" first expands the list, and then processes each -% comma-separated entry with "\os@expandrange". -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\os@expandlist{% - \let\os@@warning\relax - \begingroup - \def\ref##1{\@ifundefined{r@##1}{?}% - {\noexpand\@car\@nameuse{r@##1}\noexpand\@nil}}% - \edef\@tempd{\os@list}% - \xdef\os@list{}% - \@for\@tempc:=\@tempd - \do{\expandafter\os@expandrange\@tempc-:-:\@nil}% - \os@@warning - \endgroup - \let\os@expandrange\relax - \let\os@checknum\relax - \let\os@expandlist\relax} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\os@expandrange} -% "\os@expandrange" expands entries of the form $m$-$n$ to $(m-1)$+$(n+1)$, -% which will simplify checking slide numbers against the list ("+" is used as -% a separator instead of "-" to allow for negative numbers). Entries that -% consist of a single number $n$ are treated like a range $n$-$n$. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\os@expandrange#1-#2-#3\@nil{% - \def\@tempa{?}\def\@tempb{#1}% - \ifx\@tempa\@tempb - \let\os@@warning\os@warning - \else - \@tempcnta=#1\relax - \def\@tempb{#2}% - \ifx\@tempa\@tempb - \let\os@@warning\os@warning - \else - \def\@tempa{:}% - \ifx\@tempa\@tempb - \@tempcntb=\@tempcnta - \else - \@tempcntb=#2\relax - \fi - \advance\@tempcnta by -1 - \advance\@tempcntb by 1 - \ifx\os@list\@empty - \xdef\os@list{\the\@tempcnta+\the\@tempcntb}% - \else - \xdef\os@list{\os@list,\the\@tempcnta+\the\@tempcntb}% - \fi - \fi - \fi} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\os@test} -% "\os@test" checks whether a slide should be processed. For each entry -% $m$-$n$ in the list "\os@list", if the slide number is greater than $m$ and -% less than $n$, "\if@test" is set to "\if@os". Recall that "\if@os" is -% "\iftrue" is "\os@list" is a list of slides to be included, and is -% "\iffalse" if "\os@list" is a list of slides to be excluded. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\os@test{% - \@testtrue - \iflandscape - \ifnum\@landscapeonly=-1 \@testfalse\fi - \else - \ifnum\@landscapeonly=1 \@testfalse\fi - \fi - \if@test - \ifx\os@list\@empty\else - \if@os\@testfalse\fi - \@for\@tempa:=\os@list\do{\expandafter\os@testrange\@tempa\@nil}% - \fi - \fi} -\def\os@testrange#1+#2\@nil{% - \ifnum\c@slide>#1 - \ifnum\c@slide<#2 - \if@os\@testtrue\else\@testfalse\fi - \fi - \fi} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\onlynotestoo} -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\onlynotestoo{% - \ifnotes\@testtrue\else\ifnotesonly\@testtrue\else\@testfalse\fi\fi - \if@test - \@ifundefined{xcomment@@@}{% - \edef\sem@temp{\the\catcode`\@}% - \catcode`\@=11 - \@@input xcomment.sty - \catcode`\@=\sem@temp\relax}{}% - \def\xcomment@hook{\@xcomment{@@@}{\slide@list}}% - \addto@hook\after@slide\onlynotes@too - \fi} -\def\onlynotes@too{% - \os@test - \if@test\gdef\do@end{}\else\gdef\do@end{\xc@begin}\fi} -\addto@preamblecmds\onlynotestoo -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \section{Font size declarations\label{fontsize}} -% -% \begin{macro}{\ptsize} -% The "\ptsize{"$n$"}" command invokes a macro so that the font size -% declarations are defined as in "art"$n$".sty", except that the font size -% declarations only affect the sizes of fonts, and not the list or display -% parameters. These parameters are set at the beginning of each slide -% environment. "\ptsize" should only be used in slide environments. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\ptsize#1{% - \@ifundefined{#1@semptsize}% - {\@seminarerr{\string\ptsize\space `#1' not valid.}\@eha}% - {\ifslide - \sem@ptsize{#1}\large\normalsize - \else - \edef\slide@ptsize{#1}% - \fi}} -\edef\slide@ptsize{1\@ptsize}% -\def\slidefontsizes{\ptsize} %For backwards compatibility?? -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\slide@setsize} -% This is a variant of "\@setsize" that makes the minimum space between lines -% be "\slideskip" times the extra space between lines. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\slide@setsize#1#2#3#4{% - \@setsize{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}% - \set@slideskip{#2}} -\def\slide@@setsize#1#2#3#4{% - \slide@setsize{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}\slidedisplayskips} -\def\set@slideskip#1{% - \normallineskiplimit=#1 - \advance\normallineskiplimit-\normalbaselineskip - \multiply\normallineskiplimit-1 - \normallineskiplimit\slideskip\normallineskiplimit - \ifdim\normallineskiplimit<1pt\normallineskiplimit=1pt\fi - \normallineskip=\normallineskiplimit - minus \slideshrink\normallineskiplimit - \dimen@=\normalbaselineskip - \normalbaselineskip=\dimen@ minus \slideshrink\normallineskiplimit - \normalbaselines} -\def\slideskip{.75} -\def\slideshrink{.25} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\slidedisplayskips} -% "\slidedisplayskips" sets the displays skips to smaller values than they -% would usually have in the "article" document style. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\slidedisplayskips{% - \abovedisplayskip 1.75ex minus .35ex - \belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip - \abovedisplayshortskip .2ex minus .2ex - \belowdisplayshortskip 1ex minus .2ex} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\sem@ptsize} -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\sem@ptsize#1{% - \@nameuse{#1@semptsize}% - \large\normalsize - \leftmargini\slideleftmargini\relax - \leftmarginii\slideleftmarginii\relax - \leftmarginiii\slideleftmarginiii\relax - \labelsep\slidelabelsep\relax - \parskip\slideparskip\relax - \parindent\slideparindent\relax - \slide@rightskip - \slide@listi - \skip\footins\slidefootins\relax - \footnotesep\slidefootnotesep\relax} -\def\slidefootins{2ex minus .8ex} -\def\slidefootnotesep{1.2ex} -\def\slideparindent{\z@} -\def\slideparskip{1ex minus .2ex} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\8@semptsize} -% \begin{macrocode} -\@namedef{8@semptsize}{% - \def\@normalsize{\slide@@setsize\normalsize{9.5pt}\viiipt\@viiipt}% - \def\small{\slide@@setsize\small{8pt}\viipt\@viipt}% - \def\footnotesize{\slide@@setsize\footnotesize{8pt}\vipt\@vipt}% - \def\scriptsize{\slide@setsize\scriptsize{7pt}\vipt\@vipt}% - \def\tiny{\slide@setsize\tiny{6pt}\vpt\@vpt}% - \def\large{\slide@setsize\large{12pt}\xpt\@xpt}% - \def\Large{\slide@setsize\Large{14pt}\xiipt\@xiipt}% - \def\LARGE{\slide@setsize\LARGE{17pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}% - \def\huge{\slide@setsize\huge{20pt}\xviipt\@xviipt}% - \def\Huge{\slide@setsize\Huge{25pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\9@semptsize} -% \begin{macrocode} -\@namedef{9@semptsize}{% - \def\@normalsize{\slide@@setsize\normalsize{11pt}\ixpt\@ixpt}% - \def\small{\slide@@setsize\small{9.5pt}\viiipt\@viiipt}% - \def\footnotesize{\slide@@setsize\footnotesize{8pt}\viipt\@viipt}% - \def\scriptsize{\slide@setsize\scriptsize{7pt}\vipt\@vipt}% - \def\tiny{\slide@setsize\tiny{6pt}\vpt\@vpt}% - \def\large{\slide@setsize\large{12pt}\xpt\@xpt}% - \def\Large{\slide@setsize\Large{14pt}\xiipt\@xiipt}% - \def\LARGE{\slide@setsize\LARGE{17pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}% - \def\huge{\slide@setsize\huge{20pt}\xviipt\@xviipt}% - \def\Huge{\slide@setsize\Huge{25pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\10@semptsize} -% \begin{macrocode} -\@namedef{10@semptsize}{% - \def\@normalsize{\slide@@setsize\normalsize{12pt}\xpt\@xpt}% - \def\small{\slide@@setsize\small{11pt}\ixpt\@ixpt}% - \def\footnotesize{\slide@@setsize\footnotesize{9.5pt}\viiipt\@viiipt}% - \def\scriptsize{\slide@setsize\scriptsize{8pt}\viipt\@viipt}% - \def\tiny{\slide@setsize\tiny{6pt}\vpt\@vpt}% - \def\large{\slide@setsize\large{14pt}\xiipt\@xiipt}% - \def\Large{\slide@setsize\Large{18pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}% - \def\LARGE{\slide@setsize\LARGE{22pt}\xviipt\@xviipt}% - \def\huge{\slide@setsize\huge{25pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}% - \def\Huge{\slide@setsize\Huge{30pt}\xxvpt\@xxvpt}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\11@semptsize} -% \begin{macrocode} -\@namedef{11@semptsize}{% - \def\@normalsize{\slide@@setsize\normalsize{13.6pt}\xipt\@xipt}% - \def\small{\slide@@setsize\small{12pt}\xpt\@xpt}% - \def\footnotesize{\slide@@setsize\footnotesize{11pt}\ixpt\@ixpt}% - \def\scriptsize{\slide@setsize\scriptsize{9.5pt}\viiipt\@viiipt}% - \def\tiny{\slide@setsize\tiny{7pt}\vipt\@vipt}% - \def\large{\slide@setsize\large{14pt}\xiipt\@xiipt}% - \def\Large{\slide@setsize\Large{18pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}% - \def\LARGE{\slide@setsize\LARGE{22pt}\xviipt\@xviipt}% - \def\huge{\slide@setsize\huge{25pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}% - \def\Huge{\slide@setsize\Huge{30pt}\xxvpt\@xxvpt}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\12@semptsize} -% \begin{macrocode} -\@namedef{12@semptsize}{% - \def\@normalsize{\slide@@setsize\normalsize{14.5pt}\xiipt\@xiipt}% - \def\small{\slide@@setsize\small{13.6pt}\xipt\@xipt}% - \def\footnotesize{\slide@@setsize\footnotesize{12pt}\xpt\@xpt}% - \def\scriptsize{\slide@setsize\scriptsize{9.5pt}\viiipt\@viiipt}% - \def\tiny{\slide@setsize\tiny{7pt}\vipt\@vipt}% - \def\large{\slide@setsize\large{18pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}% - \def\Large{\slide@setsize\Large{22pt}\xviipt\@xviipt}% - \def\LARGE{\slide@setsize\LARGE{25pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}% - \def\huge{\slide@setsize\huge{30pt}\xxvpt\@xxvpt}% - \let\Huge\huge} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\14@semptsize} -% \begin{macrocode} -\@namedef{14@semptsize}{% - \def\@normalsize{\slide@@setsize\normalsize{18pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}% - \def\small{\slide@@setsize\small{14.5pt}\xiipt\@xiipt}% - \def\footnotesize{\slide@@setsize\footnotesize{13.6pt}\xipt\@xipt}% - \def\scriptsize{\slide@setsize\scriptsize{12pt}\xpt\@xpt}% - \def\tiny{\slide@setsize\tiny{9.5pt}\viiipt\@viiipt}% - \def\large{\slide@setsize\large{22pt}\xviipt\@xviipt}% - \def\Large{\slide@setsize\Large{25pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}% - \def\LARGE{\slide@setsize\LARGE{30pt}\xxvpt\@xxvpt}% - \let\huge\LARGE - \let\Huge\LARGE} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\17@semptsize} -% \begin{macrocode} -\@namedef{17@semptsize}{% - \def\@normalsize{\slide@@setsize\normalsize{22pt}\xviipt\@xviipt}% - \def\small{\slide@@setsize\small{18pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}% - \def\footnotesize{\slide@@setsize\footnotesize{14.5pt}\xiipt\@xiipt}% - \def\scriptsize{\slide@setsize\scriptsize{13.6pt}\xipt\@xipt}% - \def\tiny{\slide@setsize\tiny{12pt}\xpt\@xpt}% - \def\large{\slide@setsize\large{25pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}% - \def\Large{\slide@setsize\Large{30pt}\xxvpt\@xxvpt}% - \let\LARGE\Large - \let\huge\Large - \let\Huge\Large} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \section{The $\setminus$twoup macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\twoup} -% See "2up.sty" for details. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\twoup{\@ifnextchar[{\@twoup}{\@twoup[0]}} -\ifarticle - \ifportrait - \def\@twoup[#1]{% - \@tempcnta=\the@articlemag\relax - \@tempcntb=\@tempcnta - \advance\@tempcntb by #1\relax - \advance\@tempcntb by -2\relax - \ifnum\@tempcntb>-6\relax - \@@input 2up.tex - \source{\@magstep\@tempcnta}{\paperheight}{\paperwidth}% - \target{\@magstep\@tempcntb}{\paperwidth}{\paperheight}% - \targetlayout{topbottom}% - \printlandscapefalse - \else - \@seminarerr{Article magnification is too low for - \string\twoup\space to handle}\@eha - \fi - \def\articlemag##1{\@semtwoupmagerr\articlemag}} - \else - \def\@twoup[#1]{% - \@tempcnta=\the@articlemag\relax - \@tempcntb=\@tempcnta - \advance\@tempcntb by #1\relax - \advance\@tempcntb by -2\relax - \ifnum\@tempcntb>-6\relax - \@@input 2up.tex - \source{\@magstep\@tempcnta}{\paperwidth}{\paperheight}% - \target{\@magstep\@tempcntb}{\paperheight}{\paperwidth}% - \if@twoside - \targetlayout{twosided}% - \fi - \printlandscapetrue - \else - \@seminarerr{Article magnification is too low for - \string\twoup\space to handle}\@eha - \fi - \def\articlemag##1{\@semtwoupmagerr\articlemag}} - \fi -\else - \ifportrait - \def\@twoup[#1]{% - \@tempcnta=\the@slidesmag\relax - \@tempcntb=\@tempcnta - \advance\@tempcntb by #1\relax - \advance\@tempcntb by -3\relax - \ifnum\@tempcntb>-6\relax - \@@input 2up.tex - \source{\@magstep\@tempcnta}{\paperwidth}{\paperheight}% - \advance\@tempcnta by -3 - \target{\@magstep\@tempcnta}{\paperheight}{\paperwidth}% - \printlandscapetrue - \else - \@seminarerr{Slides magnification is too low for - \string\twoup\space to handle}\@eha - \fi - \def\slidesmag##1{\@semtwoupmagerr\slidesmag}} - \else - \def\@twoup[#1]{% - \@tempcnta=\the@slidesmag\relax - \@tempcntb=\@tempcnta - \advance\@tempcntb by #1\relax - \advance\@tempcntb by -3\relax - \ifnum\@tempcntb>-6\relax - \@@input 2up.tex - \source{\@magstep\@tempcnta}{\paperheight}{\paperwidth}% - \target{\@magstep\@tempcntb}{\paperwidth}{\paperheight}% - \targetlayout{topbottom}% - \printlandscapefalse - \else - \@seminarerr{Slides magnification is too low for - \string\twoup\space to handle}\@eha - \fi - \def\slidesmag##1{\@semtwoupmargerr\slidesmag}}% - \fi -\fi -\def\@semtwoupmagerr#1{% - \@seminarerr{\string#1 must come before \string\twoup}\@eha} -\addto@preamblecmds{\twoup\do\@twoup} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \section{Configuration file} -% -% \begin{macrocode} -\openin1 seminar.con -\ifeof1\else\closein1 \relax\@@input seminar.con\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% -\endinput -% END: seminar.doc diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/src/semlayer.doc b/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/src/semlayer.doc deleted file mode 100644 index 6cb020b8ea..0000000000 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/src/semlayer.doc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,271 +0,0 @@ -% BEGIN semlayer.doc -%% -\def\fileversion{1.0} -\def\filedate{93/04/01} -%% -%% LaTeX style option `semlayer.sty'. -%% For use with LaTeX v2.09 and the `seminar' document style. -%% -%% COPYRIGHT 1993, by Timothy Van Zandt, Timothy.VAN-ZANDT@insead.edu -%% -%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 of this license -%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this -%% license is in: -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version -%% 1999/12/01 or later. -%% -%% -% ************************************************************************** -% This is `semlayer.doc', which contains the documented code for -% `semlayer.sty'. You can use it in this form as the input file -% `semlayer.sty'. You can also create a stripped input file using -% sem-make.tex. You can print the documented code using sem-code.tex. -% sem-make.tex and sem-code.tex are distributed with seminar.sty. -% ************************************************************************** -% -% \EndDocPreamble -% -% \CheckSum{276} -% \CharacterTable -% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z -% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z -% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9 -% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \# -% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \& -% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \) -% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \, -% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/ -% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \< -% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \? -% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\ -% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_ -% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| -% Right brace \} Tilde \~} -% -% -% \section{Overlays} -% -% The main thing that the "\process@slide" macro does is successively send the -% main slide and then each overlay and layer to a slide output routine. In -% order to make the definition of that macro easier to understand, we first -% set up the overlays interface. -% -% Overlays must be implemented by some extra macros, such as in -% "semcolor.sty". Specifically, the commands "\@overlay" and "\make@overlay" -% should be defined. -% -% The reason for including the interface in "seminar.sty" is to encourage -% those who implement overlays to use a uniform interface, and to illustrate -% how overlays work. To be honest, though, it may not be possible to implement -% overlays without PostScript or a graphics language with similar capabilities -% using the interface that is defined here and without rewriting the basic -% slides macros. -% -% This system of overlays is so good and the system using invisible fonts is -% so lousy, that no special provisions have been made for supporting the -% latter. Actually, overlay should (and could easily) be implemented as \TeX{} -% primitives, saving everyone a lot of trouble. -% -% The system for overlays is not explained here in great detail. See -% "semcolor.sty" and "pstricks.tex" for an example of how overlays can be -% implemented. -% -% \begin{macrocode} -\addto@hook\before@newslide{% - \global\def\overlay@list{}% - \setcounter{overlay}{0}} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \begin{macro}{\process@slide,\overlay@loop,\layer@loop} -% "\process@slide" is the beginning of the ``output'' routine for slides. -% "\@slidebox" is copied to "\@@slidebox". The "\make@overlay#1" macro should -% set "\@slidebox" to the contents of "\@@slidebox", but with only the -% material for overlay "#1" visible. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newbox\@@slidebox -\def\process@@slide{% - \ifx\overlay@list\@empty - \finish@slide - \output@slide - \else - \setbox\@@slidebox\box\@slidebox - \make@overlay{0}% - \finish@slide - \output@slide - {\let\theoverlay\theslide\layer@loop{0}}% - \overlay@loop - \fi} -\def\overlay@loop{% - \begingroup - \overlay@prep - \c@overlay=1 - \@whilenum\c@overlay<10 - \do{% - \test@member{\the\c@overlay}{\overlay@list}% - \if@test - \make@overlay{\the\c@overlay}% - \finish@slide - \output@slide - \fi - \layer@loop{\the\c@overlay}% - \advance\c@overlay by 1}% - \endgroup} -\def\layer@loop#1{% - \begingroup - \layer@prep - \@for\currlayer:=\layer@list\do{% - \test@member{#1-\currlayer}{\overlay@list}% - \if@test - \make@overlay{#1-\currlayer}% - \finish@slide - \output@slide - \fi}% - \endgroup} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\layer@prep,\overlay@prep} -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\layer@prep{% - \ifarticle\pagestyle{\layer@pagestyle}\fi - \let\thepage\thelayer - \ifx\thelayerframe\@empty\else\let\theslideframe\thelayerframe\fi - \let\slidelabel\layerlabel} -\def\overlay@prep{% - \ifarticle\pagestyle{\overlay@pagestyle}\fi - \let\thepage\theoverlay - \ifx\theoverlayframe\@empty\else\let\theslideframe\theoverlayframe\fi - \let\slidelabel\overlaylabel} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\layerframe,\overlayframe} -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\layerframe{\@slideframe{layer}} -\def\overlayframe{\@slideframe{overlay}} -\def\thelayerframe{} -\def\theoverlayframe{} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\overlaylabel,\layerlabel} -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\overlaylabel{\bf Overlay \theoverlay} -\def\layerlabel{\bf Layer \thelayer} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\theoverlay,\thelayer} -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcounter{overlay} -\def\theoverlay{\theslide-\alph{overlay}} -\def\currlayer{} -\def\thelayer{\theoverlay-\currlayer} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\ifoverlays,\iflayers} -% Overlays and layers can be turned on and off independently. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newif\ifoverlays -\newif\iflayers -\@ifundefined{@overlay}% - {\let\@overlay\relax}% - {\ifarticle\else\overlaystrue\layerstrue\fi} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\nooverlays@err,\@overlay} -% "\@overlay" is set to "\relax" if it is not defined, for easy error -% detection. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\nooverlays@err{% - \@seminarerr{You need to use additional macros for overlays, - e.g., semcolor.sty}\@ehd - \global\overlaysfalse - \global\layersfalse} -\@ifundefined{@overlay}{}{} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\overlay} -% The "\overlay" command starts by checking that the argument is a number -% between 0 and 9. If so, "\@overlay" is invoked. Except for overlay 0, the -% counter for cross-references is set to "overlay", and its value is set to -% the argument of "\overlay". -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\overlay#1{% - \ifoverlays\ifx\@overlay\relax\nooverlays@err\fi\fi - \ifslide - \@tempcnta=#1 - \@testfalse - \ifnum\@tempcnta>-1 \ifnum\@tempcnta<10 \@testtrue\fi\fi - \if@test - \c@overlay=\@tempcnta - \ifnum\c@overlay=0 - \advance\c@slide by -1 - \refstepcounter{slide}% - \else - \advance\c@overlay by -1 - \refstepcounter{overlay}% - \ifoverlays - \xdef\overlay@list{\overlay@list,\the\c@overlay}% - \fi - \fi - \ifoverlays - \@overlay{\the\c@overlay}% - \fi - \else - \@seminarerr{\string\overlay\space argument must be - an integer between 0 and 9}\@eha - \fi - \else - \@seminarerr{\string\overlay\space can only be used - in slide environments}\@eha - \fi - \ignorespaces} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\colorlayers} -% Color layers use the same mechanism as overlays; only the interface differs. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\colorlayers#1{% - \edef\@tempc{#1}% - \edef\layer@list{\layer@list,#1}% - \def\@tempa##1{% - \@namedef{##1}{% - \iflayers\ifx\@overlay\relax\nooverlays@err\fi\fi - \ifslide - \iflayers - \xdef\overlay@list{\overlay@list,\the\c@overlay-##1}% - \@overlay{\the\c@overlay-##1}% - \fi - \else - \@seminarerr{Color layer `##1' can only be used in - slide environments}\@eha - \fi}} - \@for\@tempb:=\@tempc\do{% - \expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\@tempb}}} -\def\layer@list{} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% -% \begin{macro}{\layerpagestyle,\overlaypagestyle} -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\overlaypagestyle#1{\@ifgoodps{#1}{\edef\overlay@pagestyle{#1}}} -\def\layerpagestyle#1{\@ifgoodps{#1}{\edef\layer@pagestyle{#1}}} -\overlaypagestyle{} -\layerpagestyle{} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -\endinput -% END semlayer.doc |